diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-05 18:57:51 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-05 18:57:51 -0800 |
| commit | 8214282fc73c6d59eb5e7f886ea9090512307173 (patch) | |
| tree | cc6a9e33bbce7cad144e5bd4a033d77a5fcb4975 | |
| parent | 465e13d6312a97f2a0910e35bb7fa0ff3b846e22 (diff) | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-0.txt | 5383 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-0.zip | bin | 86120 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h.zip | bin | 2031297 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/51859-h.htm | 6279 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/cover-back.jpg | bin | 99807 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 97626 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill001.jpg | bin | 71254 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill002.jpg | bin | 59475 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill003.jpg | bin | 34125 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill004.jpg | bin | 49671 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill005.jpg | bin | 73364 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill006.jpg | bin | 55477 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill007.jpg | bin | 57058 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill008.jpg | bin | 31778 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill009.jpg | bin | 8893 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill010.jpg | bin | 73690 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill011.jpg | bin | 57590 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill012.jpg | bin | 77283 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill013.jpg | bin | 20688 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill014.jpg | bin | 70900 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill015.jpg | bin | 55321 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill016.jpg | bin | 65592 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill017.jpg | bin | 75487 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill018.jpg | bin | 60438 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill019.jpg | bin | 67557 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill020.jpg | bin | 56678 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill021.jpg | bin | 12950 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill022.jpg | bin | 60297 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill023.jpg | bin | 44299 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill024.jpg | bin | 32718 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill025.jpg | bin | 76587 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill026.jpg | bin | 23251 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill027.jpg | bin | 53331 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill028.jpg | bin | 30576 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill029.jpg | bin | 27221 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill030.jpg | bin | 57253 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill031.jpg | bin | 47124 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/ill032.jpg | bin | 58129 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/51859-h/images/titlepage.jpg | bin | 93151 -> 0 bytes |
42 files changed, 17 insertions, 11662 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cdb1a7a --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #51859 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/51859) diff --git a/old/51859-0.txt b/old/51859-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e44f38a..0000000 --- a/old/51859-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5383 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Bruno - or, lessons of fidelity, patience, and self-denial taught by a dog - -Author: Jacob Abbott - -Release Date: April 25, 2016 [EBook #51859] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO *** - - - - -Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive/American Libraries.) - - - - - - - - - - - HARPER’S - STORY BOOKS - - No. 1 - - BRUNO. - - [Illustration] - - DECEMBER, 1854. - - PRICE 25 Cts - - HARPER & BROTHERS - FRANKLIN SQUARE, NEW YORK. - - - - -[Illustration: “Bruno forgives him, and why should not I?” said Hiram.] - - - - - HARPER’S STORY BOOKS. - - A SERIES OF NARRATIVES, DIALOGUES, BIOGRAPHIES, AND TALES, - FOR THE INSTRUCTION AND ENTERTAINMENT - OF THE YOUNG. - - BY - - JACOB ABBOT. - - Embellished with - - NUMEROUS AND BEAUTIFUL ENGRAVINGS. - - - - - BRUNO; - OR, - LESSONS OF FIDELITY, PATIENCE, AND SELF-DENIAL - Taught by a Dog. - - NEW YORK: - HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS. - - Entered, according to an Act of Congress, in the year one - thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, by - - HARPER & BROTHERS, - - in the Clerk’s Office for the Southern District of New York. - - - - -PREFACE. - - -The present volume is the first of a proposed monthly series of story -books for the young. - -The publishers of the series, in view of the great improvements which -have been made within a few years past in the means and appliances of -the typographical art, and of the accumulation of their own facilities -and resources, not only for the manufacture of such books in an -attractive form, and the embellishment of them with every variety -of illustration, but also for the circulation of them in the widest -manner throughout the land, find that they are in a condition to make a -monthly communication of this kind to a very large number of families, -and under auspices far more favorable than would have been possible at -any former period. They have accordingly resolved on undertaking the -work, and they have intrusted to the writer of this notice the charge -of preparing the volumes. - -The books, though called story books, are not intended to be works of -amusement merely to those who may receive them, but of substantial -instruction. The successive volumes will comprise a great variety, -both in respect to the subjects which they treat, and to the form and -manner in which the subjects will be presented; but the end and aim -of all will be to impart useful knowledge, to develop the thinking -and reasoning powers, to teach a correct and discriminating use of -language, to present models of good conduct for imitation, and bad -examples to be shunned, to explain and enforce the highest principles -of moral duty, and, above all, to awaken and cherish the spirit of -humble and unobtrusive, but heartfelt piety. The writer is aware of the -great responsibility which devolves upon him, in being thus admitted -into many thousands of families with monthly messages of counsel and -instruction to the children, which he has the opportunity, through the -artistic and mechanical resources placed at his disposal, to clothe in -a form that will be calculated to open to him a very easy access to -their attention, their confidence, and their hearts. He can only say -that he will make every exertion in his power faithfully to fulfill his -trust. - -JACOB ABBOTT. - -New York, 1854. - - - - -CONTENTS. - - - PAGE - - THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF 13 - - COMBAT WITH A BOAR 16 - - JOOLY 19 - - THE EMIGRANTS 32 - - THE VOYAGE 34 - - GOING ALONE 38 - - SILVER BOWL STOLEN 41 - - THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED 52 - - BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY 62 - - BOYS ADRIFT 84 - - BRUNO AND THE ROBIN 97 - - BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE 120 - - WILLING TO LEARN 129 - - PANSITA 135 - - THE DOG’S PETITION 140 - - THE STORM ON THE LAKE 143 - - TAKING AN INTEREST 151 - - - - -ENGRAVINGS - - - PAGE - - THE TOOL-HOUSE ON FIRE _Frontispiece._ - - COMBAT WITH THE WOLF 15 - - THE TWO BOARS 17 - - COMBAT WITH A BOAR 18 - - THE CHAMOIS HUNTERS 20 - - CHILDREN IN THE GROVE 21 - - BRUNO IN THE SNOW 28 - - THE COTTAGE 30 - - BRUNO ON WOLF-SKIN 31 - - THE EMIGRANTS 33 - - THE BEGINNING OF THE VOYAGE 35 - - THE STORM 36 - - THE END OF THE VOYAGE 37 - - THE PARTING 39 - - THE GIPSY CAMP 43 - - FORTUNE TELLING 51 - - FRANK AND LORENZO 58 - - THE PARLOR DOGS 63 - - VARIETY 64 - - THE WATCH-DOG 66 - - THE GATEWAY IN THE WOOD 71 - - TONY LOST 75 - - THE PIER 88 - - THE PORT 94 - - RALPH AND THE ROBIN 101 - - HIRAM’S SQUIRREL 104 - - THE SLY FOX 109 - - WILLING TO LEARN 132 - - THE STORM ON THE LAKE 146 - - BRUNO WATCHING 149 - - PLAY 150 - - BRUNO AND THE SHEEP 158 - - - - -BRUNO. - - - - -THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF. - - -[Sidenote: The hunter alarmed.] - -In the night, a hunter, who lived in a cottage among the Alps, heard a -howling. - -“Hark!” said he, “I heard a howling.” - -His wife raised her head from the pillow to listen, and one of the two -children, who were lying in a little bed in the corner of the room, -listened too. The other child was asleep. - -“It is a wolf,” said the hunter. - -“In the morning,” said the hunter, “I will take my spear, and my -sheath-knife, and Bruno, and go and see if I can not kill him.” - -Bruno was the hunter’s dog. - -The hunter and his wife, and the child that was awake, listened a -little longer to the howling of the wolf, and then, when at length the -sounds died away, they all went to sleep. - -[Sidenote: Prepares for a hunt.] - -In the morning the hunter took his spear, and his sheath-knife, and his -hunting-horn besides, and then, calling Bruno to follow him, went off -among the rocks and mountains to find the wolf. - -[Sidenote: Discovers the animal.] - -While he was climbing up the mountains by a steep and narrow path, -he thought he saw something black moving among the rocks at a great -distance across the valley. He stopped to look at it. He looked at it -very intently. - -At first he thought it was the wolf. But it was not the wolf. - -[Sidenote: The hunter blows his horn.] - -Then he thought it was a man. So he blew a loud and long blast with his -horn. He thought that if the moving thing which he saw were another -man, he would answer by blowing _his_ horn, and that then, perhaps, he -would come and help the hunter hunt the wolf. He listened, but he heard -no reply. He heard nothing but echoes. - -By-and-by he came to a stream of water. It was a torrent, flowing -wildly among the rocks and bushes. - -“Bruno,” said the hunter, “how shall we get across this torrent?” - -Bruno stood upon a rock, looking at the torrent very earnestly, but he -did not speak. - -“Bruno,” said the hunter again, “how shall we get across this torrent?” - -Bruno barked. - -[Sidenote: The rude bridge.] - -The hunter then walked along for some distance on the margin of the -stream, and presently came to a place where there was a log lying -across it. So he and Bruno went over on the log. Bruno ran over at -once. The hunter was at first a little afraid to go, but at last he -ventured. He got across in safety. Here the hunter stopped a few -minutes to rest. - -[Sidenote: The wolf discovered.] - -He then went on up the mountain. At last Bruno began to bark and to -run on forward, looking excited and wild. He saw the wolf. The hunter -hastened forward after him, brandishing his spear. The wolf was in a -solitary place, high up among the rocks. He was gnawing some bones. He -was gaunt and hungry. Bruno attacked him, but the wolf was larger and -stronger than he, and threw him back with great violence against the -ground. The dog howled with pain and terror. - -[Illustration: Picture of the combat.] - -[Sidenote: Bruno’s courage. The wolf is killed.] - -The man thrust the spear at the wolf’s mouth, but the ferocious beast -evaded the blow, and seized the shaft of the spear between his teeth. -Then the great combat came on. Very soon the dog sprang up and seized -the wolf by the throat, and held him down, and finally the man killed -him with his spear. - -Then he took his horn from his belt, and blew a long and loud blast in -token of victory. - -[Sidenote: What became of the skin of the wolf.] - -He took the skin of the wolf, and carried it home. The fur was long, -and gray in color. The hunter tanned and dressed the skin, and made it -soft like leather. He spread it down upon the floor before the fire -in his cottage, and his children played upon it. Bruno was accustomed -to lie upon it in the evening. He would lie quietly there for a long -time, looking into the fire, and thinking of the combat he had with -the savage monster that originally wore the skin, at the time when he -fought him on the mountains, and helped the hunter kill him. - - * * * * * - -The hunter and the hunter’s children liked Bruno very much before, but -they liked him more than ever after his combat with the wolf. - - - - -COMBAT WITH A BOAR. - - -Some wild animals are so ferocious and strong that it requires several -dogs to attack and conquer them. Such animals are found generally in -remote and uninhabited districts, among forests and mountains, or in -countries inhabited by savages. - -[Sidenote: Habits of the boar.] - -The wild boar is one of the most terrible of these animals. He has long -tusks projecting from his jaws. These serve him as weapons in attacking -his enemies, whether dogs or men. He roams in a solitary manner -among the mountains, and though he is very fierce and savage in his -disposition, he will seldom molest any one who does not molest him. If, -when he is passing along through the forests, he sees a man, he pays -no regard to him, but goes on in his own way. If, however, when he is -attacked by dogs, and is running through the forest to make his escape, -he meets a man in his way, he thinks the man is the hunter that has -set the dogs upon him, or at least that he is his enemy. So he rushes -upon him with terrible fury, and kills him--sometimes with a single -blow--and then, trampling over the dead body, goes on bounding through -the thickets to escape from the dogs. - -[Illustration: Picture of a fight.] - -[Sidenote: The tusks.] - -Wild boars often have dreadful combats with each other. In this -engraving we have a representation of such a fight. The weapons with -which they fight are sharp tusks growing out of the under jaw. With -these tusks they can inflict dreadful wounds. - -Savages, when they attack the wild boar, arm themselves with spears, -and station themselves at different places in the forest, where they -think the boar will pass. Sometimes they hide themselves in thickets, -so as to be ready to come out suddenly and attack the boar when the -dogs have seized him. - -[Illustration: Picture of the combat.] - -[Sidenote: The dogs and the boar. The spears.] - -Here is a picture of such a combat. The dogs have pursued the boar -through the woods until he begins to be exhausted with fatigue and -terror. Still, he fights them very desperately. One he has thrown down. -He has wounded him with his tusks. The dog is crying out with pain and -fright. There are three other dogs besides the one who is wounded. They -are endeavoring to seize and hold the boar, while one of the hunters -is thrusting the iron point of his spear into him. Two other hunters -are coming out of a thicket near by to join in the attack. One of them -looks as if he were afraid of the boar. He has good reason to be afraid. - -[Sidenote: Savages dress themselves in skins.] - -These hunters are savages. They are nearly naked. One of them is -clothed with a skin. I suppose, by the claws, that it is a lion’s skin. -He hunted and killed the lion, perhaps, in the same way that he is now -hunting and killing the boar. - -Savages use the skins of beasts for clothing because they do not know -how to spin and weave. - -But we must now go back to Bruno, the Alpine hunter’s dog that killed -the wolf, and who used afterward to sleep before the fire in the -hunter’s cottage on the skin. - - - - -JOOLY. - - -[Sidenote: The Alps.] - -Bruno’s master lived among the Alps. The Alps are very lofty mountains -in Switzerland and Savoy. - -[Sidenote: Chamois hunting.] - -The upper portions of these mountains are very rocky and wild. There -are crags, and precipices, and immense chasms among them, where it -is very dangerous for any one to go. The hunters, however, climb up -among these rocks and precipices to hunt the chamois, which is a small -animal, much like a goat in form and character. He has small black -horns, the tips of which turn back. - -The chamois climbs up among the highest rocks and precipices to feed -upon the grass which grows there in the little nooks and corners. The -chamois hunters climb up these after him. They take guns with them, -in order to shoot the chamois when they see one. But sometimes it is -difficult for them to get the game when they have killed it, as we see -in this engraving. The hunters were on one side of a chasm and the -chamois on the other, and though he has fallen dead upon the rocks, -they can not easily reach him. One of the hunters is leaning across -the chasm, and is attempting to get hold of the carcass with his right -hand. With his left hand he grasps the rock to keep himself from -falling. If his hand should slip, he would go headlong down into an -awful abyss. - -[Illustration: Picture of the chamois hunters on the Alps.] - -The other hunter is coming up the rock to help his comrade. He has his -gun across his shoulder. Both the hunters have ornamented their hats -with flowers. - -The chamois lies upon the rock where he has fallen. We can see his -black horns, with the tips turned backward. - -[Sidenote: The lower slopes of the mountains.] - -In the summer season, the valleys among these Alpine mountains are very -delightful. The lower slopes of them are adorned with forests of fir -and pine, which alternate with smooth, green pasturages, where ramble -and feed great numbers of sheep and cows. Below are rich and beautiful -valleys, with fields full of flowers, and cottages, and pretty little -gardens, and every thing else that can make a country pleasant to -see and to play in. There are no noxious or hurtful animals in these -valleys, so that there is no danger in rambling about any where in -them, either in the fields or in the groves. They must take care of the -wet places, and of the thorns that hide among the roses, but beyond -these dangers there is nothing to fear. In these valleys, therefore, -the youngest children can go into the thickets to play or to gather -flowers without any danger or fear; for there are no wild beasts, or -noxious animals, or poisonous plants there, or any thing else that can -injure them. - -[Illustration: Children at play.] - -[Sidenote: Winter in the Alps.] - -Thus the country of the Alps is very pleasant in summer, but in winter -it is cold and stormy, and all the roads and fields, especially in -the higher portions of the country, are buried up in snow. Still, the -people who live there must go out in winter, and sometimes they are -overtaken by storms, and perish in the cold. - -[Sidenote: Scene in the hunter’s cottage.] - -Once Bruno saved his master’s life when he was thus overtaken in a -storm. The baby was sick, and the hunter thought he would go down in -the valley to get some medicine for him. The baby was in a cradle. His -grandmother took care of him and rocked him. His mother was at work -about the room, feeling very anxious and unhappy. The hunter himself, -who had come in tired from his work a short time before, was sitting -in a comfortable easy-chair which stood in the corner by the fire. The -head of the cradle was near the chair where the hunter was sitting.[1] - - [1] For the positions of the chair and cradle in the hunter’s - cottage, see engraving on page 30. - -“George,” said the hunter’s wife, “I wish you would look at the baby.” - -George leaned forward over the head of the cradle, and looked down upon -the baby. - -“Poor little thing!” said he. - -“What shall we do?” said his wife. As she said this she came to the -cradle, and, bending down over it, she moved the baby’s head a little, -so as to place it in a more comfortable position. The baby was very -pale, and his eyes were shut. As soon as he felt his mother’s hand upon -his cheek, he opened his eyes, but immediately shut them again. He was -too sick to look very long even at his mother. - -[Sidenote: Consultation between the hunter and his wife.] - -“Poor little thing!” said George again. “He is very sick. I must go to -the village and get some medicine from the doctor.” - -“Oh no!” said his wife. “You can not go to the village to-night. It is -a _dreadful_ storm.” - -“Yes,” said the hunter, “I know it is.” - -“The snow is very deep, and it is drifting more and more,” said his -wife. “It will be entirely dark before you get home, and you will lose -your way, and perish in the snow.” - -The hunter did not say any thing. He knew very well that there would be -great danger in going out on such a night. - -“You will get lost in the snow, and die,” continued his wife, “if you -attempt to go.” - -[Sidenote: A hard alternative.] - -“And baby will die, perhaps, if I stay at home,” said the hunter. - -The hunter’s wife was in a state of great perplexity and distress. It -was hard to decide between the life of her husband and that of her -child. While the parents were hesitating and looking into the cradle, -the babe opened its eyes, and, seeing its father and mother there, -tried to put out its little hands to them as if for help, but finding -itself too weak to hold them up, it let them drop again, and began to -cry. - -“Poor little thing!” said the hunter. “I’ll go--I’ll go.” - -The mother made no more objection. She could not resist the mute appeal -of the poor helpless babe. So she brought her husband his coat and cap, -and forced her reluctant mind to consent to his going. - -It was strange, was it not, that she should be willing to risk the life -of her husband, who was all the world to her, whose labor was her life, -whose strength was her protection, whose companionship was her solace -and support, for the sake of that helpless and useless baby? - -It was strange, too, was it not, that the hunter himself, who was -already almost exhausted by the cold and exposure that he had suffered -during the day, should be willing to go forth again into the storm, for -a child that had never done any thing for him, and was utterly unable -to do any thing for him now? Besides, by saving the child’s life, he -was only compelling himself to work the harder, to procure food and -clothing for him while he was growing up to be a man. - -What was the baby’s name? - -His name was Jooly. - -At least they called him Jooly. His real name was Julien. - -[Sidenote: The hunter bids little Jooly good-by.] - -When the hunter was all ready to go, he came to the cradle, and, -putting his great rough and shaggy hand upon the baby’s wrist, he said, - -“Poor little Jooly! I will get the doctor himself to come and see you, -if I can.” - -So he opened the door and went out, leaving Jooly’s grandmother rocking -the cradle, and his mother at work about the room as before. - -When the hunter had gone out and shut the door, he went along the side -of the house till he came to a small door leading to his cow-house, -which was a sort of small barn. - -[Sidenote: He calls Bruno.] - -He opened the door of the cow-house and called out “BRUNO!” - -Bruno, who was asleep at this time in his bed, in a box half filled -with straw, started up on hearing his master’s voice, and, leaping over -the side of the box, came to his master in the storm. - -[Sidenote: Bruno’s bed.] - -Bruno was glad to be called. And yet it was a dark and stormy night. -The wind was blowing, and the snow was driving terribly. On the other -hand, the bed where he had been lying was warm and comfortable. The -cow was near him for company. He was enjoying, too, a very refreshing -sleep, dreaming of races and frolics with other dogs on a pretty green. -All this repose and comfort were disturbed. Still, Bruno was glad. -He perceived at once that an unexpected emergency had occurred, and -that some important duty was to be performed. Bruno had no desire to -lead a useless life. He was always proud and happy when he had any -duty to perform, and the more important and responsible the duty was, -the more proud and happy it made him. He cared nothing at all for any -discomfort, fatigue, or exposure that it might bring upon him. - -[Sidenote: A comparison.] - -Some boys are very different from Bruno in this respect. They do not -share his noble nature. They never like duty. All they like is ease, -comfort, and pleasure. When any unexpected emergency occurs, and they -are called to duty, they go to their work with great reluctance, and -with many murmurings and repinings, as if to do duty were an irksome -task. I would give a great deal more for a _dog_ like Bruno than for -such a boy. - -[Sidenote: The hunter and Bruno in the snow.] - -Bruno and his master took the road which led to the village. The hunter -led the way, and Bruno followed. The road was steep and narrow, and -in many places the ground was so buried in snow that the way was very -difficult to find. Sometimes the snow was very soft and deep, and the -hunter would sink into it so far that he could scarcely advance at -all. At such times Bruno, being lighter and stronger, would wallow on -through the drift, and then look back to his master, and wait for him -to come, and then go back to him again, looking all the time at the -hunter with an expression of animation and hope upon his countenance, -and wagging his tail, as if he were endeavoring to cheer and encourage -him. This action had the effect, at any rate, of encouragement. It -cheered the hunter on; and so, in due time, they both arrived safely at -the village. - -The doctor concluded, after hearing all about the case, that it would -not be best for him to go up the mountain; but he gave the hunter some -medicine for the baby. - -[Sidenote: The hunter attempts to return to the cottage.] - -The medicine was put in a phial, and the hunter put the phial in his -pocket. When all was ready, the hunter set out again on his return home. - -[Sidenote: Difficulties in the way.] - -It was much harder going up than it had been to come down. The road was -very steep. The snow, too, was getting deeper every hour. Besides, it -was now dark, and it was more difficult than ever to find the way. - -At last, when the hunter had got pretty near his own cottage again, his -strength began to fail. He staggered on a little farther, and then he -sank down exhausted into the snow. Bruno leaped about him, and rubbed -his head against his master’s cheek, and barked, and wagged his tail, -and did every thing in his power to encourage his master to rise and -make another effort. At length he succeeded. - -“Yes,” said the hunter, “I’ll get up, and try again.” - -[Sidenote: Getting lost.] - -So he rose and staggered feebly on a little farther. He looked about -him, but he could not tell where he was. He began to feel that he was -lost. Now, whenever a man gets really lost, either in the woods or in -the snow, a feeling of great perplexity and bewilderment generally -comes over his mind, which almost wholly deprives him of the use of -his faculties. The feeling is very much like that which one experiences -when half awake. You do not know where you are, or what you want, or -where you want to go. Sometimes you scarcely seem to know who you are. -The hunter began to be thus bewildered. Then it was bitter cold, and he -began to be benumbed and stupefied. - -Intense cold almost always produces a stupefying effect, when one has -been long exposed to it. The hunter knew very well that he must not -yield to such a feeling as this, and so he forced himself to make a new -effort. But the snow seemed to grow deeper and deeper, and it was very -hard for him to make his way through it. It was freshly fallen, and, -consequently, it was very light and soft, and the hunter sank down in -it very far. If he had had snow shoes, he could have walked upon the -top of it; but he had no snow shoes. - -At last he became very tired. - -“Bruno,” said he, “I must lie down here and rest a little, before I can -go on any further.” - -[Sidenote: Bruno tries to encourage and save his master.] - -But Bruno, when he saw his master preparing to lie down, jumped about -him, and barked, and seemed very uneasy. Just then the hunter saw -before him a deep black hole. He looked down, and saw that it was -water. Instead of being in the road, he was going over some deep pit -filled with water, covered, except in one place, with ice and snow. He -perceived that he had had a very narrow escape from falling into this -water, and he now felt more bewildered and lost than ever. He contrived -to get by the dangerous hole, feeling his way with a stick, and then he -sank down in the snow among the rocks, and gave up in despair. - -[Sidenote: The hunter comes very near perishing in the snow.] - -And yet the house was very near. The chimney and the gable end of it -could just be distinguished in the distance through the falling snow. -Bruno knew this, and he was extremely distressed that his master should -give up when so near reaching home. He lay down in the snow by the -side of his master, and putting his paw over his arm, to encourage -him and keep him from absolute despair, he turned his head toward the -house, and barked loud and long, again and again, in hopes of bringing -somebody to the rescue. - -[Illustration] - -In the picture you can see the hunter lying in the snow, with Bruno -over him. His cap has fallen off, and is half buried. His stick, too, -lies on the snow near his cap. That was a stick that he got to feel -down into the hole in the ice with, in order to ascertain how deep the -water was, and to find his way around it. The rocks around the place -are covered with snow, and the branches of the trees are white with it. - -[Sidenote: Danger of going to sleep when out in a storm.] - -It is extremely dangerous to lie down to sleep in the snow in a storm -like this. People that do so usually never wake again. They think, -always, that they only wish to rest themselves, and sleep a few -minutes, and that then they will be refreshed, and be ready to proceed -on their journey. But they are deceived. The drowsiness is produced, -not by the fatigue, but by the cold. They are beginning to freeze, and -the freezing benumbs all their sensations. The drowsiness is the effect -of the benumbing of the brain. - -Sometimes, when several persons are traveling together in cold and -storms, one of their number, who may perhaps be more delicate than the -rest, and who feels the cold more sensibly, wishes very much to stop a -few minutes to lie down and rest, and he begs his companions to allow -him to do so. But they, if they are wise, will not consent. Then he -sometimes declares that he _will_ stop, at any rate, even if they do -not consent. Then they declare that he shall not, and they take hold -of his shoulders and arms to pull him along. Then he gets angry, and -attempts to resist them. The excitement of this quarrel warms him a -little, and restores in some degree his sensibility, and so he goes -on, and his life is saved. Then he is very grateful to them for having -disregarded his remonstrances and resistance, and for compelling him to -proceed.[2] - - [2] Children, in the same way, often complain very strenuously - of what their parents and teachers require of them, and resist - and contend against it as long as they can; and then, if their - parents persevere, they are afterward, when they come to - perceive the benefit of it, very grateful. - -But now we must return to the story. - -[Sidenote: Alarm in the cottage. They open the door.] - -The hunter’s family heard the barking in the house. They all -immediately went to the door. One of the children opened the door. The -gusts of wind blew the snow in her face, and blinded her. She leaned -back against the door, and wiped the snow from her face and eyes with -her apron. Her grandmother came to the door with a light, but the wind -blew it out in an instant. Her mother came too, and for a moment little -Jooly was left alone. - -[Illustration] - -“It is my husband!” she exclaimed. “He is dying in the snow! Mercy upon -us! What will become of us? - -“Give me the cordial,” said she. “Quick!” - -So saying, she turned to the shelves which you see in the picture near -where she is standing, and hastily taking down a bottle containing -a cordial, which was always kept there ready to be used on such -occasions, she rushed out of the house. She shut the door after her as -she went, charging the rest, with her last words, to take good care of -little Jooly. - -[Sidenote: The puss. Little Jooly sleeps undisturbed.] - -Of course, those that were left in the cottage were all in a state of -great distress and anxiety while she was gone--all except two, Jooly -and the puss. Jooly was asleep in the cradle. The puss was not asleep, -but was crouched very quietly before the fire in a warm and bright -place near the grandmother’s chair. She was looking at the fire, and at -the kettle which was boiling upon it, and wondering whether they would -give her a piece of the meat by-and-by that was boiling in the kettle -for the hunter’s supper. - -[Sidenote: The hunter and Jooly are both saved.] - -When the hunter felt the mouth of the cordial bottle pressed gently to -his lips, and heard his wife’s voice calling to him, he opened his eyes -and revived a little. The taste of the cordial revived him still more. -He was now able to rise, and when he was told how near home he was, he -felt so cheered and encouraged by the intelligence that he became quite -strong. The company in the house were soon overjoyed at hearing voices -at the door, and on opening it, the hunter, his wife, and Bruno all -came safely in. - -Jooly took the medicine which his father brought him, and soon got well. - -Here is a picture of Bruno lying on the wolf-skin, and resting from his -toils. - -[Illustration] - - - - -THE EMIGRANTS. - - -The hunter, Bruno’s master, emigrated to America, and when he went, he -sold Bruno to another man. A great many people from Europe emigrate to -America. - -[Sidenote: Emigrants. The way they cross the Atlantic.] - -To emigrate means to move from one country to another. The people in -Europe come from all parts of the interior down to the sea-shore, -and there embark in great ships to cross the Atlantic Ocean. A great -many come in the same ship. While they are at sea, if the weather is -pleasant, these passengers come up upon the deck, and have a very -comfortable time. But when it is cold and stormy, they have to stay -below, and they become sick, and are very miserable. They can not stay -on deck at such times on account of the sea, which washes over the -ships, and often keeps the decks wet from stem to stern. - -When the emigrants land in America, some of them remain in the cities, -and get work there if they can. Others go to the West to buy land. - -[Sidenote: The English family.] - -Opposite you see a farmer’s family in England setting out for America. -The young girl who stands with her hands joined together is named -Esther. That is her father who is standing behind her. Her mother and -her grandmother are in the wagon. Esther’s mother has an infant in her -arms, and her grandmother is holding a young child. Both these children -are Esther’s brothers. Their names are George and Benny. The baby’s -name is Benny. - -[Illustration: The farmer’s family. The farewell.] - -Esther has two aunts--both very kind to her. One of her aunts is going -to America, but the other--her aunt Lucy--is to remain behind. They are -bidding each other good-by. The one who has a bonnet on her head is the -one that is going. We can tell who are going on the journey by their -having hats or bonnets on. Esther’s aunt Lucy, who has no bonnet on, is -to remain. When the wagon goes away, she will go into the house again, -very sorrowful. - -[Sidenote: The journey in the covered wagon.] - -The farmer has provided a _covered_ wagon for the journey, so as to -protect his wife, and his mother, and his sister, and his children from -the cold wind and from the rain. But they will not go all the way in -this wagon. They will go to the sea-shore in the wagon, and then they -will embark on board a ship, to cross the Atlantic Ocean. - -We can see the ship, all ready and waiting, in the background of the -picture, on the right. There will be a great many other families on -board the ship, all going to America. There will be sailors, too, to -navigate the ship and to manage the sails. - - - - -THE VOYAGE. - - -[Sidenote: The voyage in the ship.] - -The voyage which the emigrants have to take is very long. It is three -thousand miles from England to America, and it takes oftentimes many -weeks to accomplish the transit. Sometimes during the voyage the breeze -is light, and the water is smooth, and the ship glides very pleasantly -and prosperously on its way. Then the emigrants pass their time very -agreeably. They come up upon the decks, they look out upon the water, -they talk, they sew, they play with the children--they enjoy, in fact, -almost as many comforts and pleasures as if they were at home on land. - -Opposite is a picture of the ship sailing along very smoothly, in -pleasant weather, at the commencement of the voyage. The cliff in the -background, on the right, is part of the English shore, which the ship -is just leaving. There is a light-house upon the cliff, and a town on -the shore below. - -[Illustration: The emigrant ship setting sail. Smooth sea.] - -The wind is fair, and the water is smooth. The emigrants are out upon -the decks. We can see their heads above the bulwarks. - -[Sidenote: The buoy.] - -The object in the foreground, floating in the water, is a _buoy_. It is -placed there to mark a rock or a shoal. It is secured by an anchor. - -Thus, when the weather is fair, the emigrants pass their time very -pleasantly. They amuse themselves on the decks by day, and at night -they go down into the cabins, which are below the deck of the ship, and -there they sleep. - -[Illustration: The ship in a storm. Great danger. Heavy seas.] - -But sometimes there comes a storm. The wind increases till it becomes a -gale. Clouds are seen scudding swiftly across the sky. Immense billows, -rolling heavily, dash against the ship, or chase each other furiously -across the wide expanse of the water, breaking every where into foam -and spray. The winds howl fearfully in the rigging, and sometimes a -sail is burst from its fastenings by the violence of it, and flaps its -tattered fragments in the air with the sound of thunder. - -[Sidenote: Discomfort and distress of the passengers.] - -While the storm continues, the poor emigrants are obliged to remain -below, where they spend their time in misery and terror. By-and-by the -storm subsides, the sailors repair the damages, and the ship proceeds -on her voyage. - -In the engraving below we see the ship far advanced on her way. She -is drawing near to the American shore. The sea is smooth, the wind is -fair, and she is pressing rapidly onward. - -[Illustration] - -On the left is seen another vessel, and on the right two more, far in -the offing. - -The emigrants on board the ship are rejoiced to believe that their -voyage is drawing toward the end. - -[Sidenote: The arrival.] - -When the farmer and his family have landed in America, they will take -another wagon, and go back into the country till they come to the place -where they are going to have their farm. There they will cut down the -trees of the forest, and build a house of logs. Then they will plow the -ground, and sow the seeds, and make the farm. By-and-by they will gain -enough by their industry to build a better house, and to fit it with -convenient and comfortable furniture, and thenceforward they will live -in plenty and happiness. - -[Sidenote: Benny and George.] - -All this time they will take great care of George and Benny, so that -they shall not come to any harm. They will keep them warm in the -wagon, and they will watch over them on board the ship, and carry them -in their arms when they walk up the hills, in journeying in America, -and make a warm bed for them in their house, and take a great deal of -pains to have always plenty of good bread for them to eat, and warm -milk for them to drink. They will suffer, themselves, continual toil, -privation, and fatigue, but they will be very careful not to let the -children suffer any thing if they can possibly help it. - -[Sidenote: Ingratitude.] - -By-and-by, when Benny and George grow up, they will find that their -father lives upon a fine farm, with a good house and good furniture, -and with every comfort around them. They will hardly know how much care -and pains their father, and mother, and grandmother took to save them -from all suffering, and to provide for them a comfortable and happy -home. How ungrateful it would be in them to be unkind or disobedient to -their father, and mother, and grandmother, when they grow up. - - - - -GOING ALONE. - - -[Sidenote: Emigrant going alone.] - -Sometimes, when a man is intending to emigrate to America, he goes -first himself alone, in order to see the country, and choose a place -to live in, and buy a farm, intending afterward to come back for his -family. He does not take them with him at first, for he does not know -what he should do with his wife and all his young children while he is -traveling from place to place to view the land. - -[Illustration: He bids his wife and children good-by. Picture of it.] - -When the emigrant goes first alone in this way, leaving his family -at home, the parting is very sorrowful. His poor wife is almost -broken-hearted. She gathers her little children around her, and clasps -them in her arms, fearing that some mischief may befall their father -when he is far away, and that they may never see him again. The man -attempts to comfort her by saying that it will not be long before he -comes back, and that then they shall never more be separated. His -oldest boy stands holding his father’s staff, and almost wishing that -he was going to accompany him. He turns away his face to hide his -tears. As for the dog, he sees that his master is going away, and he is -very earnestly desirous to go too. In fact, they know he _would_ go if -he were left at liberty, and so they chain him to a post to keep him at -home. - -[Sidenote: A sorrowful parting.] - -It is a hard thing for a wife and a mother that her husband should -thus go away and leave her, to make so long a voyage, and to encounter -so many difficulties and dangers, knowing, as she does, that it is -uncertain whether he will ever live to return. She bears the pain of -this parting out of love to her children. She thinks that their father -will find some better and happier home for them in the New World, where -they can live in greater plenty, and where, when they grow up, and -become men and women, they will be better provided for than they were -in their native land. - -[Sidenote: The ship. The emigrants.] - -In the distance, in the engraving, we see the ship in which this man -is going to sail. We see a company of emigrants, too, down the road, -going to embark. There is one child walking alone behind her father and -mother, who seems too young to set out on such a voyage. - - - - -SILVER BOWL STOLEN. - - -Bruno belonged to several different masters in the course of his life. -He was always sorry to leave his old master when the changes were made, -but then he yielded to the necessity of the case in these emergencies -with a degree of composure and self-control, which, in a man, would -have been considered quite philosophical. - -The hunter of the Alps, whose life Bruno had saved, resolved at the -time that he would never part with him. - -“I would not sell him,” said he, “for a thousand francs.” - -They reckon sums of money by francs in Switzerland. A franc is a silver -coin. About five of them make a dollar. - -[Sidenote: Bruno’s master is obliged to sell him. The reason why.] - -However, notwithstanding this resolution, the hunter found himself at -last forced to sell his dog. He had concluded to emigrate to America. -He found, on making proper inquiry and calculation, that it would cost -a considerable sum of money to take Bruno with him across the ocean. -In the first place, he would have to pay not a little for his passage. -Then, besides, it would cost a good deal to feed him on the way, both -while on board the ship and during his progress across the country. -The hunter reflected that all the money which he should thus pay for -the dog would be so much taken from the food, and clothing, and other -comforts of his wife and children. Just at this time a traveler came by -who offered to buy the dog, and promised always to take most excellent -care of him. So the hunter sold him, and the traveler took him away. - -[Sidenote: Bruno is sold and carried away to England.] - -Bruno was very unwilling at first to go away with the stranger. But the -hunter ordered him to get into the gentleman’s carriage, and he obeyed. -He looked out behind the carriage as they drove away, and wondered what -it all could mean. He could not understand it; but as it was always a -rule with him to submit contentedly to what could not be helped, he -soon ceased to trouble himself about the matter, and so, lying down in -the carriage, he went to sleep. He did not wake up for several hours -afterward. - -The traveler conveyed the dog home with him to England, and kept him -a long time. He made a kennel for him in the corner of the yard. Here -Bruno lived several years in great peace and plenty. - -At length the gentleman was going away from home again on a long tour, -and as there was nobody to be left at home to take an interest in -Bruno, he put him under the charge, during his absence, of a boy named -Lorenzo, who lived in a large house on the banks of a stream near his -estate. Lorenzo liked Bruno very much, and took excellent care of -him.[3] - - [3] The house where Lorenzo lived was a large double house, of - a very peculiar form. There is a picture of it on page 58. - -There was a grove of tall trees near the house where Lorenzo lived, -which contained the nests of thousands of rooks. Rooks are large black -birds, very much like crows. Bruno used to lie in the yard where -Lorenzo kept him, and watch the rooks for hours together. - -[Illustration: The encampment of gipsies.] - -[Sidenote: How gipsies live.] - -In a solitary place near where Lorenzo lived there was an encampment of -gipsies. Gipsies live much like Indians. They wander about England in -small bands, getting money by begging, and selling baskets, and they -build little temporary huts from time to time in solitary places, where -they live for a while, and then, breaking up their encampment, they -wander on till they find another place, where they encamp again. - -[Sidenote: Their ingenuity in stealing.] - -Sometimes, when they can not get money enough by begging and selling -baskets, they will steal. They show a great deal of ingenuity in the -plans they devise for stealing. In fact, they are very adroit and -cunning in every thing they undertake. - -At one time Lorenzo’s father went away, and one of the gipsies, named -Murphy, resolved to take that opportunity to steal something from the -house. - -[Sidenote: Murphy’s plan.] - -“We can get in,” said he to his comrade, “very easily, in the night, by -the back door, and get the silver bowl. We can melt the bowl, and sell -it for four or five sovereigns.” - -The silver bowl which Murphy referred to was one which had been given -to Lorenzo by his uncle when he was a baby. Lorenzo’s name was engraved -upon the side of it. - -Lorenzo used his bowl to eat his bread and milk from every night for -supper. It was kept on a shelf in a closet opening from the kitchen. -Murphy had seen it put there once or twice, when he had been in the -kitchen at night, selling baskets. - -“We can get that bowl just as well as not,” said Murphy, “when the man -is away.” - -“There’s a big dog there,” said his comrade. - -“Yes,” said Murphy, “but I’ll manage the dog.” - -“How will you manage him?” asked his comrade. - -“I’ll try coaxing and flattery first,” said Murphy. “If that don’t do, -I’ll try threatening; if threatening won’t do, I’ll try bribing; and if -he won’t be bribed, I’ll poison him.” - -[Sidenote: Bruno is on the watch.] - -That night, about twelve o’clock, Murphy crept stealthily round to a -back gate which led into the yard behind the house where Lorenzo lived. -The instant that Bruno heard the noise, he sprang up, and went bounding -down the path till he came to the gate. As soon as he saw the gipsy, he -began to bark very vociferously. - -Lorenzo was asleep at this time; but as his room was on the back side -of the house, and his window was open, he heard the barking. So he got -up and went to the window, and called out, - -“Bruno, what’s the matter?” - -Bruno was at some distance from the house, and did not hear Lorenzo’s -voice. He was watching Murphy. - -Murphy immediately began to coax and cajole the dog, calling him “Nice -fellow,” and “Good dog,” and “Poor Bruno,” speaking all the time in a -very friendly and affectionate tone to him. Bruno, however, had sense -enough to know that there was something wrong in such a man being seen -prowling about the house at that time of night, and he refused to be -quieted. He went on barking louder than ever. - -“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, calling louder, “what’s the matter? Come back to -your house, and be quiet.” - -Murphy thought he heard a voice, and, peeping through a crack in the -fence, he saw Lorenzo standing at the window. The moon shone upon his -white night-gown, so that he could be seen very distinctly. - -[Sidenote: Murphy disappears.] - -As soon as Murphy saw him, he crept away into a thicket, and -disappeared. Bruno, after waiting a little time to be sure that the man -had really gone, turned about, and came back to the house. When he saw -Lorenzo, he began to wag his tail. He would have told him about the -gipsy if he had been able to speak. - -“Go to bed, Bruno,” said he, “and not be keeping us awake, barking at -the moon this time of night.” - -So Bruno went into his house, and Lorenzo to his bed. - -[Sidenote: Murphy tries threats.] - -The next night, Murphy, finding that Bruno could not be coaxed away -from his duty by flattery, concluded to try what virtue there might -be in threats and scolding. So he came armed with a club and stones. -As soon as he got near the gate, Bruno, as he had expected, took the -alarm, and came bounding down the path again to see who was there. - -As soon as he saw Murphy, he set up a loud and violent barking as -before. - -“Down, Bruno, down!” exclaimed Murphy, in a stern and angry voice. -“Stop that noise, or I’ll break your head.” - -So saying, he brandished his club, and then stooped down to pick up one -of the stones which he had brought, and which he had laid down on the -ground where he was standing, so as to have them all ready. - -[Sidenote: He is unsuccessful.] - -Bruno, instead of being intimidated and silenced by these -demonstrations, barked louder than ever. - -Lorenzo jumped out of bed and came to the window. - -“Bruno!” said he, calling out loud, “what’s the matter? There’s nothing -there. Come back to your house, and be still.” - -The gipsy, finding that Bruno did not fear his clubs and stones, and -hearing Lorenzo’s voice again moreover, went back into the thicket. -Bruno waited until he was sure that he was really gone, and then -returned slowly up the pathway to the house. - -“Go to bed, Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “and not be keeping us awake, -barking at the moon this time of night.” - -So Bruno and Lorenzo both went to bed again. - -[Sidenote: He tries bribes, which Bruno refuses.] - -The next night Murphy came again, with two or three pieces of meat in -his hands. - -“I’ll bribe him,” said he. “He likes meat.” - -Bruno, on hearing the sound of Murphy’s footsteps, leaped out of his -bed, and ran down the path as before. As soon as he saw the gipsy -again, he began to bark. Murphy threw a piece of meat toward him, -expecting that, as soon as Bruno saw it, he would stop barking at -once, and go to eating it greedily. But Bruno paid no attention to the -offered bribe. He kept his eyes fixed closely on the gipsy, and barked -away as loud as ever. - -Lorenzo, hearing the sound, was awakened from his sleep, and getting up -as before, he came to the window. - -“Bruno,” said he, “what _is_ the matter now? Come back to your house, -and go to bed, and be quiet.” - -Murphy, finding that the house was alarmed again, and that Bruno would -not take the bribe that he offered him, crept away back into the -thicket, and disappeared. - -“I’ll poison him to-morrow night,” said he--“the savage cur!” - -[Sidenote: The poisoned meat.] - -Accordingly, the next evening, a little before sunset, he put some -poison in a piece of meat, and having wrapped it up in paper, he put it -in his pocket. He then went openly to the house where Lorenzo lived, -with some baskets on his arm for sale. When he entered the yard, he -took the meat out of the paper, and secretly threw it into Bruno’s -house. Bruno was not there at the time. He had gone away with Lorenzo. - -[Sidenote: Bruno imprisoned.] - -Murphy then went into the kitchen, and remained there some time, -talking about his baskets. When he came out, he found Lorenzo shutting -up Bruno in his house, and putting a board up before the door. - -“What are you doing, Lorenzo?” said the gipsy. - -“I am shutting Bruno up,” said Lorenzo. “He makes such a barking in the -night that we can not sleep.” - -“That’s right,” replied the gipsy. So he went away, saying to himself, -as he went down the pathway, “He won’t bark much more, I think, after -he has eaten the supper I have put in there for him.” - -Bruno wondered what the reason was that Lorenzo was shutting him up -so closely. He little thought it was on account of his vigilance and -fidelity in watching the house. He had, however, nothing to do but to -submit. So, when Lorenzo had finished fastening the door, and had gone -away, he lay down in a corner of his apartment, extended his paws out -before him, rested his chin upon them, and prepared to shut his eyes -and go to sleep. - -[Sidenote: He discovers the meat.] - -His eyes, however, before he had shut them, fell upon the piece of meat -which Murphy had thrown in there for him. So he got up again, and went -toward it. - -He smelt of it. He at once perceived the smell of the gipsy upon it. -Any thing that a man handles, or even touches, retains for a time a -scent, which, though we can not perceive it is very sensible to a dog. -Thus a dog can follow the track of a man over a road by the scent -which his footsteps leave upon the ground. He can even single out a -particular track from among a multitude of others on the same ground, -each scent being apparently different in character from all the rest. - -[Sidenote: He distrusts Murphy’s present, and maintains a faithful -watch.] - -In this way Bruno perceived that the meat which he found in his house -had been handled by the same man that he had barked at so many times at -midnight at the foot of the pathway. This made him suspicious of it. -He thought that that man must be a bad man, and he did not consider it -prudent to have any thing to do with bad men or any of their gifts. So -he left the meat where it was, and went back into his corner. - -His first thought in reflecting on the situation in which he found -himself placed was, that since Lorenzo had forbidden him so sternly -and positively to bark in the night, and had shut him up so close a -prisoner, he would give up all care or concern about the premises, and -let the robber, if it was a robber, do what he pleased. But then, on -more sober reflection, he perceived that Lorenzo must have acted under -some mistake in doing as he had done, and that it was very foolish in -him to cherish a feeling of resentment on account of it. - -“The wrong doings of other people,” thought he to himself, “are no -reason why I should neglect _my_ duty. I will watch, even if I am shut -up.” - -So he lay listening very carefully. When all was still, he fell into -a light slumber now and then; but the least sound without caused him -to prick up his ears and open one eye, until he was satisfied that -the noise he heard was nothing but the wind. Thus things went on till -midnight. - -[Sidenote: The robber enters the house, and carries away the bowl.] - -About midnight he heard a sound. He raised his head and listened. It -seemed like the sound of footsteps going through the yard. He started -up, and put his head close to the door. He heard the footsteps going -up close to the house. He began to bark very loud and violently. The -robbers opened the door with a false key, and went into the house. -Bruno barked louder and louder. He crowded hard against the door, -trying to get it open. He moaned and whined, and then barked again -louder than ever. - -Lorenzo came to the window. - -“Bruno,” said he, “what a plague you are! Lie down, and go to sleep.” - -Bruno, hearing Lorenzo’s voice, barked again with all the energy that -he possessed. - -“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, very sternly, “if you don’t lie down and be -still, to-morrow night I’ll tie your mouth up.” - -Murphy was now in the house, and all was still. He had got the silver -bowl, and was waiting for Lorenzo to go to bed. Bruno listened -attentively, but not hearing any more sounds, ceased to bark. Presently -Lorenzo went away from the window back to his bed, and lay down. Bruno -watched some time longer, and then he went and lay down too. - -In about half an hour, Murphy began slowly and stealthily to creep out -of the house. He walked on tiptoe. For a time he made no noise. He had -the bowl in one hand, and his shoes in the other. He had taken off -his shoes, so as not to make any noise in walking. Bruno heard him, -however, as he was going by, and, starting up, he began to bark again. -But Murphy hastened on, and the yard was accordingly soon entirely -still. Bruno listened a long time, but, hearing no more noise, he -finally lay down again in his corner as before. - -[Sidenote: What could be the reason that the poison failed?] - -Murphy crept away into the thicket, and so went home to his encampment, -wondering why Bruno had not been killed by the poison. - -“I put in poison enough,” said he to himself, “for half a dozen dogs. -What could be the reason it did not take effect?” - -When the people of the house came down into the kitchen the next -morning, they found that the door was wide open, and the silver bowl -was gone. - -[Illustration] - -What became of the silver bowl will be related in another story. I will -only add here that gipsies have various other modes of obtaining money -dishonestly besides stealing. One of these modes is by pretending to -tell fortunes. Here is a picture of a gipsy endeavoring to persuade -an innocent country boy to have his fortune told. She wishes him to -give her some money. The boy wears a frock. He is dressed very neatly. -He looks as if he were half persuaded to give the gipsy his money. He -might, however, just as well throw it away. - - - - -THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED. - - -On the night when Lorenzo’s silver bowl was stolen by the gipsy, all -the family, except Lorenzo, were asleep, and none of them knew aught -about the theft which had been committed until the following morning. -Lorenzo got up that morning before any body else in the house, as was -his usual custom, and, when he was dressed, he looked out at the window. - -“Ah!” said he, “now I recollect; Bruno is fastened up in his house. I -will go the first thing and let him out.” - -[Sidenote: Lorenzo discovers the open door.] - -So Lorenzo hastened down stairs into the kitchen, in order to go out -into the yard. He was surprised, when he got there, to find the kitchen -door open. - -“Ah!” said he to himself, “how came this door open? I did not know that -any body was up. It must be that Almira is up, and has gone out to get -a pail of water.” - -[Sidenote: He releases Bruno.] - -Lorenzo went out to Bruno’s house, and took down the board by which he -had fastened the door. Then he opened the door. The moment that the -door was opened Bruno sprang out. He was very glad to be released from -his imprisonment. He leaped up about Lorenzo’s knees a little at first, -to express his joy, and then ran off, and began smelling about the yard. - -[Sidenote: Bruno’s mysterious behavior.] - -He found the traces of Murphy’s steps, and, as soon as he perceived -them, he began to bark. He followed them to the kitchen door, and -thence into the house, barking all the time, and looking very much -excited. - -“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?” - -Bruno went to the door of the closet where the bowl had been kept. The -door was open a little way. Bruno insinuated his nose into the crevice, -and so pushing the door open, he went in. As soon as he was in he began -to bark again. - -“Bruno!” exclaimed Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?” - -Bruno looked up on the shelf where the bowl was usually placed, and -barked louder than ever. - -“Where’s my bowl?” exclaimed Lorenzo, looking at the vacant place, and -beginning to feel alarmed. “Where’s my bowl?” - -He spoke in a tone of great astonishment and alarm. He looked about on -all the shelves; the bowl was nowhere to be seen. - -“Where can my bowl be gone to?” said he, more and more frightened. He -went out of the closet into the kitchen, and looked all about there for -his bowl. Of course, his search was vain. Bruno followed him all the -time, barking incessantly, and looking up very eagerly into Lorenzo’s -face with an appearance of great excitement. - -“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “you know something about it, I am sure, if you -could only tell.” - -[Sidenote: The wind-mill.] - -Lorenzo, however, did not yet suspect that his bowl had been stolen. -He presumed that his mother had put it away in some other place, and -that, when she came down, it would readily be found again. So he went -out into the yard, and sat on a stone step, and went to work to finish -a wind-mill he had begun the day before. - -[Sidenote: Lorenzo’s mother explains the mystery.] - -By-and-by his mother came down; and as soon as she had heard Lorenzo’s -story about the bowl, and learned, too, that the outer door had -been found open when Lorenzo first came down stairs, she immediately -expressed the opinion that the bowl had been stolen. - -“Some thief has been breaking into the house,” said she, “I’ve no -doubt, and has stolen it.” - -“Stolen it!” exclaimed Lorenzo. - -“Yes,” replied his mother; “I’ve no doubt of it.” - -So saying, she went into the closet again, to see if she could discover -any traces of the thieves there. But she could not. Every thing seemed -to have remained undisturbed, just as she had left it the night before, -except that the bowl was missing. - -“Somebody has been in and stolen it,” said she, “most assuredly.” - -Bruno, who had followed Lorenzo and his mother into the room, was -standing up at this time upon his hind legs, with his paws upon -the edge of the shelf, and he now began to bark loudly, by way of -expressing his concurrence in this opinion. - -[Sidenote: “Seek him, Bruno!”] - -“Seize him, Bruno!” said Lorenzo. “Seize him!” - -Bruno, on hearing this command, began smelling about the floor, and -barking more eagerly than ever. - -“Bruno smells his tracks, I verily believe,” said Lorenzo, speaking to -his mother. Then, addressing Bruno again, he clapped his hands together -and pointed to the ground, saying, - -“Go seek him, Bruno! seek him!” - -[Sidenote: Bruno departs upon his errand.] - -Bruno began immediately to follow the scent of Murphy’s footsteps along -the floor, out from the closet into the kitchen, and from the kitchen -into the yard; he ran along the path a little way, and then made a wide -circuit over the grass, at a place where Murphy had gone round to get -as far as possible away from Bruno’s house. He then came back into the -path again, smelling as he ran, and thence passed out through the gate; -here, keeping his nose still close to the ground, he went on faster and -faster, until he entered the thicket and disappeared. - -Lorenzo did not pay particular attention to these motions. He had given -Bruno the order, “Seek him!” rather from habit than any thing else, -and without any idea that Bruno would really follow the tracks of the -thief. Accordingly, when Bruno ran off down the yard, he imagined that -he had gone away somewhere to play a little while, and that he would -soon come back. - -“He’ll be sure to come back pretty soon,” said he, “to get his -breakfast.” - -But Bruno did not come back to breakfast. Lorenzo waited an hour after -breakfast, and still he did not come. - -He waited two hours longer, and still he did not come. - -Where was Bruno all this time? He was at the camp of the gipsies, -watching at the place where Murphy had hid the stolen bowl. - -[Sidenote: He reaches the gipsy camp. He discovers the place where the -bowl was hidden.] - -When he followed the gipsy’s tracks into the thicket, he perceived the -scent more and more distinctly as he went on, and this encouraged him -to proceed. Lorenzo had said “Seek him!” and this Bruno understood as -an order that he should follow the track until he found the man, and -finding him, that he should keep watch at the place till Lorenzo or -some one from the family should come. Accordingly, when he arrived at -the camp, he followed the scent round to the back end of a little low -hut, where Murphy had hidden the bowl. The gipsy had dug a hole in the -ground, and buried the bowl in it, out of sight, intending in a day or -two to dig it up and melt it. Bruno found the place where the bowl was -buried, but he could not dig it up himself, so he determined to wait -there and watch until some one should come. He accordingly squatted -down upon the grass, near the place where the gipsies were seated -around their fire, and commenced his watch.[4] - - [4] See engraving, page 43. - -There were two gipsy women sitting by the fire. There was also a man -sitting near by. Murphy was standing up near the entrance of the tent -when Bruno came. He was telling the other gipsies about the bowl. He -had a long stick in his hand, and Bruno saw this, and concluded that it -was best for him to keep quiet until some one should come. - -“I had the greatest trouble with Bruno,” said Murphy. “He barked at -me whenever he saw me, and nothing would quiet him. But he is getting -acquainted now. See, he has come here of his own accord.” - -“You said you were going to poison him,” remarked the other man. - -“Yes,” replied Murphy. “I did put some poisoned meat in his house, but -he did not eat it. I expect he smelled the poison.” - -[Sidenote: Lorenzo goes in search of Bruno.] - -The hours of the day passed on, and Lorenzo wondered more and more what -could have become of his dog. At last he resolved to go and look him up. - -“Mother,” said he, “I am going to see if I can find out what’s become -of Bruno.” - -“I would rather that you would find out what’s become of your bowl,” -said his mother. - -“Why, mother,” said Lorenzo, “Bruno is worth a great deal more than the -bowl.” - -“That may be,” replied his mother, “but there is much less danger of -his being lost.” - -Lorenzo walked slowly away from the house, pondering with much -perplexity the double loss he had incurred. - -“I can not do any thing,” he said, “to get back the bowl, but I can -look about for Bruno, and if I find him, that’s all I can do. I must -leave it for father to decide what is to be done about the bowl, when -he comes home.” - -So Lorenzo came out from his father’s house, and after hesitating for -some minutes which way to go, he was at length decided by seeing a -boy coming across the fields at a distance with a fishing-pole on his -shoulder. - -“Perhaps that boy has seen him somewhere,” said he. “I’ll go and ask -him. And, at any rate, I should like to know who the boy is, and -whether he has caught any fish.” - -[Sidenote: The sheep. The geese.] - -So Lorenzo turned in the direction where he saw the boy. He walked -under some tall elm-trees, and then passed a small flock of sheep that -were lying on the grass in the field. He looked carefully among them -to see if Bruno was there, but he was not. After passing the sheep, -he walked along on the margin of a broad and shallow stream of water. -There were two geese floating quietly upon the surface of this water, -near where the sheep were lying upon the shore. These geese floated -quietly upon the water, like vessels riding at anchor. Lorenzo was -convinced that they had not seen any thing of Bruno for some time. If -they had, they would not have been so composed. - -[Sidenote: The ducks in the water.] - -Lorenzo walked on toward the boy. He met him at a place where the path -approached near the margin of the water. There was some tall grass on -the brink. Three ducks were swimming near. The ducks turned away when -they saw the boys coming, and sailed gracefully out toward the middle -of the stream. - -[Illustration: Lorenzo meets Frank going a fishing.] - -Lorenzo, when he drew near the boy, perceived that it was an -acquaintance of his, named Frank. Frank had a long fishing-pole in one -hand, with a basket containing his dinner in the other. - -“Frank,” said Lorenzo, “where are you going?” - -“I am going a fishing,” said Frank. “Go with me.” - -“No,” said Lorenzo, “I am looking for Bruno.” - -“I know where he is,” said Frank. - -“Where?” asked Lorenzo. - -“I saw him a little while ago at the gipsies’ camp, down in the glen. -He was lying down there quietly by the gipsies’ fire.” - -“What a dog!” said Lorenzo. “Here I have been wondering what had become -of him all the morning. He has run away, I suppose, because I shut him -up last night.” - -“What made you shut him up?” asked Frank. - -“Oh, because he made such a barking every night,” replied Lorenzo. “We -could not sleep.” - -“He is still enough now,” said Frank. “He is lying down very quietly -with the gipsies.” - -Lorenzo then asked Frank some questions about his fishing, and -afterward walked on. Before long he came to a stile, where there was a -path leading to a field. He got over the stile, and followed the path -until at last he came to the gipsies’ encampment. - -[Sidenote: Bruno in the camp of the gipsies.] - -There he found Bruno lying quietly on the ground, at a little distance -from the fire. As soon as he came in sight of him, he called him. -“Bruno! Bruno!” said he. - -Bruno looked up, and, seeing Lorenzo, ran to meet him, but immediately -returned to the camp, whining, and barking, and seeming very uneasy. -He, however, soon became quiet again, for he knew very well, or seemed -to know, that it would require more of a man than Lorenzo to take the -bowl away from the gipsies, and, consequently, that he must wait there -quietly till somebody else should come. - -[Sidenote: Lorenzo tries to drive Bruno home, but Bruno will not go.] - -“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, speaking very sternly, “_come home_!” - -Bruno paid no attention to this command, but, after smelling about the -ground a little, and running to and fro uneasily, lay down again where -he was before. - -“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, stamping with his foot. - -“Won’t your dog obey you?” said Murphy. - -“No,” said Lorenzo. “I wish you would take a stick, and drive him -along.” - -Now the gipsies did not wish to have the dog go away. They preferred -that he should stay with them, and be their dog. They had no idea that -he was there to watch over the stolen bowl. - -“Don’t drive him away,” said one of the gipsy women, speaking in a low -tone, so that Lorenzo could not hear. - -“I’ll only make believe,” said Murphy. - -So Murphy took up a little stick, and threw it at the dog, saying, “Go -home, Bruno!” - -Bruno paid no heed to this demonstration. - -Lorenzo then advanced to where Bruno was lying, and attempted to pull -him along, but Bruno would not come. He would not even get up from the -ground. - -“I’ll make you come,” said Lorenzo. So he took hold of him by the neck -and the ears, and began to pull him. Bruno uttered a low growl. - -“Oh, dear me!” said Lorenzo, “what shall I do?” - -In fact, he was beginning to grow desperate. So he looked about among -the bushes for a stick, and when he had found one sufficient for his -purpose, he came to Bruno, and said, in a very stern voice, - -“Now, Bruno, go home!” - -Bruno did not move. - -“Bruno,” repeated Lorenzo, in a thundering voice, and brandishing his -stick over Bruno’s head, “GO HOME!” - -Bruno, afraid of being beaten with the stick, jumped up, and ran off -into the bushes. Lorenzo followed him, and attempted to drive him -toward the path that led toward home. But he could accomplish nothing. -The dog darted to and fro in the thickets, keeping well out of the way -of Lorenzo’s stick, but evincing a most obstinate determination not to -go home. On the contrary, in all his dodgings to and fro, he took care -to keep as near as possible to the spot where the bowl was buried. - -[Sidenote: Lorenzo goes home.] - -At last Lorenzo gave up in despair, and concluded to go back to the -house, and wait till his father got home. - -[Sidenote: The search for the bowl.] - -His father returned about the middle of the afternoon, and Lorenzo -immediately told him of the double loss which he had met with. He -explained all the circumstances connected with the loss of the bowl, -and described Bruno’s strange behavior. His father listened in silence. -He immediately suspected that the gipsies had taken the bowl, and -that Bruno had traced it to them. So he sent for some officers and a -warrant, and went to the camp. - -[Sidenote: The bowl found.] - -As soon as Bruno saw the men coming, he seemed to be overjoyed. He -jumped up, and ran to meet them, and then, running back to the camp -again, he barked, and leaped about in great excitement. The men -followed him, and he led them round behind the hut, and there he began -digging into the ground with his paws. The men took a shovel which was -there, one belonging to the gipsies, and began to dig. In a short time -they came to a flat stone, and, on taking up the stone, they found the -bowl under it. - -[Sidenote: Pursuing Murphy.] - -Bruno seemed overjoyed. He leaped and jumped about for a minute or two -when he saw the bowl come out from its hiding-place, and raced round -and round the man who held the bowl, and then ran away home to find -Lorenzo. The officers, in the mean time, went off hastily in pursuit of -Murphy, who had made his escape while they had been digging up the bowl. - - - - -BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY. - - -Bruno was quite a large dog. There are a great many different kinds -of dogs. Some are large, others are small. Some are irritable and -fierce, others are good-natured and gentle. Some are stout and massive -in form, others are slender and delicate. Some are distinguished for -their strength, others for their fleetness, and others still for their -beauty. Some are very affectionate, others are sagacious, others are -playful and cunning. Thus dogs differ from each other not only in form -and size, but in their disposition and character as well. - -[Sidenote: Pointers.] - -Some dogs are very intelligent, others are less so, and even among -intelligent dogs there is a great difference in respect to the modes -in which their intelligence manifests itself. Some dogs naturally love -the water, and can be taught very easily to swim and dive, and perform -other aquatic exploits. Others are afraid of the water, and can never -be taught to like it; but they are excellent hunters, and go into the -fields with their masters, and find the game. They run to and fro -about the field that their master goes into, until they see a bird, and -then they stop suddenly, and remain motionless till their master comes -and shoots the bird. As soon as they hear the report of the gun, they -run to get the game. Sometimes quite small dogs are very intelligent -indeed, though of course they have not so much strength as large dogs. - -[Illustration: The little parlor dogs.] - -In the above engraving we see several small dogs playing in a parlor. -The ladies are amusing themselves with flowers that they are arranging, -and the dogs are playing upon the carpet at their feet. - -There are three dogs in all. Two of them are playing together near the -foreground, on the left. The other is alone. - -[Sidenote: Bruno was a large dog.] - -Bruno was a large dog. He was a very large dog indeed. When other dogs -were playing around him, he would look down upon them with an air of -great condescension and dignity. He was, however, very kind to them. -They would jump upon him, and play around him, but he never did them -any harm. - -[Illustration: Bruno among his companions.] - -[Sidenote: Faithfulness.] - -Bruno was a very faithful dog. In the summer, when the farmer, his -master (at a time when he belonged to a farmer), went into the field to -his work in the morning, he would sometimes take his dinner with him in -a tin pail, and he would put the pail down under a tree by the side of -a little brook, and then, pointing to it, would say to Bruno, - -[Sidenote: Watching.] - -“Bruno, watch!” - -[Sidenote: Bruno and his master eating dinner in the fields.] - -So Bruno would take his place by the side of the pail, and remain there -watching faithfully all the morning. Sometimes he would become very -hungry before his master came back, but, though he knew that there was -meat in the pail, and that there was nothing to cover it but a cloth, -he would never touch it. If he was thirsty, he would go down to the -brook and drink, turning his head continually as he went, and while he -was drinking, to see that no one came near the pail. Then at noon, when -his master came for his dinner, Bruno would be rejoiced to see him. He -would run out to meet him with great delight. He would then sit down -before his master, and look up into his face while he was eating his -dinner, and his master would give him pieces of bread and meat from -time to time, to reward him for his fidelity. - -Bruno was kind and gentle as well as faithful. If any body came through -the field while he was watching his master’s dinner, or any thing else -that had been intrusted to his charge, he would not, as some fierce and -ill-tempered dogs are apt to do, fly at them and bite them at once, but -he would wait to see if they were going to pass by peaceably. If they -were, he would not molest them. If they came near to whatever he was -set to guard, he would growl a little, to give them a gentle warning. -If they came nearer still, he would growl louder; but he would never -bite them unless they actually attempted to seize and take away his -trust. Thus he was considerate and kind as well as faithful. - -[Sidenote: Fierceness.] - -Some dogs, though faithful, are very fierce. They are sometimes -_trained_ to be fierce when they are employed to watch against thieves, -in order that they may attack the thieves furiously. To make them more -fierce, their masters never play with them, but keep them chained up -near their kennels, and do not give them too much to eat. Wild animals -are always more ferocious while hungry. - -[Illustration: The hungry watch-dog.] - -Here is a picture of a fierce watch-dog, set to watch against thieves. -He is kept hungry, in some degree, all the time, to make him more -ferocious. He looks hollow and gaunt. There is a pan upon the ground, -from which his master feeds him, but he has eaten up all that it -contained, and he wants more. This makes him watchful. If he had eaten -too much, he would probably now be lying asleep in his kennel. The -kennel is a small house, with a door in front, where the dog goes in -and out. There is straw upon the floor of the kennel. The dog was lying -down upon the floor of his kennel, when he thought he heard a noise. He -sprang up from his place, came out of the door, and has now stopped to -listen. He is listening and watching very attentively, and is all ready -to spring. The thief is coming; we can see him climbing over the gate. -He is coming softly. He thinks no one hears. A moment more, and the dog -will spring out upon him, and perhaps seize him by the throat, and hold -him till men come and take him prisoner. - -This dog is chained during the day, but his chain is unhooked at night, -so as to leave him at liberty. By day he can do no harm, and yet the -children who live in the neighborhood are afraid to go near his kennel, -he barks so ferociously when he hears a noise; besides, they think it -possible that, by some accident, his chain may get unfastened. - -[Sidenote: Tiger’s fidelity. His ferocious character.] - -This dog’s name is Tiger. Bruno was not such a dog as Tiger. He was -vigilant and faithful, but then he was gentle and kind. - -Bruno’s master, the farmer, had a son named Antonio. That is, his name -was properly Antonio, though they commonly called him Tony. - -[Sidenote: The difference between Antonio and Bruno.] - -Tony was very different from Bruno in his character. He was as -faithless and remiss in all his duties as Bruno was trusty and true. -When his father set him at work in the field, instead of remaining, -like Bruno, at his post, and discharging his duty, he would take the -first opportunity, as soon as his father was out of sight, to go away -and play. Sometimes, when Bruno was upon his watch, Tony would attempt -to entice him away. He would throw sticks and stones across the brook, -and attempt to make Bruno go and fetch them. But Bruno would resist all -these temptations, and remain immovable at his post. - -It might be supposed that it would be very tiresome for Bruno to remain -so many hours lying under a tree, watching a pail, with nothing to -do and nothing to amuse him, and that, consequently, he would always -endeavor to escape from the duty. We might suppose that, when he saw -the farmer’s wife taking down the pail from its shelf, and preparing -to put the farmer’s dinner in it, he would immediately run away, and -hide himself under the barn, or among the currant-bushes in the garden, -or resort to some other scheme to make his escape from such a duty. -But, in fact, he used to do exactly the contrary of this. As soon as -he saw that his master was preparing to go into the field, he would -leap about with great delight. He would run into the house, and take -his place by the door of the closet where the tin pail was usually -kept. He would stand there until the farmer’s wife came for the pail, -and then he would follow her and watch her while she was preparing the -dinner and putting it into the pail, and then would run along, with -every appearance of satisfaction and joy, by the side of his master, as -he went into the field, and finally take his place by the side of the -pail, as if he were pleased with the duty, and proud of the trust that -was thus committed to him. - -[Sidenote: Antonio’s expedients to avoid work.] - -In fact, he _was_ really proud of it. He liked to be employed, and to -prove himself useful. With Tony it was the reverse. He adopted all -sorts of schemes and maneuvers to avoid the performance of any duty. -When he had reason to suppose that any work was to be done in which his -aid was to be required, he would take his fishing-line, immediately -after breakfast, and steal secretly away out of the back door, and go -down to a brook which was near his father’s house, and there--hiding -himself in some secluded place among the bushes, where he thought they -could not find him--he would sit down upon a stone and go to fishing. -If he heard a sound as of his father’s voice calling him, he would -make a rustling of the leaves, or some other similar noise, so as to -prevent his hearing whether his father was calling to him or not. Thus -his father was obliged to do without him. And though his father would -reprove him very seriously, when he came home at noon, for thus going -away, Tony would pretend that he did not know that his father wanted -him, and that he did not hear him when he called. - -[Sidenote: The plowing.] - -One evening in the spring, Tony heard his father say that he was going -to plow a certain piece of ground the following day, and he supposed -that he should be wanted to ride the horse. His father was accustomed -to plow such land as that field by means of a yoke of oxen, and a -horse in front of them; and by having Tony to ride the horse, he could -generally manage to get along without any driver for the oxen, as the -oxen in that case had nothing to do but to follow on where the horse -led the way. But if Tony was not there to ride the horse, then it was -necessary for the farmer to have his man Thomas with him, to drive -the horse and the oxen. There was no way, therefore, by which Tony -could be so useful to his father as by thus assisting in this work of -plowing; for, by so doing, he saved the time of Thomas, who could then -be employed the whole day in other fields, planting, or hoeing, or -making fence, or doing any other farm-work which at that season of the -year required to be done. - -[Sidenote: Antonio escapes.] - -Accordingly, when Tony understood that this was the plan of work for -the following day, he stole away from the house immediately after -breakfast, and ran out into the garden. He had previously put his -fishing-line, and other necessary apparatus for fishing, upon a certain -bench there was in an arbor. He now took these things, and then went -down through the garden to a back gate, which led into a wood beyond. -He looked around from time to time as he went on, to see if any one at -the house was observing him. He saw no one; so he escaped safely into -the wood, without being called back, or even seen. - -He felt glad when he found that he had thus made his escape--glad, but -not happy. It is quite possible to be glad, and yet to be not at all -happy. Tony felt guilty. He knew that he was doing very wrong; and the -feeling that we are doing wrong always makes us miserable, whatever may -be the pleasure that we seek. - -[Sidenote: His walk through the wood.] - -There was a wild and solitary road which led through the wood. Tony -went on through this road, with his fishing-pole over his shoulder, and -his box of bait in his hand. He wore a frock, like a plowman’s frock, -over his dress. It was one which his mother had made for him. This -frock was a light and cool garment, and Tony liked to wear it very much. - -When Tony had got so far that he thought there was no danger of his -being called back, and the interest which he had felt in making his -escape began to subside, as the work had been accomplished, he paused, -and began to reflect upon what he was doing. - -[Sidenote: He almost decides to return and help his father.] - -“I have a great mind to go back, after all,” he said, “and help my -father.” - -So he turned round, and began to walk slowly back toward the house. - -“No, I won’t,” said he again; “I will go a fishing.” - -[Illustration] - -So he turned again, and began to walk on. - -“At any rate,” he added, speaking to himself all the time, “I will go -a fishing for a while, and then, perhaps, I will go back and help my -father.” - -So Tony went on in the path until at length he came to a place where -there was a gateway leading into a dark and secluded wood. The wood was -very dark and secluded indeed, and Tony thought that the path through -it must lead to some very retired and solitary place, where nobody -could find him. - -“I presume there is a brook, too, somewhere in that wood,” he added, -“where I can fish.” - -The gate was fastened, but there was a short length of fence on the -left-hand side of it, formed of only two rails, and these were so far -apart that Tony could easily creep through between them. So he crept -through, and went into the wood. - -[Sidenote: He comes to the brook.] - -He rambled about in the wood for some time, following various paths -that he found there, until at length he came to a brook. He was quite -rejoiced to find the brook, and he immediately began fishing in it. He -followed the bank of this brook for nearly a mile, going, of course, -farther and farther into the wood all the time. He caught a few small -fishes at some places, while at others he caught none. He was, however, -restless and dissatisfied in mind. Again and again he wished that he -had not come away from home, and he was continually on the point of -resolving to return. He thought, however, that his father would have -brought Thomas into the field, and commenced his plowing long before -then, and that, consequently, it would do no good to return. - -[Sidenote: Fishing. The squirrel.] - -While he was sitting thus, with a disconsolate air, upon a large stone -by the side of the brook, fishing in a dark and deep place, where he -hoped that there might be some trout, he suddenly saw a large gray -squirrel. He immediately dropped his fishing-pole, and ran to see where -the squirrel would go. In fact, he had some faint and vague idea that -there might, by some possibility, be a way to catch him. - -The squirrel ran along a log, then up the stem of a tree to a branch, -along the branch to the end of it, whence he sprang a long distance -through the air to another branch, and then ran along that branch to -the tree which it grew from. From this tree he descended to a rock. He -mounted to the highest point of the rock, and there he turned round and -looked at Tony, sitting upon his hind legs, and holding his fore paws -before him, like a dog begging for supper. - -[Sidenote: An unsuccessful hunt.] - -“The rogue!” said Tony. “How I wish I could catch him!” - -Very soon the squirrel, feeling somewhat alarmed at the apparition of -a boy in the woods, and not knowing what to make of so strange a sight, -ran down the side of the rock, and continued his flight. Tony followed -him for some time, until at last the squirrel contrived to make his -escape altogether, by running up a large tree, keeping cunningly on the -farther side of it all the way, so that Tony could not see him. When -he had reached the branches of the tree, he crept into a small hollow -which he found there, and crouching down, he remained motionless in -this hiding-place until Tony became tired of looking for him, and went -away. - -[Sidenote: The lost boy.] - -Tony, when at last he gave up the search for the squirrel, attempted -to find his way back to the place where he had left his fishing-pole. -Unfortunately, he had left his cap there too, so that he was doubly -desirous of finding the place. There was, however, no path, for -squirrels in their rambles in the woods are of course always quite -independent of every thing like roadways. Tony went back in the -direction from which he thought he came; but he could find no traces of -his fishing-pole. He could not even find the brook. He began to feel -quite uneasy, and, after going around in very circuitous and devious -wanderings for some time, he became quite bewildered. He at length -determined to give up the attempt to find his fishing-line and cap, and -to get out of the woods, and make his way home in the quickest possible -way. - -[Sidenote: Tony’s difficulties.] - -The poor boy now began to feel more guilty and more wretched than ever -before. He was not really more guilty, though he _felt_ his guilt far -more acutely than he had done when every thing was going well with him. -This is always so. The feeling of self-condemnation is not generally -the strongest at the time when we are doing the wrong. It becomes far -more acute and far more painful when we begin to experience the bitter -consequences which we bring upon ourselves by the transgression. Tony -hurried along wherever he could find a path which promised to lead him -to the gateway, breathless with fatigue and excitement, and with his -face flushed and full of anxiety. He was in great distress. - -He stopped from time to time, to call aloud to his father and to -Thomas. He was now as anxious that they should find him as he had been -before to escape from them. He listened, in the hope that he might hear -the barking of Bruno, or some other sound that might help him to find -his way out of the woods. - -[Sidenote: He is misled by various sounds.] - -Once he actually heard a sound among the trees, at some distance from -him. He thought that it was some one working in the woods. He went -eagerly in the direction from which the sound proceeded, scrambling, -by the way, over the rocks and brambles, and leaping from hummock to -hummock in crossing bogs and mire. When at length he reached the place, -he found that the noise was nothing but one tree creaking against -another in the wind. - -At another time, he followed a sound which appeared different from -this; when he came up to it, he found it to be a woodpecker tapping an -old hollow tree. - -[Sidenote: Tony at the brook.] - -Tony wandered about thus in the wood nearly all the day, and at length, -about the middle of the afternoon, he became so exhausted with fatigue, -anxiety, and hunger, that he could go no farther. He was very thirsty -too, for he could find no water. He began to fear that he should die -in the woods of starvation and thirst. At length, however, a short -time before the sun went down, he came, to his great joy, to a stream -of water. It was wide and deep, so that he could not cross it. He, -however, went down to the brink of the water, and got a good drink. -This refreshed him very much, and then he went back again up the bank, -and lay down upon the grass there to rest. - -[Sidenote: Cows in the water.] - -Presently two cows came down to the water, on the side opposite to -where Tony was sitting. They came to drink. Tony wished very much that -they would come over to his side of the water, so that he could get -some milk from them. If he could get a good drink of milk from them, he -thought it would restore his strength, so that he could make one more -effort to return home. He called the cows, and endeavored, by every -means in his power, to make them come through the water to his side. -One of them waded into the water a little way, and stood there staring -stupidly at Tony, but she would not come any farther. - -[Illustration] - -Then Tony thought of attempting to wade across the water to the cows, -but he was afraid that it might be very deep, and that he should get -drowned. He thought, too, that if he could contrive in any way to get -near the cows, there would still be a difficulty in getting a drink of -their milk, for he had no cup or mug to milk into. He wondered whether -or not it would be possible for him to get down under one of the cows -and milk into his mouth. He soon found, however, that it was of no use -to consider this question, for it was not possible for him to get near -the cows at all. - -Then he reflected how many times his mother, in the evenings at home, -when the cows were milked, had brought him drinks of the milk in a cup -or mug, very convenient to drink out of, and how many long and weary -days his father had worked in the fields, mowing grass to feed the -cows, and in the barns in the winter, to take care of them, so as to -provide the means of giving his boy this rich and luxurious food; and -he felt how ungrateful he had been, in not being willing to aid his -father in his work, when opportunities offered to him to be useful. - -[Sidenote: Good resolutions.] - -“If I ever get home,” said he to himself, “I’ll be a better boy.” - -[Sidenote: Here comes Bruno.] - -Just then Tony heard a noise in the bushes behind him. At first he was -startled, as most people are, at hearing suddenly a noise in the woods. -Immediately afterward, however, he felt glad, as he hoped that the -noise was made by some one coming. He had scarcely time to look around -before Bruno came rushing through the bushes, and, with a single bound, -came to Tony’s feet. He leaped up upon him, wagging his tail most -energetically, and in other ways manifesting the most extraordinary -joy. - -[Sidenote: Bruno leads the way through the woods.] - -In a minute or two he began to walk away again into the woods, looking -behind him toward Tony, intimating that Tony was to follow him. Tony -slowly rose from his place, and attempted to go. - -“Yes, Bruno,” said he, “I know. You are going to show me the way home. -I’ll come along as fast as I can.” - -Tony soon found, however, that he could not come very fast. In fact, -he was almost exhausted by fatigue and hunger, and he had now little -strength remaining. He accordingly staggered rather than walked in -attempting to follow Bruno, and he was obliged frequently to stop and -rest. On such occasions Bruno would come back and fawn around him, -wagging his tail, and expressing his sympathy in such other ways as -a dog has at command, and would finally lie down quietly by Tony’s -side until the poor boy was ready to proceed again. Then he would go -forward, and lead the way as before. - -It is very extraordinary that a dog can find his way through the woods -under certain circumstances so much better than a boy, or even than a -man. But so it is; for, though so greatly inferior to a boy in respect -to the faculties of speech and reason, he is greatly superior to him -in certain instincts, granted to him by the Creator to fit him for the -life which he was originally designed to lead as a wild animal. It was -by means of these instincts that Bruno found Tony. - -[Sidenote: The various expeditions in search of Tony.] - -Bruno had commenced his search about the middle of the afternoon. It -was not until some time after dinner that the family began to be uneasy -about Tony’s absence. During all the forenoon they supposed that he had -gone away somewhere a fishing or to play, and that he would certainly -come home to dinner. When, however, the dinner hour, which was twelve -o’clock, arrived, and Tony did not appear, they began to wonder what -had become of him. So, after dinner, they sent Thomas down behind the -garden, and to the brook, and to all the other places where they knew -that Tony was accustomed to go, to see if he could find him. Thomas -went to all those places, and not only looked to see whether Tony was -there, but he called also very loud, and listened long after every -calling for an answer. But he could neither see nor hear any thing of -the lost boy. - -[Sidenote: Bruno’s search.] - -Then Tony’s mother began to be very seriously alarmed, and his father, -too, determined to leave his work, and go and see if he could find him. -He accordingly sent Thomas one way, while he himself went another. -Bruno watched all these movements with great interest. He understood -what they meant. He determined to see what he could do. He accordingly -ran out into the garden, where he had seen Tony go after breakfast in -the morning. He smelled about there in all the paths until at length he -found Tony’s track. He followed this track to the seat in the arbor, -where Tony had gone to get his fishing-line. Taking _a new departure_ -from this point, he went on, smelling the track along the paths as he -advanced, to the bottom of the garden, thence into a wood behind the -garden, thence along the road till he came to the gate under the trees -where Tony had gone in. - -[Sidenote: He finds Tony’s cap and fishing-pole.] - -By smelling about this gate, he ascertained that Tony did not open the -gate, but that he crept through between the bars on the left-hand side -of it. Bruno did the same. He then followed the track of Tony in the -solitary woods until he came to the brook where Tony had been fishing. -Here, to his great astonishment, he found Tony’s cap and fishing-pole -lying by the margin of the water. - -What this could mean he was utterly unable to imagine. The sight of -these things, however, only increased his interest in the search for -Tony. He soon found the track again, and he followed it along by the -side of the bog, and to the great rock, and by the old trees. What -could have induced Tony to leave his cap and pole by the brook, and -go scrambling through the bushes in this devious way, he could not -imagine, not knowing, of course, any thing about the squirrel. - -He, however, proceeded very industriously in the search, following the -scent which Tony’s footsteps had left on the leaves and grass wherever -he had gone, until at length, to his great joy, he came up with the -object of his search by the brink of the water, as has already been -described. - -Tony had gone but a short distance from the place where Bruno had -discovered him, before he found his strength failing him so rapidly -that he was obliged to make his rests longer and longer. At one of -these stops, Bruno, instead of waiting by his side, as he had done -before, until Tony had become sufficiently rested to go on, ran off -through the bushes and left him. - -“Now, Bruno!” said Tony, in a mournful tone, “if you go away and leave -me, I don’t know what I shall do.” - -[Sidenote: The cap restored.] - -Bruno was gone about five minutes, at the end of which time he came -back, bringing Tony’s cap in his mouth. He had been to the brook to get -it. - -Tony was overjoyed to see Bruno again, and he was, moreover, -particularly pleased to get his cap again. - -So he took his cap and put it on, patting Bruno’s head at the same -time, and commending him in a very cordial manner. - -“I am very much obliged to you, Bruno,” said he, “for bringing me my -cap--_very_ much obliged indeed. The cap is all I care for; never mind -about the fishing-pole.” - -[Sidenote: Bruno returns home.] - -Tony spoke these words very feebly, for he was very tired and faint. -Bruno perceived that he was not able to go on; so, after remaining -by his side a few minutes, he ran off again into the bushes and -disappeared. - -“Now he has gone to bring the fishing-pole, I suppose,” said Tony. “I -wish he would not go for that; I would rather have him stay here with -me.” - -[Sidenote: His strange conduct.] - -Tony was mistaken in his supposition that Bruno had gone for the -fishing-pole; for, instead of going to the brook again, where he had -found the cap, he ran as fast as he could toward home. His object was -to see if he could not get some thing for Tony to eat. As soon as he -arrived at the house, he went to the farmer’s wife, who was all this -time walking about the rooms of the house in great distress of mind, -and waiting anxiously to hear some news of those who were in search -of Tony, and began to pull her by her dress toward the place in the -kitchen where the tin pail was kept, in which she was accustomed to put -the farmer’s dinner. At first she could not understand what he wanted. - -“My senses!” said she, “what does the dog mean?” - -“Bruno!” said she again, after wondering a moment, “what do you want?” - -Bruno looked up toward the pail and whined piteously, wagging his tail -all the time, and moving about with eager impatience. - -[Sidenote: He succeeds in obtaining a dinner for Tony.] - -At length the farmer’s wife took hold of the pail, and, as soon as she -had done so, Bruno ran off toward the closet where the food was kept, -which she was accustomed to put into the pail for her husband’s dinner. -He took his station by the door, and waited there, as he had been -accustomed to do, looking up eagerly all the time to Tony’s mother, who -was slowly following him. - -“I verily believe,” said she, joyfully, “that Bruno has found Tony, and -is going to carry him something to eat.” - -She immediately went into the closet, and filled the pail up, in a very -hurried manner, with something for Tony to eat, taking care not to put -in so much as to make the pail too heavy. As soon as she had done this, -and put on a cover, and then set the pail down upon the floor, Bruno -immediately took it up by means of the handle, and ran off with it. -Tony’s mother followed him, but she could not keep up with him, and was -soon obliged to relinquish the pursuit. - -Bruno had some difficulty in getting over the fences and through the -bars with his burden, as he went on toward the place where he had left -Tony. He, however, persevered in his efforts, and finally succeeded; -and at length had the satisfaction of bringing the pail safely, and -laying it down at Tony’s feet. Tony, who was by this time extremely -hungry, as well as faint and exhausted by fatigue, was overjoyed at -receiving this unexpected supply. He opened the pail, and found there -every thing which he required. There was a supply of bread and butter -in slices, with ham, sandwich fashion, placed between. At the bottom of -the pail, too, was a small bottle filled with milk. - -[Sidenote: He conducts Tony home, and goes back for the fishing-pole.] - -After eating and drinking what Bruno had thus brought him, Tony felt -greatly relieved and strengthened. He now could walk along, where Bruno -led the way, without stopping to rest at all. So the boy and the dog -went on together, until they safely reached the bottom of the garden. -Here they were met by Tony’s mother, who was almost beside herself with -joy when she saw them coming. She ran to meet Tony, and conducted him -into the house, while Bruno, as soon as he found that his charge was -safe, turned back, and, without waiting to be thanked, ran off into the -woods again. - -And where do you think he was going, reader? - -He was going to get Tony’s fishing-pole. - -Tony’s mother brought her boy into the house, and, after she had bathed -his face, and his hands, and his feet with warm water to refresh and -soothe him, agitated as he was by his anxiety and terror, she gave him -a comfortable seat by the side of the kitchen fire, while she went to -work to get ready the supper. As soon as Tony had arrived, she blew -the horn at the door, which was the signal which had been previously -agreed upon to denote that he was found. Thomas and Tony’s father heard -this sound as they were wandering about in the woods, and both joyfully -hastened home. Tony, in the mean time, dreaded his father’s return. -He expected to be bitterly reproached by him for what he had done. He -was, however, happily disappointed in this expectation. His father did -not reproach him. He thought he had already been punished enough; and -besides, he was so glad to have his son home again, safe and sound, -that he had not the heart to say a word to give him any additional pain. - -[Sidenote: Bruno lies down to sleep.] - -Bruno himself came home about the same time that Thomas did, bringing -the fishing-pole and line with him. The apparatus was all safe, except -that the hook was gone. It had got torn off by catching against the -bushes on the way. Bruno brought the pole and line to Tony. Tony took -them, and when he had wound up the line, he set the pole up in the -corner, while Bruno stretched himself out before the fire, and there, -with his mind in a state of great satisfaction, in view of what he had -done, he prepared to go to sleep. The bright fire glanced upon the -hearth and about the room, forming a very cheerful and pleasant scene. - -[Sidenote: Tony’s reflections.] - -How shameful it is, thought Tony, as he looked upon Bruno by the fire, -that while a dog can be so faithful, and seem to take so much pride and -pleasure in doing his duty, and in making himself as useful in every -way as he possibly can, a boy, whose power and opportunities are so -much superior to his, should be faithless and negligent, and try to -contrive ways and means to evade his proper work. You have taught me a -lesson, Bruno. You have set me an example. We will see whether, after -this, I will allow myself to be beaten in fidelity and gratitude by a -dog. - - * * * * * - -This story reminds me of another one about a boy named Antonio, -who got away from home, and was in trouble to get back, though the -circumstances were very different from those which I have just related. -The name of this new story is “Boys Adrift.” - - - - -BOYS ADRIFT. - - -Boys are generally greatly pleased with seeing ships and the water. -In fact, the view of a harbor, filled with boats and shipping, forms -usually for all persons, old as well as young, a very attractive scene. - -There was once a boy named Antonio Van Tromp. They commonly called him -Antony. Sometimes they called him Van Tromp. He lived in a certain -sea-port town, where his father used to come in with a ship from sea. -His father was captain of the ship. Antonio used to be very fond of -going down to the pier while his father’s ship was unloading. One day -he persuaded his cousin, who was several years younger than himself, to -go down with him. - -[Sidenote: Antonio and his cousin amuse themselves on the pier.] - -The boys played about upon the pier for an hour very happily. The -seamen and laborers were unloading the ship, and there were a great -many boxes, and bales, and hogsheads, and other packages of merchandise -lying upon the pier. There were porters at work carrying the goods -away, and sailors rolling hogsheads and barrels to and fro. There was -an anchor on the pier, and weights, and chains, and trucks, and other -similar objects lying around. The boys amused themselves for some time -in jumping about upon these things. At length, on looking down over -the edge of the pier, they saw that there was a boat there. It was -fastened by means of a rope to one of the links of an enormous chain, -which was lying over the edge of the pier. On seeing this boat, they -conceived the idea of getting into it, and rowing about a little in the -neighborhood of the pier. - -[Sidenote: The boat.] - -There were no oars in the boat, and so Van Tromp asked a sailor, whom -he saw at work near, to go and get them for him on board the ship. - -[Sidenote: Conversation with the sailor.] - -“Not I,” said the sailor. - -“Why not?” asked Van Tromp. - -“It is ebb tide,” said the sailor, “and if you two boys cast off from -the pier in that boat, you will get carried out to sea.” - -“Why, I can _scull_,” said Van Tromp. - -“Oh no,” said the sailor. - -“At least I can pull,” said Van Tromp. - -“Oh no,” said the sailor. - -The boys stood perplexed, not knowing what to do. - -All along the shores of the sea the tide rises for six hours, and while -it is thus rising, the water, of course, wherever there are harbors, -creeks, and bays, flows _in_. Afterward the tide falls for six hours, -and while it is falling, the water of the harbors, creeks, and bays -flows _out_. When the water is going out, they call it ebb tide. That -is what the sailor meant by saying it was ebb tide. - -[Sidenote: Sculling and pulling.] - -_Sculling_ is a mode of propelling a boat by one oar. The oar in this -case is put out behind the boat, that is, at the stern, and is moved -to and fro in a peculiar manner, somewhat resembling the motion of the -tail of a fish when he is swimming through the water. It is difficult -to learn how to scull. Antony could scull pretty well in smooth water, -but he could not have worked his way in this manner against an ebb -tide. - -_Pulling_, as Antony called it, is another name for rowing. In rowing, -it is necessary to have two oars. To row a boat requires more strength, -though less skill, than to scull it. - -The boys, after hesitating for some time, finally concluded at least -to get into the boat. They had unfastened the painter, that is, the -rope by which the boat was tied, while they had been talking with the -sailor, in order to be all ready to cast off. When they found that the -sailor would not bring them any oars, they fastened the painter again, -so that the boat should not get away, and then climbed down the side of -the pier, and got into the boat. - -[Sidenote: The boat adrift.] - -Unfortunately, when, after untying the painter, they attempted to make -it fast again into the link of the chain, they did not do it securely; -and as they moved to and fro about the boat, pushing it one way and -another, the rope finally got loose, and the boat floated slowly away -from the pier. The boys were engaged very intently at the time in -watching some sun-fish which they saw in the water. They were leaning -over the side of the boat to look at them, so that they did not see -the pier when it began to recede, and thus the tide carried them to -a considerable distance from it before they observed that they were -adrift. - -At length Larry--for that was the name of Antony’s cousin--looking up -accidentally, observed that the boat was moving away. - -“Antony! Antony!” exclaimed, he, “we’re adrift.” - -As he said this, Larry looked very much terrified. - -Antony rose from his reclining position, and stood upright in the -bottom of the boat. He looked back toward the pier, which he observed -was rapidly receding. - -[Sidenote: Adrift.] - -“Yes,” said he, “we’re adrift; but who cares?” - -When a boy gets into difficulty or danger by doing something wrong, he -is generally very much frightened. When, however, he knows that he has -not been doing any thing wrong, but has got into difficulty purely by -accident, he is much less likely to be afraid. - -Antony knew that he had done nothing wrong in getting into the boat. -His father was a sea-captain, and he was allowed to get into boats -whenever he chose to do so. He was accustomed, too, to be in boats on -the water, and now, if he had only had an oar or a paddle, he would not -have felt any concern whatever. As it was, he felt very little concern. - -His first thought was to call out to the sailor whom they had left on -the pier. The boys both called to him long and loud, but he was so busy -turning over boxes, and bales, and rolling hogsheads about, that he did -not hear. - -“What shall we do?” asked Larry, with a very anxious look. - -[Sidenote: The sail-boat.] - -“Oh, we shall get ashore again easily enough,” replied Antony. “Here is -a large sail-boat coming up. We will hail them, and they will take us -aboard.” - -“Do you think they will take us on board?” asked Larry. - -“Yes, I am sure they will,” said Antony. - -Just then the boat which the boys were drifting in came along opposite -to a large sail-boat. This boat was sloop-rigged; that is, it had one -mast and a fore-and-aft sail. She was standing up the harbor, and was -headed toward the pier. The sail was spread, and the sail-boat was -gliding along smoothly, but quite swiftly, through the water. - -There were two men on board. One was at the helm, steering. The other, -who had on a red flannel shirt, came to the side of the boat, and -looked over toward the boys. We can just see the head of this man above -the gunwale on the starboard side of the boat in the picture. - -[Illustration] - -[Sidenote: Antony calls for help. He receives none.] - -“Hallo! sail-boat!” said Antony. - -“Hallo!” said the flannel shirt. - -“Take us aboard of your boat,” said Antony; “we have got adrift, and -have not got any oar.” - -“We can’t take you on board,” said the man; “we have got beyond you -already.” - -“Throw us a rope,” said Antony. - -“We have not got any rope long enough,” said the sailor. - -As he said these words, the sail-boat passed entirely by. - -“What _shall_ we do?” said Larry, much alarmed. - -Larry was much smaller than Antony, and much less accustomed to be in -boats on the water, and he was much more easily terrified. - -“Don’t be afraid,” said Antony; “we shall get brought up among some of -the shipping below. There are plenty of vessels coming up the harbor.” - -[Sidenote: The boys float down the channel.] - -So they went on--slowly, but very steadily--wherever they were borne by -the course of the ebbing tide. Instead of being brought up, however, as -Antony had predicted, by some of the ships, they were kept by the tide -in the middle of the channel, while the ships were all, as it happened, -on one side or the other, and they did not go within calling distance -of any one of them. At last even Antony began to think that they were -certainly about to be carried out to sea. - -“If the water was not so deep, we could anchor,” said Antony. - -“We have not got any anchor,” said Larry. - -[Sidenote: The grapnel.] - -“Yes,” replied Antony, “there is a grapnel in the bow of the boat.” - -Larry looked in a small cuddy under the bow of the boat, and found -there a sort of grapnel that was intended to be used as an anchor. - -“Let us heave it over,” said Larry, “and then the boat will stop.” - -“No,” replied Antony, “the rope is not long enough to reach the bottom; -the water is too deep here. We are in the middle of the channel; but -perhaps, by-and-by, the tide will carry us over upon the flats, and -then we can anchor.” - -“How shall we know when we get to the flats?” asked Larry. - -“We can see the bottom then,” said Antony, “by looking over the side of -the boat.” - -“I mean to watch,” said Larry; and he began forthwith to look over the -side of the boat. - -[Sidenote: They see the bottom.] - -It was not long before Antony’s expectations were fulfilled. The tide -carried the boat over a place where the water was shallow, the bottom -being formed there of broad and level tracts of sand and mud, called -flats. - -“I see the bottom,” said Larry, joyfully. - -Antony looked over the side of the boat, and there, down several feet -beneath the surface of the water, he could clearly distinguish the -bottom. It was a smooth expanse of mud and water, and it seemed to be -slowly gliding away from beneath them. The real motion was in the boat, -but _this_ motion was imperceptible to the boys, except by the apparent -motion of the bottom, which was produced by it. Such a deceiving of the -sight as this is commonly called an optical illusion. - -“Yes,” said Antony, “that’s the bottom; now we will anchor.” - -[Sidenote: Anchoring.] - -So the two boys went forward, and, after taking care to see that the -inner end of the grapnel rope was made fast properly to the bow of the -boat, they lifted the heavy iron over the side of the boat, and let it -plunge into the water. It sank to the bottom in a moment, drawing out -the rope after it. It immediately fastened itself by its prongs in the -mud, and when the rope was all out, the bow of the boat was “brought -up” by it--that is, was stopped at once. The stern of the boat was -swung round by the force of the tide, which still continued to act upon -it, and then the boat came to its rest, with the head pointing up the -harbor. - -“There,” said Antony, “now we are safe.” - -“But how are we going to get back to the shore?” inquired Larry. - -[Sidenote: The boys wait for the tide.] - -“Why, by-and-by the tide will turn,” said Antony, “and flow in, and -then we shall get up our anchor, and let it carry us home again.” - -“And how long shall we have to wait?” asked Larry. - -“Oh, about three or four hours,” said Antony. - -“My mother will be very much frightened,” said Larry. “How sorry I am -that we got into the boat!” - -“So am I,” said Antony; “or, rather, I should be, if I thought it would -do any good to be sorry.” - -[Sidenote: Captain Van Tromp misses them.] - -In the mean time, while the boys had thus been making their involuntary -voyage down the harbor, Captain Van Tromp, on board his ship, had been -employed very busily with his accounts in his cabin. It was now nearly -noon, and he concluded, accordingly, that it was time for him to go -home to dinner. So he called one of the sailors to him, and directed -him to look about on the pier and try to find the boys, and tell them -that he was going home to dinner. - -In a few minutes the sailor came back, and told the captain that he -could not find the boys; and that Jack, who was at work outside on the -pier, said that they had not been seen about there for more than an -hour, and that the boat was missing too; and he was afraid that they -had got into it, and had gone adrift. - -“Send Jack to me,” said the captain. - -When Jack came into the cabin, the captain was at work, as usual, on -his accounts. Jack stood by his side a moment, with his cap in his -hand, waiting for the captain to be at leisure to speak to him. At -length the captain looked up. - -“Jack,” said he, “do you say that the boys have gone off with the boat?” - -“I don’t know, sir,” said Jack. “The boat is gone, and the boys are -gone, but whether the boat has gone off with the boys, or the boys with -the boat, I couldn’t say.” - -The captain paused a moment, with a thoughtful expression upon his -countenance, and then said, - -“Tell Nelson to take the glass, and go aloft, and look around to see if -he can see any thing of them.” - -“Ay, ay, sir,” said Jack. - -The captain then resumed his work as if nothing particular had happened. - -[Sidenote: Mr. Nelson discovers them by means of his spy-glass.] - -Nelson was the mate of the ship. The mate is the second in command -under the captain. - -When Nelson received the captain’s order, he took the spy-glass, and -went up the shrouds to the mast-head. In about ten minutes he came down -again, and gave Jack a message for the captain. Jack came down again -into the cabin. He found the captain, as before, busy at his work. The -captain had been exposed to too many great and terrible dangers at sea -to be much alarmed at the idea of two boys being adrift, in a strong -boat and in a crowded harbor. - -“Mr. Nelson says, sir,” said Jack, “that he sees our boat, with two -boys in it, about a mile and a half down the harbor. She is lying a -little to the eastward of the red buoy.” - -A buoy is a floating beam of wood, or other light substance, anchored -on the point of a shoal, or over a ledge of rocks, to warn the seamen -that they must not sail there. The different buoys are painted of -different colors, so that they may be easily distinguished one from -another. - -The captain paused a moment on hearing Jack’s report, and looked -undecided. In fact, his attention was so much occupied by his accounts, -that only half his thoughts seemed to be given to the case of the boys. -At length he asked if there was any wind. - -“Not a capful,” said the sailor. - -“Tell Nelson, then,” said the captain, “to send down the gig with four -men, and bring the boys back.” - -[Sidenote: The gig.] - -The gig, as the captain called it, was a light boat belonging to the -ship, being intended for rowing swiftly in smooth water. - -[Sidenote: Nelson fits out an expedition to relieve the boys.] - -So Nelson called out four men, and directed them to get ready with the -gig. The men accordingly lowered the gig down from the side of the ship -into the water, and then, with the oars in their hands, they climbed -down into it. In a few minutes they were rowing swiftly down the -harbor, in the direction of the red buoy, while Captain Van Tromp went -home to dinner. On his way home he left word, at the house where Larry -lived, that the boys had gone down the harbor, and would not be home -under an hour. - -[Sidenote: The boys watch the progress of the tide.] - -While these occurrences had been taking place on the pier, the boys -had been sitting very patiently in their boat, waiting for the tide -to turn, or for some one to come to their assistance. They could see -how it was with the tide by the motion of the water, as it glided past -them. The current, in fact, when they first anchored, made quite a -ripple at the bows of the boat. They had a fine view of the harbor, -as they looked back toward the town from their boat, though the view -was so distant that they could not make out which was the pier where -Captain Van Tromp’s vessel was lying. - -[Illustration] - -Of course, as the tide went out more and more, the surface of the water -was continually falling, and the depth growing less and less all the -time. The boys could easily perceive the increasing shallowness of -the water, as they looked over the side of the boat, and watched the -appearance of the bottom. - -[Sidenote: A new danger. A discussion.] - -“Now here’s another trouble,” said Antony. “If we don’t look out, we -shall get left aground. I’ve a great mind to pull up the anchor, and -let the boat drift on a little way, till we come to deeper water.” - -“Oh no,” said Larry, “don’t let us go out to sea any farther.” - -“Why, if we stay here,” said Antony, “until the tide falls so as to -leave us aground, we may have to stay some hours after the tide turns -before we get afloat again.” - -“Well,” said Larry, “no matter. Besides, if you go adrift again, the -water may deepen suddenly.” - -“Yes,” said Antony, “and then we should lose hold of the bottom -altogether. We had better not move.” - -“Unless,” added Antony, after a moment’s thought, “we can contrive to -_warp_ the boat _up_ a little.” - -[Sidenote: Warping the boat.] - -So saying, Antony went forward to examine into the feasibility of this -plan. He found, on looking over the bow of the boat, that the water was -very shallow, and nearly still; for the tide, being nearly out, flowed -now with a very gentle and almost imperceptible current. Of course, as -the water was shallow, and the rope that was attached to the anchor was -pretty long, the anchor itself was at a considerable distance from the -boat. The boys could see the rope passing obliquely along under the -water, but could not see the anchor. - -Antony took hold of the rope, and began to draw it in. The effect of -this operation was to draw the boat up the harbor toward the anchor. -When, at length, the rope was all in, Antony pulled up the grapnel, -which was small and easily raised, and then swinging it to and fro -several times to give it an impetus, he threw it with all his force -forward. It fell into the water nearly ten feet from where it had lain -before, and there sinking immediately, it laid hold of the bottom -again. Antony now, by pulling upon the rope, as he had done at first, -drew the boat up to the anchor at its new holding. He repeated this -operation a number of times, watching the water from time to time over -the bows of the boat, to see whether it was getting deeper or not. -While Antony was thus engaged, the attention of Larry was suddenly -attracted to the sound of oars. He looked in the direction from which -the sound proceeded, and saw, at a considerable distance, a boat coming -toward them. - -[Sidenote: “Here comes the gig!”] - -“Here comes a boat,” said Larry. - -Antony looked where Larry pointed. - -“Yes,” said he, “and she is headed directly toward us.” - -“So she is,” said Larry. - -“I verily believe it is our gig,” said Antony. - -“It is,” he added, after looking a moment longer, “and there is Jack on -board of her. They are coming for us.” - -In a few minutes more the gig was alongside. Two of the sailors that -had come down in the gig got on board of the boys’ boat with their -oars, and then both boats rowed up the harbor again, and in due time -the boys reached home in safety. - - * * * * * - -[Sidenote: Moral.] - -The moral of this story is, that in all cases of difficulty and danger -it is best to keep quiet and composed in mind, and not to give way to -excitement and terror. Being frightened never does any good, excepting -when there is a chance to run away; in that case, it sometimes helps -one to run a little faster. In all other cases, it is best to be -cool and collected, and encounter whatever comes with calmness and -equanimity. - - - - -BRUNO AND THE ROBIN. - - “Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.” - - -[Sidenote: Hiram and Ralph. The robin.] - -At one time Bruno had for his master a boy named Hiram. Hiram had a -friend and companion who lived in the next house to him, whose name was -Ralph. This Ralph had a robin. He kept the robin in a cage. - -[Sidenote: The loft.] - -There was a small building near the bottom of Ralph’s father’s garden, -which was used as a place of deposit for gardening implements, seeds, -bundles of straw, matting for covering plants, and other similar -articles employed about the garden. This building was called the -“garden-house.” In the upper part of it was a loft, which Ralph had -taken possession of as a storehouse for his wagons, trucks, traps, and -other playthings. He used to go up to this loft by means of a number of -large wooden pins, or pegs, that were driven into one of the posts of -the frame of the garden-house, in a corner. Somebody once recommended -to Ralph to have a staircase made to lead up to his loft, but he -said he liked better to climb up by these pins than to have the best -staircase that ever was made. - -Ralph used frequently to carry his robin to this garden-house when he -was playing about there, and on such occasions he would sometimes hang -the cage on a nail out of the window of his loft. He drove the nail -himself into the edge of a sort of a shelf, which was near the window -on the outside. The shelf was put there for doves to light upon, in -going in and out of their house, which was made in the peak of the -roof, over Ralph’s loft. - -[Sidenote: Account of Ralph’s robin.] - -Ralph caught his robin when he was very young. He caught him in a net. -He saw the nest when the birds were first building it. About a week -after the birds had finished it, he thought it was time for the eggs to -be laid. So he got a ladder, which was usually kept on the back side of -the tool-house, and, having planted it against a tree, he began to go -up. Just then, his little brother Eddy, who was walking along one of -the alleys of the garden near where the bird’s nest was, saw him. - -[Sidenote: Eddy’s advice.] - -“Ralph,” said Eddy, “what are you going to do?” - -“I’m going to get the eggs out of the nest,” said Ralph. - -“No,” replied Eddy, “you must not do that.” - -Ralph paid no regard to this, but went on slowly mounting the ladder. -The top of the ladder, resting as it did against some of the branches -of the tree, was not very steady, and so Ralph could not go up very -fast. Besides, Ralph was somewhat afraid of the old birds; for they, -seeing that their nest was in danger, were flying about him with -very loud chirpings, being apparently in a state of great terror and -distress. - -“Ralph,” said Eddy, “you must not trouble those birds.” - -Ralph went steadily on. - -“Besides,” said Eddy, when he saw that his brother paid no heed to his -remonstrances, “it would be a great deal better to wait till the eggs -are hatched, and then get one of the birds.” - -[Sidenote: The plan changed.] - -Ralph paused when he heard this suggestion. He began to think that it -might possibly be a better plan to wait, as Eddy proposed, and to get a -bird instead of an egg. He paused a moment on the ladder, standing on -one foot, and holding himself on by one hand. - -“Would you, Eddy?” said he. - -“Yes,” said Eddy, “I certainly would.” - -Eddy proposed this plan, not so much from any desire he had that Ralph -should get one of the birds when they were hatched, as to save the -eggs from being taken away then. He had an instinctive feeling that it -was wrong to take away the eggs, and he pitied the poor birds in their -distress, and so he said what he thought was most likely to induce -Ralph to desist from his design. - -After hesitating a few minutes, Ralph said, “Well, I will.” He then -came down to the ground again, and, taking up the ladder, he carried it -away. - -About a week after this, Ralph got the ladder one day when the birds -were not there, and climbed up to the nest. He found three very pretty -blue eggs in it. - -[Sidenote: The birds are hatched.] - -About a week after this he climbed up again, and he found that the eggs -were hatched. There were three little birds there, not fledged. When -they heard Ralph’s rustling of the branches over their heads, they -opened their mouths very wide, expecting that the old birds had come to -bring them something to eat. - -About a week after this Ralph climbed up again, but, just before he -reached the nest, the three birds, having now grown old enough to fly, -all clambered out of the nest, and flew away in all directions. - -[Sidenote: “Here’s one!”] - -“Stop ’em! stop ’em! Eddy,” said Ralph, “or watch them at least, and -see where they go, till I come down.” - -“Here’s one,” said Eddy. - -He pointed, as he said this, under some currant-bushes, near an alley -where he was walking. The little bird was crouched down, and was -looking about him full of wonder. In fact, he was quite astonished to -find how far he had flown. - -Ralph clambered down the ladder as fast as he could, and then ran off -to the tool-house, saying as he ran, - -“Keep him there, Eddy, till I go and get my net.” - -“I can’t keep him,” said Eddy, “unless he has a mind to stay. But I -will watch him.” - -So Eddy stood still and watched the bird while Ralph went after his -net. The bird hopped along a little way, and then stopped, and remained -perfectly still until Ralph returned. - -[Sidenote: A bird pursued.] - -The net was a round net, the mouth of it being kept open by means of a -hoop. It was fastened to the end of a long pole. Ralph crept up softly -toward the place where the bird had alighted, and, when he was near -enough, he extended the pole, and clapped the net down over the bird, -and made it prisoner. - -[Sidenote: Caught and caged.] - -“I’ve caught him! I’ve caught him!” said Ralph, greatly excited. “Run, -Eddy, and get the cage. Run quick. No, stop; you come here, and hold -the net down, and I’ll go and get the cage myself.” - -So Eddy held the net down, while Ralph went into the tool-house after -the cage. He succeeded in putting the bird into the cage safely, and -then went home. - -[Sidenote: The feeding.] - -Ralph attended his bird very carefully for many days, feeding him -with strawberries and crumbs of bread. The natural food of most small -birds consists of seeds, berries, and insects. Ralph knew, therefore, -that strawberries would be good for his bird, and as for bread, he -reflected that it was made from seeds, namely, the seeds of wheat. The -only difference was, that in bread the seeds were ground up, mixed with -water, and baked. So Ralph concluded that bread would be a very proper -food for his robin. - -[Illustration: Ralph taming the robin.] - -[Sidenote: The stile.] - -As soon as the robin grew old enough to hop about a little, Ralph -used often to take him out of his cage and put him on the walk in the -garden, or on the end of a fence, near a stile, where was a broad, -flat place convenient for the little bird to stand on. In such cases, -he would, himself, always stand at a little distance off, so as not to -frighten the bird, and in this manner he gradually taught him to be -very tame and familiar. - -[Sidenote: Bruno and Hiram. Description of the premises.] - -Although Ralph was thus very kind to his robin, he was generally a very -unreasonable and selfish boy. Bruno, at this time, lived in the house -next to the one where he lived. Bruno belonged, as has already been -said, to a boy named Hiram. The two houses that these two boys lived in -were pretty near together, and the gardens adjoined, being separated -from each other only by a wall. At the foot of each garden was a gate, -and there was a little path which led along from one gate to the other, -through a field where there was a brook, and also a great many trees -overshadowing the banks of it. The boys used often to visit each other -by going from one of these gates to the other along this path. There -was a space under Hiram’s gate where Bruno could get through. He used -often to go through this opening, and pass down into the field, to -drink in the brook, or to play about among the trees. Sometimes both -the gates were left open, and then Bruno would go and look into Ralph’s -garden; and once he went in, and walked along as far as the tool-house, -looking about and examining the premises very curiously. As soon as he -had seen what sort of a place it was, however, he turned round and ran -out again, not knowing what might happen to him if he stayed there. - -[Sidenote: Ralph wishes to buy Bruno.] - -Ralph saw Bruno often when he went to visit Hiram in his garden, and he -wished that he could have such a dog himself. In fact, he tried to buy -him of Hiram a long time, but Hiram would not sell him. Ralph became -very angry with Hiram at last for so strenuously refusing to sell his -dog. - -“You are a great fool,” said he, “for not being willing to sell me the -dog. I would give you any price you would name.” - -“That makes no difference,” said Hiram; “I would rather have the dog -than any amount of money, no matter how much.” - -[Sidenote: Ralph becomes Bruno’s enemy.] - -So Ralph turned, and went away in a rage; and the next time he saw -Bruno out in the field behind the garden, he ran down to his gate and -pelted him with stones. - -Bruno could not understand what reason Ralph could have for wishing to -hurt him, or being his enemy in any way. He perceived, however, that -Ralph was his enemy, and so he became very much afraid of him. When he -wished to go down to the brook, he always looked out through the hole -under the gate very carefully to see if Ralph was near, and if he was, -he did not go. If he could not see Ralph any where, he would creep out -stealthily, and walk along in a very cautious manner, turning his head -continually toward Ralph’s gate, to watch for the slightest indications -of danger; and if he caught a glimpse of Ralph in the garden, he would -turn back and run into Hiram’s garden again. - -[Sidenote: The boys play together.] - -Bruno was a very courageous dog, and he would not have run away from -Ralph, but would have attacked him in the most determined manner, and -driven him away from the garden gate, and thus taught him better than -to throw stones at an innocent and unoffending dog, had he not been -prevented from doing this by one consideration. He perceived that Ralph -was one of Hiram’s friends. Hiram went often to visit Ralph, and Ralph, -in return, came often to visit Hiram. They used to employ themselves -together in various schemes of amusement, and Bruno, who often stood -by at such times, although he could not understand the conversation -that passed between them, perceived, nevertheless, that they were -good friends. He would not, therefore, do any harm to Ralph, even in -self-defense, for fear of displeasing Hiram. Accordingly, when Ralph -assaulted him with sticks and stones, the only alternative left him was -to run away. - -[Sidenote: Hiram catches a squirrel. Ralph wishes to buy the squirrel.] - -It is singular enough that Ralph, though often very unreasonable and -selfish in his dealings with other boys, and though in this instance -very cruel to Bruno, was still generally kind to animals. He was very -fond of animals, and used to get as many as he could; and whenever -Hiram had any, he used to go to see them, and he took a great interest -in them. Once Hiram caught a beautiful gray squirrel in a box-trap. He -put the trap down upon a chopping-block in a little room that was used -as a shop in his father’s barn. Ralph came in to see the squirrel. He -kneeled down before the block, and, lifting up the trap a little way, -he peeped in. The squirrel was in the back corner of the trap, crouched -down, and feeling, apparently, very much afraid. He had a long, bushy -tail, which was curled over his back in a very graceful manner. Ralph -resolved to buy this squirrel too, but Hiram was unwilling to sell -him. However, he said that _perhaps_ he would sell him, if Ralph would -wait till the next day. Ralph accordingly waited; but that night the -squirrel gnawed out of his trap, and as the shop window was left open, -he made his escape, and got off into the woods again, where he leaped -back and forth among the branches of the trees, and turned head over -heels again and again in the exuberance of his joy. - -[Illustration: The shop.] - -[Sidenote: Hiram and Joe go into the woods.] - -One day Hiram went out into the woods with a man whom they called Uncle -Joe, to get some stones to mend a wall. They went in a cart. They -placed a board across the cart for a seat. Uncle Joe and Hiram sat -upon this seat together, side by side, Hiram on the right, as he was -going to drive. The tools for digging out the stones, consisting of a -spade, a shovel, a hoe, and a crowbar, were laid in the bottom of the -cart. Thus they rode to the woods. Bruno followed them, trotting along -by the road-side, and now and then running off under the fences and -walls, to see if he could smell the tracks of any wild animals among -the ferns and bushes. - -[Sidenote: Bruno barks at something.] - -He was not successful in this hunting on his way to the woods, but, -after he arrived there, he accomplished quite a brilliant achievement. -Hiram and Uncle Joe were very busy digging out stones, when their -attention was arrested by a very loud and violent barking. Hiram knew -at once that it was Bruno that was barking, though he could not see -him. The reason why they could not see the dog was, that he was down -in the bottom of a shady glen, that lay near where Hiram and Uncle Joe -were digging the stones. - -“What’s that?” said Hiram. “What is Bruno barking at?” - -“I don’t know,” said Uncle Joe; “go and see.” - -[Sidenote: Bruno finds a fox’s hole.] - -So Hiram threw down his hoe, and, seizing a stick, he ran down into the -glen. He found Bruno stationed before a hole, which opened in under -a bank, near a small spring. He seemed very much excited, sometimes -running back and forth before the hole, sometimes digging into it with -his fore paws, and barking all the time in a very loud and earnest -manner. He seemed greatly pleased when he saw Hiram coming. - -As soon as Hiram saw that Bruno was barking at a hole, which seemed to -be the hole of some wild animal, he went back and called Uncle Joe to -come and see. Uncle Joe said he thought it was the hole of a fox, and -from the excitement that Bruno manifested, he judged that the fox must -be in it. - -“I’ll go and get the tools,” said he, “and we will dig him out.” - -[Sidenote: Hiram gets a little fox.] - -So Uncle Joe went for the tools, and he and Hiram began to dig. They -dug for more than half an hour. Finally they came to the end of the -hole, and then they found a young fox crouching close into a corner. He -was about as large as a small kitten. - -[Sidenote: His plans for him. Hiram gives his fox a hole to live in.] - -Hiram said he meant to carry the fox home, and bring him up, and tame -him. He accordingly took him in his arms, and carried him back to the -place where they had been digging stones. Uncle Joe carried back the -tools. Bruno jumped about and barked a great deal by the side of Hiram, -but Hiram ordered him to be quiet, and finally he learned that the -little fox was not to be killed. When they reached the stone quarry, -Hiram made a small pen for the fox. He made it of four square stones, -which he placed together so as to inclose a small space, and then he -covered this space by means of a flat stone which he placed over it. -Thus the little prisoner was secured. - -When the pen was completed, and the fox put in, Hiram resumed his work -of digging stones with Uncle Joe. He was very eager now to get the load -completed as soon as possible, so as to go home with his fox. While he -was at work thus, Bruno crouched down before the place where Hiram had -shut up his fox, and watched very earnestly. He understood that Hiram -wished to keep the fox, and therefore he had no intention of hurting -him. He only meant to be all ready to give the alarm, in case the -little prisoner should attempt to get away. - -Hiram had very good success in training and taming his fox. Ralph and -Eddy came often to see him, and they sometimes helped Hiram to feed -him, and to take care of him. There was a place by an old wall behind -the house where Hiram lived where there was a hole, which seemed to -lead under ground, from a sort of angle between two large stones. - -“I’ll let him have that hole for his house,” said Hiram. “I don’t know -how deep it is; but if it is not deep enough for him, he must dig it -deeper.” - -[Sidenote: The chain.] - -Ralph had a small collar which was made for a dog’s collar; and one -day, when he felt more good-natured than usual, and had in some measure -forgotten Hiram’s refusal to sell Bruno to him, he offered to lend -Hiram this collar to put around Foxy’s neck. - -“Then,” said Ralph, “you can get a long chain, and chain Foxy to a -stake close to the mouth of his hole. And so the chain will allow him -to go in and out of his hole, and to play about around it, and yet it -will prevent his running away.” - -Hiram liked this plan very much. So Ralph brought the collar, and the -boys put it upon Foxy’s neck. Hiram also found a kind of chain at a -hardware store in the village, which he thought would be suitable to -his purpose, and he bought two yards of it. This length of chain, -when Foxy was fastened with it, gave him a very considerable degree -of liberty, and, at the same time, prevented him from running away. -He could go into his hole, where he was entirely out of sight, or he -could come out and play in the grass, and under the lilac bushes that -were about his hole, and eat the food which Hiram brought out for him -there. Sometimes, too, he would climb up to the top of the wall, and -lie there an hour at a time, asleep. If, however, on such occasions, -he heard any one coming, he would run down the rocks that formed the -wall, and disappear in his hole in an instant, and he would not come -out again until he was quite confident that the danger had gone by. - -[Sidenote: The cunning of the fox.] - -It is not very difficult to tame a fox. And yet, in his natural state, -he is very wild and very cunning. He resorts to all sorts of maneuvers -and contrivances to entrap such animals as he likes for food. On the -adjoining page is the picture of a fox lying in wait to catch some -rabbits which he sees playing in a neighboring field. He watches for -them very slyly; and when they come near enough, he will spring upon -them, and seize them entirely unawares. - -[Illustration: Picture of a fox lying in wait for some rabbits.] - -He is very cunning, and yet, if he is caught young, it is not difficult -to tame him. - -[Sidenote: Ralph offers half a dollar for Hiram’s fox.] - -One day, after some time, Ralph took it into his head to buy Foxy, as -he had tried to buy Bruno; but he found Hiram as little disposed to -sell the one as the other. - -“I will give you half a dollar for him,” said Ralph, “and that is twice -as much as he is worth: a full grown fox is not worth more than that.” - -Ralph had some money in small silver pieces and cents, amounting to -about half a dollar. This treasure he kept in a tin moneybox, shaped -like a house, with a place to drop money in down the chimney. - -“No,” said Ralph, “I would rather not sell him.” - -Ralph tried a long time to persuade Hiram to sell the fox, but Hiram -persisted firmly in his refusal. At length Ralph became very -angry with him, because he would not consent. This was extremely -unreasonable. Has not a boy a right to do as he pleases about selling -or keeping his own property? - -Most certainly he has; and yet nothing is more common than for both men -and boys to be angry with their friends and neighbors for not being -willing to sell them property which they wish to buy. - -[Sidenote: “Ralph, are you stoning Bruno?”] - -When Ralph found that Hiram could not be induced to sell Foxy, he went -off in great anger, muttering and threatening as he went. He passed out -through the gate at the bottom of the garden, and then walked along -the path toward the gate which led to his own garden. As he was going -in, he saw Bruno lying down upon a grassy bank near the stream. He -immediately began to take up stones to stone him. The first stone which -he threw struck Bruno on the back, as he lay upon the grass, and hurt -him very much. Bruno sprang up and ran away, barking and making other -outcries indicative of pain and terror. Hiram came running down to the -garden to see what was the matter. When he reached the place, he saw -Ralph just aiming another stone. - -“Ralph!” exclaimed Hiram, greatly astonished, “are you stoning Bruno?” - -“Yes,” said Ralph; “I’ve stoned him a great many times before, and I’ll -stone him again the next time I catch him down here.” - -[Sidenote: Bruno’s escape.] - -By this time Bruno had come to the gate. He scrambled in through his -hole, and then, thinking that he was now safe, he walked along up one -of the alleys of the garden. - -Hiram, knowing well that it would do no good to remonstrate with Ralph -while he was in such a state of mind, shut the gate of the garden, and -went to the house. - -[Sidenote: Ralph resolves to reclaim his collar.] - -That evening, while Hiram was in the house eating his supper, Ralph -came down out of his own garden, and went into Hiram’s. He was talking -to himself as he walked along. - -“I am going to get my collar,” said he. “I won’t lend it to such a -fellow any longer. I shall take it off the fox’s neck, and carry it -home. I don’t care if the fox does get away.” - -[Sidenote: He does so.] - -When he approached the old wall, the fox was on the top of it; but, on -hearing Ralph coming, he ran down, and went into his hole. As soon as -Ralph reached the place, he pulled the fox out roughly by the chain, -saying, - -“Come out here, you red-headed son of a thief, and give me my collar.” - -So saying, he pulled the fox out, and unhooked the chain from the -collar. He unfastened the collar, and took it off from the fox’s neck. -He then threw the fox himself carelessly into the grass, and walked -away down the garden. - -Just at this time Hiram came out from his supper, and, seeing Ralph -walking away, he apprehended something wrong, and he accordingly -hastened on to see if his fox was safe. To his great surprise and -grief, he saw the chain lying on the ground, detached and useless. The -fox was gone. - -He immediately called out to Ralph to ask an explanation. - -“Ralph,” said he, “where is my fox?” - -“_I_ haven’t got your fox,” said Ralph. - -“Where is he, then?” asked Hiram. - -“Gone off into the woods, I suppose,” said Ralph. - -Hiram stood still a moment, utterly confounded, and wondering what all -this could mean. - -“I came to get my collar,” said Ralph, holding up the collar in his -hand, “and if the fox has gone off, it is not my fault. You ought to -have had a collar of your own.” - -[Sidenote: Hiram laments the loss of his fox.] - -Hiram was extremely grieved at the thought of having so wanton an -injury inflicted upon him by his neighbor and playmate, and he turned -toward the place where his fox had been kept with tears in his eyes. -He looked all about, but the fox was nowhere to be seen. He then went -slowly back to the house in great sorrow. - -As for Ralph, he went back into his own garden in a very unamiable -state of mind. He went up into the loft over the tool-house to put the -collar away. He climbed up upon a bench in order to reach a high shelf -above, and in so doing he knocked down a box of lucifer matches, which -had been left exposed upon a corner of the shelf. He uttered a peevish -exclamation at the occurrence of this accident, and then got down upon -the floor to pick up the matches. He gathered all that he could readily -find upon the floor, and put them in the box, and then put the box back -again upon the shelf. Then he went away into the house. - -[Sidenote: Hope.] - -About two hours after this, just before dark, Hiram was sitting on the -steps of the door at his father’s house, thinking mournfully of his -loss, when he suddenly heard a very loud barking at the foot of the -garden. - -“There!” said he, starting up, greatly excited, “that’s Bruno, and he -has found Foxy, I’ll engage.” - -[Sidenote: An alarm. The garden-house on fire.] - -So saying, Hiram ran down the garden, and on his way he was surprised -to see a smoke rising from the direction of Ralph’s garden-house. -He did not, however, pay any very particular attention to this -circumstance, as it was very common for Ralph to have fires in the -garden, to burn the dried weeds and the old straw which often collect -in such places. He hastened on in the direction of Bruno’s barking, -quite confident that the dog had found his lost fox, and was barking -for him to come and get him. - -Just at this moment he saw Bruno come running to the gate at the -bottom of the garden. He was barking violently, and he seemed very -much excited. As soon as he saw Hiram coming, he ran back again and -disappeared. Hiram hastened on, and, as soon as he got through the -gate into the field, he saw that Bruno was standing at the gate which -led into Ralph’s garden, and running in and out alternately, and -looking eagerly at Hiram, as if he wished him to come. Hiram ran to -the place, and, on looking in, he saw, to his utter consternation, -that the garden-house was on fire. Dense volumes of smoke were pouring -out of the doors and windows, with now and then great flashes of flame -breaking out among them. Bruno, having brought Hiram to the spot, -seemed now desirous of giving the alarm to Ralph; so he ran up toward -the house in which Ralph lived, barking violently all the way. - -His effort was successful. In a minute or two he returned, barking as -before, and followed by Ralph. Ralph was greatly terrified when he saw -that the garden-house was on fire. He ran back to the house to call his -mother. She came down to the place in great haste, though she seemed -quite calm and composed. She was a woman of a very quiet disposition, -and was almost always composed and self-possessed. She saw at a glance -that the fire could not be put out. There was no sufficient supply of -water at hand, and besides, if there had been water, she and the two -boys could not have put it on fast enough to extinguish the flames. - -[Sidenote: “What shall we do?”] - -“Oh dear me! oh dear me!” exclaimed Ralph, in great distress, “what -shall we do? Mother! mother! what shall we do?” - -“Nothing at all,” said his mother, quietly. “There is nothing for us to -do but to stand still and see it burn.” - -“And there’s my poor robin all burning up!” said Ralph, as he ran to -and fro in great distress. “Oh, I wish there was somebody here to save -my robin!” - -[Sidenote: The robin in danger.] - -The cage containing the robin was hanging in its place, under the shelf -by the side of the window. The smoke and flame, which came out from the -window and from a door below, passed just over it, and so near as to -envelop and conceal the top of the cage, and it was plain that the poor -bird would soon be suffocated and burned to death, unless some plan -for rescuing it could be devised. When Hiram knew the danger that the -bird was in, his first thought was that he was glad of it. He pitied -the bird very much, but he said to himself that it was good enough for -Ralph to lose it. “He deserves to lose his bird,” thought he, “for -having let my Foxy go.” - -This spirit, however, of resentment and retaliation remained but a -moment in Hiram’s mind. When he saw how much interest Bruno seemed -to feel in giving the alarm, and in desiring to have the fire -extinguished, he said to himself, “Bruno forgives him, and why should -not I? I will save the bird for him, if it is possible, even if I get -scorched in doing it.” - -[Sidenote: Hiram rescues the robin by means of the ladder.] - -He accordingly ran round to the back side of the garden-house to get -the ladder. Bruno followed him, watching him very eagerly to see what -he was going to do. Hiram brought the ladder forward, and planted it -against the garden-house, a little beyond the place where the cage, was -hanging. In the mean time, Ralph had run off to the house to get a pail -of water, vainly imagining that he could do at least something with it -toward extinguishing the flames and rescuing the bird. By the time he -got back, Hiram had placed the ladder, and was just going up, amid the -smoke and sparks, to get the cage.[5] Bruno stood by at the foot of the -ladder, looking up eagerly to Hiram, and watching as if he were going -to take the cage as soon as it came down. - - [5] See Frontispiece. - -Hiram had to stop once or twice in going up the ladder to get breath, -for the wind blew the smoke and sparks over him so much at intervals as -almost to suffocate him. He, however, persevered, and finally succeeded -in reaching the cage. He took it off from its fastening, and brought -it down the ladder. When he reached the ground, Bruno took it from his -hand by means of the ring at the top, and ran off with it away from the -fire. He then placed it carefully upon the ground, and began leaping -around it, wagging his tail, and manifesting every other indication of -excitement and delight. - -Ralph was very much pleased, too, to find that his robin was safe. He -took the cage, and, carrying it away, set it down at a still greater -distance from the fire. The garden-house was burned to the ground. -Hiram and Bruno waited there until the fire was almost out, and then -they went home. Hiram experienced a feeling of great satisfaction and -pleasure at the thought that he had been able to save Ralph’s bird. “I -should have been sorry,” said he to himself, “if he had lost his bird, -and I think, too, that he will be sorry now that he let my little Foxy -go.” - -The next morning, after breakfast, Hiram concluded that he would go -round into Ralph’s garden, and look at the ruins of the fire. He passed -out through the gate at the bottom of his father’s garden, and then -turned into the path leading to the other gate, and there, to his -surprise, he saw Ralph sitting on a stone, feeding Bruno with a piece -of meat. It was a piece which he had saved from his own breakfast for -the purpose. Bruno was eating the meat with an appearance of great -satisfaction, while Ralph sat by, patting him on the head. - -[Sidenote: “Hiram, I am giving Bruno some breakfast.”] - -“Hiram,” said Ralph, as soon as he saw Hiram coming, “I am giving Bruno -some breakfast.” - -Bruno looked up toward Hiram and wagged his tail. - -“That’s right,” said Hiram. “He seems to like it very much.” - -“Hiram,” said Ralph, again. - -“What?” said Hiram. - -Ralph hesitated. He seemed to have something on his mind, and not to -know exactly how to express it. - -“How is the robin this morning? Did he get stifled any by the smoke?” - -[Sidenote: Restitution. Ralph proposes to get another fox for Hiram.] - -“No,” said Ralph; “he is as bright as a lark.” Then, after a moment’s -pause, he added, “I am sorry I let your Foxy get away. I suppose I -ought to pay you for him; and, if I could get another fox for you, I -would. I have not got any thing but just my bird. I’ll give you him.” - -To find Ralph taking this view of the subject was something so new and -strange to Hiram, that at first he did not know what to say. - -“No,” he replied, at length, “I would rather not take your bird, though -I am very sorry that Foxy has got away. If you had only told me that -you wanted your collar, I would have taken it off, and fastened Foxy -with something else.” - -Ralph hung his head and had nothing to say. - -The boys went soon after this to look at the bed of ashes and embers -that marked the spot where the garden-house had stood, and then they -sauntered together slowly back into Hiram’s garden. Bruno followed -them. He seemed to understand that a great change had somehow or other -taken place in Ralph’s disposition of mind toward him, and he was no -longer afraid. The boys went together to the place where Foxy had been -confined. - -“John Thomas hunts foxes sometimes with his father,” said Ralph. “There -are a great many in the woods back of their farm. I am going to see if -I can’t get him to catch you another young one. I shall tell him I will -give him half a dollar if he will get one, and that is all the money I -have got.” - -Hiram did not reply to this suggestion. He did not know exactly what to -say. His thought was, that no other fox that could possibly be found -would supply the place, in his view, of the one that he had lost. He -had taken so much pains to teach that one, and to tame him, that he had -become quite attached to him individually, and he was very sure that he -should never like any other one so well. He did not, however, like to -say this to Ralph, for he perceived that Ralph was very much troubled -about what he had done, and was quite anxious to make some reparation, -and he thought that it would trouble him still more to learn that all -reparation was wholly out of his power. - -“And if he catches one for you,” continued Ralph, “then I’ll give you -the collar for your own. I would give it to you now, if it would do you -any good.” - -“I’ll take the chain off, at any rate,” said Hiram, “and carry it in, -and keep it, in case I ever should have another fox.” - -[Sidenote: Foxy found.] - -So he stooped down, and began to unhook the chain from the stake to -which it was fastened. As he did this, his face was brought down pretty -near to the hole under the wall, and, looking in there, his attention -was attracted to two bright, shining spots there, that looked like the -eyes of an animal. - -[Sidenote: “Run and get the collar.”] - -“Hi--yi,” said he, suddenly, “I verily believe he is here now. Run and -get the collar.” - -Ralph took a peep, first, into the hole, and then ran for the collar. -When he came back, he found Hiram sitting down on the grass, with the -fox in his arms. The truth was, that the fox had been treated so kindly -since he had been in Hiram’s keeping, and he had become so accustomed -to his hole under the wall, that he did not wish to go away. When he -found himself at liberty by the removal of the collar, he had gone off -a little in the grass and among the bushes, but, when night came on, -he had returned as usual to his hole; and when he heard the voices of -the boys at the wall in the morning, he supposed that Hiram had come to -give him his breakfast, and he came accordingly out to the mouth of his -hole to see if his supposition were correct. He submitted to have his -collar put on very readily. - -Thus there was a general reconciliation all round, and Bruno, Foxy, -Hiram, and Ralph became, all four of them, very excellent friends. - - Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good. - -This story reminds me of another one relating to the burning of a small -building in the bottom of a garden, called a tool-house. I will here -relate that story, and then tell more about Bruno. It will be seen that -this tool-house took fire in a very singular way. Precisely how Ralph’s -garden-house took fire never was known. It was probably in some way -connected with the matches which Ralph left upon the floor. Whether -he stepped upon one of them, and thus ignited it, and left it slowly -burning--or whether some mouse came by, and set one of them on fire by -gnawing upon it--or whether one of the matches got into a crack of the -floor, and was then inflamed by getting pinched there by some springing -or working of the boards, produced by the gardener’s walking over the -floor or wheeling the wheelbarrow in--whether, in fine, the mischief -originated in either of these ways, or in some other wholly unknown, -could never be ascertained. - -At all events, however--and this is the conclusion of the story--the -garden-house was soon rebuilt, and Ralph was effectually cured of his -resentment and enmity by the noble and magnanimous spirit which Hiram -and Bruno exhibited in saving his bird. - - _Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good._ - -Three times I have put this precept in the story, in order that you may -be sure to remember it. - - - - -THE BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE. - - -When one has committed a fault, to acknowledge it frankly, and to bear -the consequences of it one’s self submissively, is magnanimous and -noble. On the contrary, to resort to cunning tricks to conceal it, and -especially to attempt to throw the blame of it upon others who are -innocent, is mean and contemptible. - -[Sidenote: Description of the tool-house. Thomas, the gardener.] - -Once there were two boys, named William and John, who had a building -for a tool-house and work-shop at the bottom of their father’s garden. -It was very similar in its situation to the one described in the last -story. The building was at a place where the land descended, so that -while it was only one story high on the front side toward the garden, -it was two stories high on the other side toward a brook, which ran -along near the lower garden fence. The upper part of the building was -the tool-room. This room opened out upon one of the alleys of the -garden. The lower part was the shop. The door leading into the shop -was behind. There was a fire-place in the shop, and the chimney passed -up, of course, through the tool-room; but there was no fire-place in -the tool-room, for there never was any occasion to make a fire there. -The only use of that room was, that Thomas, the old gardener, used to -keep his spades, and rakes, and hoes, and other garden tools in it; -and sometimes of a summer evening, when his work was done, he used -to sit at the door of it and smoke his pipe. The building was very -convenient, though it was small, and old, and so not of much value. - -In the winter, the boys were accustomed occasionally to have a fire in -the work-shop below, when they were at work there. There was not much -danger in this, for the floor of the room was of stone. - -[Sidenote: Sealing the packages.] - -In the summer, of course, they never required a fire, except when they -wished to use the glue. Then they were accustomed to make a small -fire to dissolve the glue. One summer morning, however, they wanted a -candle. They had been collecting garden seeds, and they wished to seal -them up in small packages with sealing-wax. It would have been better, -perhaps, to have tied the parcels up with twine; but the boys took a -fancy to using sealing-wax, for the sake of the interest and pleasure -which they expected to find in the work of sealing. So, just before -noon, when they had got their seeds all ready, William went up to the -house, and his mother gave him a long candle. - -When William came into the shop, John accosted him, saying, - -[Sidenote: The boys have no candlestick.] - -“Why, William, you have not brought any candlestick. What shall we do -for a candlestick?” - -“I forgot that,” said William. - -“Never mind,” said John; “we can make one with a block and three nails.” - -There is a way of making a candlestick in a shop, which consists of -driving three nails into a small block of wood, at such a distance -apart as to leave just space for the end of the candle between them. -If the nails are driven into the block in a proper manner, and if the -heads of the nails are not too large, this contrivance makes quite a -good candlestick. - -Another way is to take a similar block of wood, and bore a hole in the -top of it just large enough to receive the end of the candle, and just -deep enough to hold it firmly. - -William proposed that they should make the candlestick by boring a -hole, but John thought it was best to do it by means of nails. - -[Sidenote: The two candlesticks.] - -So they concluded to make two. John was to make one with nails, and -William one with the borer. So they both began to look about among -the shavings under the bench for blocks, and when they found two that -seemed to answer their purpose, William went to a drawer, and selected -a borer of the proper size, while John began to choose nails with small -heads out of a nail-box which was upon the bench for his operation. - -In due time the candlesticks were both finished. The one which William -had made was really the best; but John insisted that the one which he -had made was the best, and so William, who was a very good-natured boy, -gave up the point. The candle was put into John’s candlestick, and -William put his away upon a shelf, to be used, perhaps, on some future -occasion. The boys then lighted the candle by means of a match, and put -it on the end of the work-bench where they were going to do the work of -putting up their seeds. - -[Sidenote: The boys leave the candle burning.] - -It was now, however, about noon, which was the hour for the boys to -go home to dinner. They arranged their seeds a little upon the bench, -but did not have time to begin to seal them up before they heard the -dinner-bell ring. They then left their work, and went up to the house. -Unfortunately, they left the candle burning. As it was bright daylight, -and especially as the sun shone in near where the candle stood, the -flame was very faint to the view; in fact, it was almost entirely -invisible, and the boys, when they looked around the shop just before -they left it, did not observe it at all. - -After dinner, the boys concluded that they would go a fishing that -afternoon, and not finish putting up their seeds until the following -day. - -[Sidenote: The matting. The pipe.] - -While they were gone, the candle was burning all the time, the flame -gradually descending as the combustion went on, until, about tea-time, -it reached the block of wood. It did not set the wood on fire, but -the wick fell over, when the flame reached the wood, and communicated -the fire to a roll of matting which lay upon the bench behind it. The -matting had been used to wrap up plants in, and was damp; so it burned -very slowly. About this time, Thomas, the old gardener, came and sat -down in the doorway of the tool-house above, smoking his pipe. He did -not know, however, what mischief was brewing in the room below; and so, -when it began to grow dark, he knocked the ashes out of his pipe upon -the ground of the garden, shut the tool-room door, and went home. - -[Sidenote: Fire! fire!] - -That night, about midnight, the boys were suddenly awakened and -dreadfully terrified by a cry of fire, and, on opening their eyes, they -perceived a strong light gleaming into the windows of their bed-room. -They sprang up, and saw that the tool-house was all on fire. The people -of the house dressed themselves as quick as possible, and hastened to -the spot, and some of the neighbors came too. It was, however, too -late to extinguish the fire. The building and all the tools which it -contained, both in the tool-room and in the shop, and all the seeds -that the boys had collected were entirely consumed. - -Nobody could imagine how the building took fire. Some said it must -have been set on fire by malicious persons. Others thought that old -Thomas must have been unconsciously the author of the mischief, with -his pipe. Nothing certain, however, could be ascertained at that time, -and so the company separated, determining to have the matter more fully -investigated the following morning. - -William and John, who had dressed themselves when the alarm was first -given, and had gone to the fire, now went back to their room, and went -to bed again. - -[Sidenote: What was the origin of the fire? A conversation.] - -After they had been in bed some time, and each thought that the other -must be asleep, William said to John, - -“John!” - -“What?” said John. - -“Are you asleep?” asked William. - -“No,” said John. - -“I will tell you how I think the tool-house got on fire,” said William. - -“How?” asked John. - -“Why, I believe we left our candle burning there,” replied William. - -“Yes,” said John, “I thought of that myself.” - -Here there was a little pause. - -Presently John said, - -“I don’t suppose that they will know that our candle set it on fire.” - -“No,” said William, “unless we tell them.” - -[Sidenote: The conversation continued.] - -“They will suppose, I expect,” added John, “that Thomas set it on fire -with his pipe.” - -“Yes,” said William, “perhaps they will.” - -Here there was another pause. - -[Sidenote: The boys hesitate.] - -“Unless,” continued John, after reflecting on the subject a little -while in silence, “unless mother should remember that she gave us the -candle, and ask us about it.” - -“We could say,” he added again, “that we did not go into the shop any -time in the afternoon or evening. That would be true.” - -“Yes,” said William. “We did not go into it at all after we went home -to dinner.” - -The boys remained silent a few minutes after this, when John, who felt -still quite uneasy in mind on the subject, said again, - -“I expect that father would be very much displeased with us if he knew -that we set the tool-house on fire, for it has burned up all his tools.” - -“Yes,” said William. - -“And I suppose he would punish us in some way or other,” added John. - -“Yes,” said William, “I think it very likely that he would.” - -“But then, John,” continued William, “I don’t think it would be right -to let Thomas bear the blame of setting the tool-house on fire, when we -are the ones that did it.” - -John was silent. - -“I think we had better go and tell father all about it the first thing -to-morrow morning.” - -“We shall get punished if we do,” said John. - -“Well,” said William, “I don’t care. I had rather be punished than try -to keep it secret. If we try to keep it secret, and let Thomas bear the -blame, we shall be miserable about it for a long time, and feel guilty -or ashamed whenever we meet father or Thomas. I had rather be punished -at once and have it done with.” - -[Sidenote: “Let us tell father.”] - -“Well,” said John, “let us tell father. We will tell him the first -thing to-morrow morning.” - -The affair being thus arranged, the boys ceased talking about it, -and shut up their eyes to go to sleep. After a few minutes, however, -William spoke to his brother again. - -“John,” said he, “I think I could go to sleep better if I should go and -tell father now all about it. I don’t suppose that he is asleep yet.” - -“Well,” said John, “go and tell him.” - -So William got up out of his bed, and went to the door of his father’s -room. He knocked at the door, and his father said “Come in.” William -opened the door. His father was in bed, and there was no light in the -room, except a dim night-lamp that was burning on a table. - -[Sidenote: The explanation.] - -“Father,” said William, “I came to tell you that I suppose I know how -our tool-house caught on fire.” - -“How was it?” asked his father. - -“Why, John and I had a candle there before dinner, and I believe we -left it burning; and so I suppose that, when it burned down, it set the -bench on fire.” - -“That could not have been the way,” said his father, “for, when it got -down to the candlestick, it would go out.” - -“But there was not any candlestick,” said William, “only a wooden one, -which we made out of a block and three nails.” - -“Oh! that was the way, was it?” said his father. “Indeed!” - -Here there was a short pause. William waited to hear what his father -would say next. - -“Well, William,” said his father, at length, “you are a very good boy -to come and tell me. Now go back to your bed, and go to sleep. We will -see all about it in the morning.” - -So William went out; but, just as he was shutting the door, his father -called to him again. - -“William!” said he. - -“What, sir?” said William. - -“Get up as early as you can to-morrow morning, and go to Thomas’s, and -tell him how it was. He thinks that he must have set the tool-house on -fire, and he is quite troubled about it.” - -“Yes, sir, I will,” said William. - -Then he went back to his room, and reported to John what he had done, -and what his father had said. The boys were both very much relieved in -mind from having made their confession. - -“I am very glad I told him,” said William; “and now I only wish I could -tell Thomas about it without waiting till morning.” - -“So do I,” said John. - -“But we can’t,” said William, “so now we will go to sleep. But we will -get up, and go to his house the first thing in the morning.” - -[Sidenote: The boys get up early to explain the accident to Thomas.] - -This the boys did. Thomas’s mind was very much relieved when he heard -their story. He went directly into the house to tell his wife, who, as -well as himself, had been very anxious about the origin of the fire. -When he came out, he told the boys that he was very much obliged to -them for coming to tell him about it so early. “In fact,” said he, “I -think it is very generous and noble in you to take the blame of the -fire upon yourselves, instead of letting it rest upon innocent people. -There are very few boys that would have done so.” - -[Sidenote: The final result.] - -William and John were fortunately disappointed in their expectations -that they would have to suffer some punishment for their fault. In -fact, they were not even reproved. They told their father all about it -at breakfast, and he said that, though it certainly was not a prudent -thing for boys to trust themselves with a wooden candlestick in a shop -full of wood and shavings, still he did not think that they deserved -any particular censure for having made one. “The whole thing was one of -those accidents which will sometimes occur,” said he, “and you need not -think any thing more about it. I will have a new tool-house and shop -built pretty soon, and will make it better than the old one was. And -now, after breakfast, you may go down and rake over the ashes, and see -if you can rake out any of the remains of the garden tools.” - - * * * * * - -[Sidenote: An important principle.] - -It would have been better for the story if it had happened that the -boys, in setting fire to the tool-house, had really been guilty of some -serious fault, for which they were afterward to be punished; for the -nobleness and magnanimity which are displayed in confessing a fault, -are so much the greater when the person confessing occasions himself -suffering by it. - - - - -WILLING TO LEARN. - - -[Sidenote: Bruno was willing to learn.] - -Bruno had one excellent quality, which made him a special favorite with -the several boys that owned him at different times. He was _willing to -learn_. - -[Sidenote: Boys and girls.] - -When you are attempting to teach a dog any new art or accomplishment, -it is a great thing to have him willing to learn. It is the same, in -fact, if it is a girl or a boy that is the pupil. Sometimes, however, -when you are attempting to teach a dog, he shows very plainly all the -time that he does not wish to learn. If you have got him harnessed into -a little carriage, and wish to teach him to draw, he will stop and -seem very unwilling to proceed, and, perhaps, sit right down upon the -ground; or, if he has any chance to do so, he will run off and hide in -the bushes, or, if it is in the house that you are teaching him, in a -corner of the room or under the table. I was taking a walk once on the -margin of a stream, and I met some boys who were attempting to teach -their dog to dive into the water after sticks and such things, and the -dog was so unwilling to make the attempt, that they were obliged every -time to take him up and throw him in. - -[Sidenote: A difficult lesson for a dog.] - -I have known children to behave just in this way in learning to read or -to write. They come to the work reluctantly, and get away from it as -often and as quick as they can. But it was not so with Bruno. He was -glad to learn any thing that the boys were willing to teach him. A boy -at one time took it into his head to teach him to walk up a flight of -steps backward, and although Bruno could not conceive what possible -advantage it could ever be to him to learn such an accomplishment as -that, still he went to work resolutely to learn it, and though at first -he found it very difficult to do, he soon succeeded in going up very -well. - -If any boy who reads this book should make the attempt to teach _his_ -dog to go up steps backward, and should find the dog unwilling to -learn, he will know at once how hard it is for his teacher to teach -him to write or to calculate, when he takes no interest in the work -himself. If he then imagines that his dog were as desirous of learning -to go up the steps backward as he is to teach him, and were willing -to try, and thinks how easy it would be in that case to accomplish -the object, he will see how much his own progress in study would be -promoted by his being cordially interested himself in what he is doing. - -[Sidenote: The dog that went to market.] - -I am always surprised when I find a dog that is willing to learn, and -am still more surprised when I find a child that is not willing. A -dog learns for the benefit of his master, a child learns for his own -benefit. I knew a dog who was taught to go to market. His master would -put the money and a memorandum of the things that were to be bought in -the basket, and the dog would then carry the basket to market by the -handle, which he held in his mouth. Then the market-man would take out -the money and the memorandum, and would put in the things that were -wanted, and the dog would carry them home. Now this was of no advantage -to the dog, except from the honorable satisfaction which he derived -from it in the thought that he was usefully employed, and that he was -considered worthy to sustain important trusts and responsibilities. -So far as his own ease and comfort was concerned, it would have been -better for him never to have learned such an art, and then, instead -of carrying a heavy basket to and fro along the street, he could have -spent his time in basking in the sun, or playing about with other -dogs. There is no necessity for a dog to learn any thing for his own -advantage. Nature teaches him every thing that he requires for himself. -He has to study and learn only for the benefit of his master. - -It is very different from this with a child. When a child is in -his earliest infancy, he is the most ignorant and helpless being -imaginable. He can not speak; he can not walk; he can not stand; he -can not even creep along the floor. Then, besides, he _knows_ nothing. -He does not know any of the persons around him; he does not know the -light; he is bewildered, and filled with a stupid kind of wonder when -he looks at it; he does not know how to open and shut his hand, or to -take hold of any thing; and long after this, when he begins to learn -how to take hold of things, he is so ignorant and foolish, that he is -as ready to take hold of a burning candle as any thing else. - -[Sidenote: Children learn for their own benefit.] - -Of course, to fit such a child to perform the duties of a man in such a -busy world as this, he has a great many things to learn. And what is to -be particularly noticed is, that he must learn every thing himself. His -parents can not learn for him. His parents can _teach_ him--that is, -they can show him how to learn--but they can not learn for him. When -they show him how to learn, if he will not learn, and if they can not -contrive any means to make him, there is an end of it. They can do no -more. He must remain ignorant. - -[Illustration: The little child willing to learn to walk.] - -Here is a picture of a child that is willing to learn. His name is -Josey. His parents are teaching him to walk. He is just old enough to -learn to walk, and you see by his countenance, although it is turned -somewhat away from us, that he is pleased with the opportunity. He is -glad that he is going to learn to walk, and that his parents are going -to teach him. I do not suppose that he feels _grateful_ to his father -and mother for being willing to take so much pains to teach him, for he -is not old enough for that. But he is _glad_, at any rate, and he is -willing to try. - -His mother is helping him to begin, and his father is encouraging him -to step along--holding out his hand, so that Josey may take hold of it -as soon as he gets near enough, and thus save himself from falling. -Since Josey is willing to learn, it gives his father and mother great -pleasure to teach him. Thus all three are happy together. - -[Sidenote: Some children unwilling to learn.] - -Sometimes a child, when his father and mother wish to teach him to -walk, is _not_ willing to learn. He will not try. He sits down at once -upon the ground, and will not make any effort, like the dog who does -not wish to learn to draw. So far as learning to walk is concerned, -this is of no great consequence, for, as his strength increases, he -will at last learn to walk himself, without any particular teaching. - -There are a great many things, however, which it is very important for -children to know, that they never would learn of themselves. These they -must be taught, and taught very patiently and carefully. Reading is one -of those things, and writing is another. Then there is arithmetic, and -all the other studies taught in schools. Some children are sensible -enough to see how important it is that they should learn all these -things, and are not only willing, but are glad to be taught them. Like -Josey, they are pleased, and they try to learn. Others are unwilling to -learn. They are sullen and ill-humored about it. They will not make any -cordial and earnest efforts. The consequence is, that they learn very -little. But then, when they grow up, and find out how much more other -people know and can do than they, they bitterly regret their folly. - -[Sidenote: Some are willing.] - -Some children, instead of being unwilling to learn what their parents -desire to teach them, are so eager to learn, that they ingeniously -contrive ways and means to teach themselves. I once knew a boy, whose -parents were poor, so that they could not afford to send him to school, -and he went as an apprentice to learn the trade of shoemaking. He knew -how important it was to study arithmetic, but he had no one to teach -him, and, besides that, he had no book, and no slate and pencil. He, -however, contrived to borrow an arithmetic book, and then he procured -a large _shingle_[6] and a piece of chalk, to serve for slate and -pencil. Thus provided, he went to work by himself in the evenings, -ciphering in the chimney-corner by the light of the kitchen fire. -Of course he met with great difficulties, but he persevered, and by -industry and patience, and by such occasional help as he could obtain -from the persons around him, he succeeded, and went regularly through -the book. That boy afterward, when he grew up, became a senator. - - [6] A shingle is a broad and thin piece of wood, formed like a - slate, and used for covering roofs. The word is explained here, - because, in some places where this book will go, shingles are - not used. - -[Sidenote: Things difficult to learn.] - -Some things are very difficult to learn, and children are very often -displeased because their parents and teachers insist on teaching them -such difficult things. But the reason is, that the things that are most -difficult to learn are usually those that are most valuable to know. - -[Sidenote: The lawyer and the wood-sawyer.] - -Once I was in the country, and I had occasion to go into a lawyer’s -office to get the lawyer to make a writing for me about the sale of -a piece of land. It took the lawyer about half an hour to make the -writing. When it was finished, and I asked him how much I was to pay, -he said one dollar. I expected that it would have been much more than -that. It was worth a great deal more than that to me. So I paid him the -dollar, and went out. - -At the door was a laborer sawing wood. He had been sawing there all the -time that I had been in the lawyer’s office. I asked him how long he -had to saw wood to earn a dollar. - -“All day,” said he. “I get just a dollar a day.” - -[Sidenote: Difference of pay, and reason for it.] - -Now some persons might think it strange, that while the lawyer, -sitting quietly in his office by a pleasant fire, and doing such easy -work as writing, could earn a dollar in half an hour, that the laborer -should have to work all day to earn the same sum. But the explanation -of it is, that while the lawyer’s work is very easy to do after you -have learned how to do it, it is very _difficult_ to _learn_. It takes -a great many years of long and patient study to become a good lawyer, -so as to make writings correctly. On the other hand, it is very easy to -learn to saw wood. Any body that has strength enough to saw wood can -learn to do it very well in two or three days. Thus the things that are -the most difficult to learn are, of course, best paid for when they are -learned; and parents wish to provide for their children the means of -living easily and comfortably in future life, by teaching them, while -they are young, a great many difficult things. The foolish children, -however, are often ill-humored and sullen, and will not learn them. -They would rather go and play. - -It is very excusable in a dog to evince this reluctance to be taught, -but it is wholly inexcusable in a child. - - - - -PANSITA. - - -This is a true story of a dog named Pansita. They commonly called her -Pannie. - -Pansita was a prairie-dog. These prairie-dogs are wild. They live in -Mexico. They burrow in the ground, and it is extremely difficult to -catch them. They are small, but very beautiful. - -Pansita belonged to an Indian girl on the western coast of Mexico. -An American, who came into that country from Lima, which is a city in -Peru, saw Pansita. - -“What a pretty dog!” said he. “How I should like her for a present to -the American minister’s wife in Lima.” - -So he went to the Indian girl, and tried to buy the dog, but the girl -would not sell her. She liked her dog better than any money that he -could give her. - -[Sidenote: Pansita bought with gold.] - -Then the gentleman took some gold pieces out of his pocket, and showed -them to the mother of the girl. - -“See,” said he; “I will give you all these gold pieces if you will sell -me Pansita.” - -The Indian woman counted over the gold as the gentleman held it in his -hand, and found that it made eighteen dollars. She said that the girl -should sell Pansita for that money. So she took the dog out of the -girl’s arms, and gave it to the gentleman. The poor girl burst into a -loud cry of grief and alarm at the thought of losing her dog. She threw -the pieces of gold which her mother had put into her hand down upon the -ground, and screamed to the stranger to bring back her dog. - -But he would not hear. He put the dog in his pocket, and ran away as -fast as he could run, till he got to his boat, and the sailors rowed -him away. - -[Sidenote: She is taken off in a ship. Lima.] - -He took the dog in a ship, and carried her to Peru. When he landed, -he wished to send her up to Lima. So he put her in a box. He had made -openings in the box, so that little Pannie might breathe on the way. He -gave the box to a friend of his who was going to Lima, and asked him to -deliver it to the American minister. - -[Sidenote: A pretended chronometer.] - -He was afraid that the gentleman would not take good care of the box if -he knew that there was only a dog inside, so he pretended that it was a -chronometer, and he marked it, “_This side up, with care_.” - -A chronometer is a sort of large watch used at sea. It is a very exact -and a very costly instrument. - -He gave the box to his friend, and said, “Will you be kind enough, sir, -to take this chronometer in your lap, and carry it to Lima, and give it -to the American minister there?” - -The gentleman said that he would, and he took the box in his lap, and -carried it with great care. - -Before long, however, Pansita, not having quite air enough to breathe -inside the box, put her nose out through one of the openings. - -“Ah!” said the gentleman, “this is something strange. I never knew a -ship’s chronometer to have a nose before.” - -Thus he discovered that it was a dog, and not a chronometer that he was -carrying. - -He, however, continued to carry the box very carefully, and when -he arrived at Lima he delivered it safely to the minister, and the -minister gave it to his wife. - -[Sidenote: The beauty of the dog. The lady is much pleased.] - -The lady was very much pleased to see such a beautiful dog. Its form -was graceful, its eyes full of meaning, and its fur was like brown -silk, very soft, and smooth, and glossy. - -[Sidenote: The American flag hoisted.] - -By-and-by a revolution broke out in Lima, and there was great confusion -and violence in the streets. The Americans that were there flocked -to the house of the minister for protection. The house was a sort of -castle. It had a court, in the centre, and great iron gates across the -passage-way that formed the entrance. The minister brought soldiers -from the ships to guard his castle, and shut the gates to keep the -people that were fighting in the streets from getting in. He hoisted -the American flag, too, on the corner of the battlements. The Americans -that had fled there for safety were all within the walls, greatly -alarmed.[7] - - [7] Such a minister as this is a high public officer of - government, who resides at a foreign capital for the purpose - of attending to the business of his own country there, and of - protecting the citizens in case of danger. - -[Sidenote: Danger.] - -Pansita, wondering what all the noise and confusion in the streets -could mean, concluded that she would go out and see. So, watching her -opportunity, she slipped through among the soldiers to the passage-way, -and thence out between the bars of the great iron gates. The lady, when -she found that Pansita had gone out, was greatly alarmed. - -“She will be killed!” said she. “She will be killed! What can I do to -save her? She will certainly be killed!” - -But nothing could be done to save Pansita; for if they had opened the -gates to go out and find her, the people that were fighting in the -streets would have perhaps rushed in, and then they would all have been -killed. - -[Sidenote: Pansita is recovered.] - -So they had to wait till the fighting was over, and then they went out -to look for Pansita. To their great joy, they found her safe in a house -round the corner. - -After a time, the minister and his wife returned to America, and -they brought Pansita with them. They had a house on the North River, -and Pansita lived with them there many years in great splendor and -happiness. - -[Sidenote: Pannie’s bed.] - -The lady made a bed for Pannie in a basket, with nice and well-made -bed-clothes to cover her when she was asleep. Pannie would get into -this bed at night, but she would always scratch upon it with her claws -before she lay down. This was her instinct. - -She was accustomed in her youth, when she was burrowing in the ground -in the prairies in Mexico, to make the place soft where she was going -to lie down by scratching up the earth with her paws, and she continued -the practice now, though, of course, this was not a proper way to beat -up a bed of feathers. - -Pannie was a great favorite with all who knew her. She was affectionate -in her disposition, and mild and gentle in her demeanor; and, as is -usually the case with those who possess such a character, she made a -great many friends and no enemies. - -[Sidenote: Mistakes.] - -By-and-by Pannie grew old and infirm. She became deaf and blind, and -sometimes, when the time came for her to go to bed at night, she would -make a mistake, and get into the wrong basket--a basket that belonged -to another dog. This would make Looly, the dog that the basket belonged -to, very angry. Looly would run about the basket, and whine and moan -until Pansita was taken out and put into her own place. - -[Sidenote: Pannie’s death and burial.] - -At last Pansita died. They put her body in a little leaden coffin, and -buried it in a very pleasant place between two trees. - -This is a true story. - - - - -THE DOG’S PETITION. - - -[Sidenote: Letter-day.] - -One day, about the middle of the quarter, in a certain school, what the -boys called Letter-day came. Letter-day was a day in which all the boys -in the school were employed in writing letters. - -Each boy, on these occasions, selected some absent friend or -acquaintance, and wrote a letter to him. The letters were written -first on a slate, and then, after being carefully corrected, were -copied neatly on sheets of paper and sent. The writing of these letters -was thus made a regular exercise of the school. It was, in fact, an -exercise in composition. - -[Sidenote: Erskine’s conversation with his teacher.] - -A boy named Erskine, after taking out his slate, and writing the date -upon the top of it, asked the teacher whom he thought it would be best -for him to write to. - -“How would you like to write to your aunt?” asked the teacher. - -“Why, _pretty_ well,” said Erskine, rather doubtfully. - -“I think it would be doing good to write to her,” said the teacher. “It -will please her very much to have a letter from you.” - -“Then I will,” said Erskine. “On the whole, I should like to write to -her very much.” - -So Erskine wrote the letter, and, when it had been corrected and -copied, it was sent. - -This is the letter. It gives an account of a petition offered by a -dog to his master, begging to be allowed to accompany the boys of the -school on an excursion: - -[Sidenote: Erskine’s letter.] - - August 2, 1853. - - DEAR AUNT,--I hope you have been well since I have heard from - you. - - We took an excursion up to Orange Pond, and stayed all day. In - the morning it was very misty, but in about an hour it cleared - up, and the sun came out. Charles and Stephen went over to Mr. - Wingate’s to get a stage, and a lumber-wagon, and a carriage. - There were two horses in the stage, and an old gray one in the - lumber-wagon. Wright and I went down to get William Harmer, a - new scholar, to come up here before we started. At last we all - were ready, Crusoe and all. The teacher bought a little dog in - the vacation, and named him Crusoe. One of the boys wrote a - letter, and tied it about Crusoe’s neck, and this was it: - - [Sidenote: The dog’s petition.] - - MY VERY DEAR MASTER,--Can I go with the boys to-day on - the excursion? I will be very good, and not bark or - bite. I wish to go very much indeed, and I hope you - will let me. - - From your affectionate dog, - - Bow-wow-wow. - - [Sidenote: Account of an excursion. Diving off the row-boats. - The hot rock. Coming home.] - - Soon we started. It was very cool when we left home, but when - we got out on the hills it was very hot. The teacher let us - get out once and get some berries. After a ride of about nine - miles, we got out, and found it a very cool place. The public - house was very near to the pond, and we ran down there as - soon as we got our fishing-poles. Some of the boys got into - an old boat, and got a fish as soon as they cast their poles - out. The man said some of us should go out on an old rock - that was there, and the rest of us in a boat. We had a fine - time fishing, and caught about thirty small fish. Mr. Wingate - went out in another boat, and caught a very large perch and - pickerel, and a few other fish. After we had caught a few - more fish, we became tired, and wanted to go to the shore; so - the teacher took two or three of us at a time, and we went to - the shore. After we had played around a little, we had a nice - dinner, and then we went in swimming. The man said we might - dive off the small row-boats. We had fine fun pulling the boats - along while we were wading in the water, for it was nice and - sandy on the bottom. We found we could wade out to the rock - before named. We all waded out on it; but no sooner had we got - on the top, than we jumped off in all directions, for it was so - hot that one could roast an egg on it. We all ran back to the - shore as fast as we could go, laughing heartily. As soon as we - got up and were dressed, we went up to the house. Mr. Wingate - harnessed up the horses, and we were soon trotting home. We - went around by a different way from the one we came by, through - some woods, and had a fine ride home. That is the end of our - excursion to Orange Pond. - - From your affectionate friend, - - ERSKINE. - -Erskine’s aunt was very much gratified at receiving this letter. She -read it with great interest, and answered it very soon. - - - - -THE STORM ON THE LAKE. - - -[Sidenote: The philosophy of mountains, springs, brooks, and lakes.] - -Mountains make storms, storms make rain fall, and the rain that falls -makes springs, brooks, and lakes; thus mountains, storms, brooks, and -lakes go together. - -Mountains make storms, and cause the rain to fall by chilling the air -around their summits, and condensing the vapor into rain and into snow. -Around the lower parts of the mountains, where it is pretty warm, the -vapor falls in rain. Around the higher parts, where it is cold, it -falls in snow. - -[Sidenote: Formation of rivers.] - -Part of the water from the rain soaks into the ground, on the -declivities of the mountains, and comes out again, lower down, in -springs. Another portion flows down the ravines in brooks and torrents, -and these, uniting together, form larger and larger streams, until, at -length, they become great rivers, that flow across wide continents. If -you were to follow up almost any river in the world, you would come to -mountains at last. - -It does not always rain among the mountains, but the springs and -streams always flow. The reason of this is, that before the water which -falls in one storm or shower has had time to drain out from the ground -and flow away, another storm comes and renews the supply. If it were to -cease to rain altogether among the mountains, the water that is now in -them would soon be all drained off, and the springs and streams would -all be dry. - -But how is it in regard to lakes? How are the lakes formed? - -[Sidenote: How lakes are formed.] - -This is the way. - -When the water, in flowing down in the brooks and streams, comes to a -valley from which it can not run out, it continues to run in and fill -up the valley, until it reaches the level of some place where it _can_ -run out. As soon as it reaches that level, the surplus water runs out -at the opening as fast as it comes in from the springs and streams, and -then the lake never rises any higher. - -A lake, then, is nothing but a valley full of water. - -Of course, there are more valleys among mountains than any where else, -and there, too, there are more streams and springs to fill them. Thus, -among mountains, we generally find a great many lakes. - -[Sidenote: Outlets; feeders.] - -Since lakes are formed in this way, you would expect, in going around -one, that you would find some streams flowing into it, and _one_ stream -flowing out. This is the case with almost all lakes. The place where -the water flows out of the lake is called the outlet. The streams which -flow into the lake are sometimes called the _feeders_. They feed the -lake, as it were, with water. - -[Sidenote: Ponds without outlets.] - -Sometimes a lake or pond has no outlet. This is the case when there are -so few streams running into it that all the water that comes can dry up -from the surface of the lake, or soak away into the ground. - -Sometimes you will find, among hilly pastures, a small pond, lying in a -hollow, which has not any outlet, or any feeders either. Such a pond as -this is fed either by secret springs beneath the ground, or else by the -water which falls on the slopes around it when it is actually raining. - -If you were to take an umbrella, and go to visit such a pond in the -midst of a shower, and were to look down among the grass, you would see -a great many little streams of water flowing down into the pond. - -[Sidenote: The way to note the rise and fall of water in a lake.] - -Then if, after the shower was over, you were to put up a measure in -the water, and leave it there a few days, or a week, and then visit -it again, you would find that the surface of the water would have -subsided--that is, gone down. As soon as the rain ceases, so that all -fresh supplies of water are cut off, the water already in the pond -begins at once to soak away slowly into the ground, and to evaporate -into the air. Once I knew a boy who was of an inquiring turn of mind, -and who concluded to ascertain precisely what the changes were which -took place in the level of a small pond, which lay in a hollow behind -his father’s garden. So he measured off the inches on a smooth stick, -and marked them, and then he set up the stick in the water of the pond. -Thus he could note exactly how the water should rise or fall. There -came a great shower very soon after he set up his measure, and it -caused the water in the pond to rise three inches. After that it was -dry weather for a long time, and the level of the pond fell four inches -lower than it was when he first put up the measure. - -Lakes among the mountains are often very large, and the waves which -rise upon them in sudden tempests of wind and rain sometimes run very -high. - -[Sidenote: The storm on the Lake of Gennesaret. Jesus in the ship.] - -The Lake of Gennesaret, so often mentioned in the New Testament, was -such a lake, and violent storms of wind and rain rose sometimes very -suddenly upon it. One evening, Jesus and his disciples undertook to -cross this lake in a small vessel. It was very pleasant when they -commenced the voyage, but in the night a sudden storm came on, and the -waves rose so high that they beat into the ship. This was the time that -the disciples came and awoke Jesus, who was asleep in the stern of the -ship when the storm came on, and called upon him to save them. He arose -immediately, and came forward, and rebuked the winds and the sea, and -immediately they became calm. - -[Illustration] - -The adjoining engraving represents the scene. Jesus has come forward -to the prow, and stands there looking out upon the waves, which seem -ready to overwhelm the vessel. The disciples are greatly terrified. One -of them is kneeling near the place where Jesus stands, and is praying -to God for mercy. The others are behind. They are equally afraid. The -sails have been torn by the wind, and are flying away. Jesus extends -his hand, and says to the winds and waves, “Peace! be still!” - -The anchor of the ship is seen in the engraving hanging over the bow. -But the anchor, in such a case as this, is useless. The water is -too deep in the middle of the lake for it to reach the bottom; and, -besides, if it were possible to anchor the vessel in such a place, it -would do more harm than good, for any confining of the ship, in such a -sea, would only help the waves to fill it the sooner. - -[Sidenote: Navigation of mountain lakes.] - -The people who live on the borders of the lakes that lie among the -mountains often go out upon them in boats. Sometimes they go to fish, -sometimes to make passages to and fro along the lake, when there is no -convenient road by land, and sometimes they go to bring loads of hay or -sheaves of grain home from some field which lies at a distance from the -house, and is near the margin of the water. - -[Sidenote: Tempests and storms.] - -When a storm arises on the lake after the boat has gone out, the people -who remain at home are often very anxious, fearing that the boats may -have been overwhelmed by the waves. Over the leaf there is a picture -of people watching for the return of a man and boy who have gone out -on the lake. They went out in the middle of the day, and, though it is -now night, they have not returned. The family are anxious about their -safety, for in the middle of the afternoon there was a violent storm of -thunder and lightning, with dreadful gusts of wind and pouring rain. -The storm has now entirely passed away, and the moon, which has just -risen, shines serenely in the sky. Still the boat does not return. The -family fear that it may have foundered in the storm. - -[Sidenote: Conversation in Marie’s cottage.] - -The family live in a cottage on the margin of the lake. Marie, the wife -of the man and the mother of the boy that went away in the boat, is -very anxious and unhappy. - -“Do you think that they are lost?” she said to Orlando. - -Orlando was her oldest son. - -“Oh no,” replied Orlando. “When the black clouds began to come up in -the sky, and they heard the thunder, they would go to the shore, and -draw up their boat there till the storm was over. And now that the -water is smooth again, and the air calm, I presume they are somewhere -coming home.” - -“But how can they find their way home in the darkness of the night?” -said Marie. - -“There is a moon to-night,” said Marie’s father. He was an old man, and -he was sitting at this time in the chimney-corner. - -“Yes, there is a moon,” replied Marie, “but it is half hidden by the -broken clouds that are still floating in the sky.” - -“I will light the lantern,” said Orlando, “and go out, and hold it up -on a high part of the shore. They will then see the light of it, and it -will guide them in.” - -[Sidenote: Orlando and Bruno.] - -Bruno was lying before the fire while this conversation was going -on. He was listening to it very attentively, though he could not -understand it all. He knew some words, and he learned from the words -which he heard that they were talking about the boat and the water, and -Pierre, the man who was gone. So, when Orlando rose, and went to get -the lantern, Bruno started up too, and followed him. He did not know -whether there would be any thing that he could do, but he wished to be -ready at a moment’s notice, in case there should be any thing. - -[Sidenote: Anna and the baby.] - -He stood by Orlando’s side, and looked up very eagerly into his face -while he was taking down the lantern, and then went with him out to the -door. The old man went out too. He went down as near as he could get -to the shore of the pond, in order to look off over the water. Orlando -remained nearer the door of the cottage, where the land was higher, and -where he thought the lantern could be better seen. Marie, with her baby -in her arms, and her little daughter, Anna, by her side, came out to -the steps of the door. Bruno took his place by Orlando’s side, ready -to be called upon at any time, if there should be any thing that he -could do, and looking eagerly over the water to see whether he could -not himself make some discoveries. - -[Illustration: Watching for the boat.] - -He would have liked to have held the lantern, but it would not have -been possible for him to have held it sufficiently high. - -Just at this time the moon began to come out from behind the clouds, -and its light was reflected beautifully on the waters of the lake, and -the old man obtained, as he thought, a glimpse of a dark object gliding -slowly along over the surface of the distant water. - -[Sidenote: The boat is coming.] - -“They are coming!” he exclaimed. “They are coming! I see them coming!” - -Bruno saw the boat too, and he soon began to leap about and bark to -express his joy. - - * * * * * - -[Sidenote: Excellence of Bruno’s behavior.] - -Thus Bruno always felt an interest in all that interested his master, -and he stood by ready to help, even when there was nothing for him to -do. It is always a source of great pleasure to a father to observe that -his boy takes an interest in what he is doing, and stands ready to help -him, provided always that he does not interrupt the work by asking -questions. This Bruno never did. He never interrupted work in any way, -and least of all by asking questions. - -[Illustration: Play.] - -It is far more manly and noble for boys to take an interest, sometimes, -in useful work, than to be wholly absorbed, as some boys are, all the -time in idle play. - - - - -TAKING AN INTEREST. - - -[Sidenote: Important difference between the dog and the horse.] - -There is a great difference between the dog and the horse, in respect -to the interest which they take in any work which they have to do. A -horse does not like to work. He never runs to his master to be saddled -when his master wishes to go and take a ride. If he runs either way, -he runs off. If you wish any time to take a ride in a wagon, and you -go into the pasture to find your horse, it is often very hard work to -catch him. He knows that you are going to harness him up, and give -him something to do, and he does not like to do it; so away he goes, -bounding over the pasture, and looking back, first over one shoulder, -and then over the other, to see whether you are pursuing him. - -It is very different with the dog. As soon as he sees his master -take down his hat and cane, he jumps up and runs to accompany him. -He desires, above all things, to accompany his master wherever he -goes, that he may protect him, and render him any other service which -occasion may require. - -It is true that a dog does not generally like to be harnessed into a -wagon, and draw, but the reason of this probably is, that drawing a -load is not a work that he is by nature fitted for. He is not properly -built for such work. His shoulders are not fitted to receive a collar, -and his feet are not of the right form to take good hold of the ground. -The nature and qualities of the dog fit him for other duties, and these -duties he is always greatly interested in performing. If his master is -a traveler, he is always ready to set out on the journey with him. If -his master stays at home, he is always on the watch about the house, -guarding the premises, and ready to do any thing that he may be called -upon to do. In a word, such duties as he is at all qualified for by his -nature and habits, he is always ready to perform with alacrity and with -hearty good-will. - -[Sidenote: Supposed black pony. How valuable such a pony would be.] - -What a fine thing it would be for a boy to have a horse of such a -disposition--a little black pony, I will suppose--just large enough -for the boy to harness and drive! Suppose you had such a pony. You -take the bridle, and go out into the pasture for him some day when -you feel inclined to take a ride. As soon as you enter the pasture, -you call him. Immediately on hearing your voice, he runs out of the -thicket where he was lying in the shade, and ascends an eminence near, -so that he can see. He looks all around to find where the voice comes -from, and when he sees you with the bridle in your hand, he immediately -feels proud and happy at the thought of being employed, and he comes -galloping toward you, prancing and capering in a very joyous manner. - -As soon as he gets near you, he ceases his prancing, and, walking up to -you, he holds his head down that you may put the bridle on. As soon as -the bridle is buckled, you put the bridle-rein over his neck, and say, - -“There! run along, pony!” - -So your pony runs along before you, looking back from time to time, -first over one shoulder, and then over the other, not to see whether -you are pursuing him, in order that he may escape, but to be sure that -you are following him, and that he is going the right way. When he gets -to the gate, he waits till you come to open it for him; or, if he has -ingenuity enough to lift up the latch himself, he opens the gate and -goes through, and then waits outside till you come. As soon as you have -gone through the gate, he trots off to the barn. He does not know yet -whether you are going to put the saddle on, or to harness him into your -little wagon. But he is equally ready for either. He looks forward with -great pleasure to the thought of carrying you along over a pleasant -road, cantering merrily up and down the hills; and he resolves that he -will take special care not to stumble or fall with you. Or, if he finds -that you prefer riding in the wagon that day, he thinks how pleasant -it will be to trot along over the road with you, and give you a good -drive. If you stop any where by the way, he waits patiently where you -leave him until you come back again. If he is in the wagon, he stands -very still, lest he should do some damage to the vehicle by moving -about. If he has a saddle on, he walks out to the road-side, perhaps, -to crop the grass a little while he is waiting, but he lifts up his -head now and then to see if you are coming, in order that he may be all -ready to go on again when you wish to go. - -It would certainly be a fine thing to have such a pony as that. - -[Sidenote: How useful and valuable such a boy would be.] - -But for a man, it is a finer thing to have such a _boy_ as that. I -never knew such ponies, but I have often known such boys. They take -a special interest and pleasure in being useful, and especially in -assisting their father and mother in any thing, no matter what it is, -that their father and mother wish to do. They feel proud and happy to -be employed, and come always with a ready alacrity whenever they are -called upon, and to do what they can do with a hearty good-will. - -[Sidenote: Georgie at the raising. The way he acted.] - -Boys sometimes take an interest of the wrong kind in what their fathers -are doing--that is, an interest which seeks for their own pleasure -and amusement, and not for the furtherance of the work. There was a -farmer, for instance, once, who had two sons, Lawrence and Georgie. -The farmer was building a shed, and when the shed was framed, the -carpenters came one afternoon to raise it. Lawrence was away from home -when the carpenters came, having gone to mill, but Georgie was very -much interested in the raising, and he brought several of the boys -of the neighborhood to see it. With these boys he played about among -the timbers of the frame, running along upon them from end to end, or -jumping over them. He made a great deal of noise in singing to express -his joy, and in calling to his companions. - -“Georgie,” said his father, at last, “be still, or I shall send you -away.” - -His father should have sent him away at once, instead of threatening to -do so if he was not still. - -[Sidenote: Boring.] - -Georgie was still after this, for he knew that his father would do as -he said; but he soon found out other means of making trouble besides -noise. He and the other boys went to one of the carpenters, who was -boring a hole, and he began to beg the carpenter to let him take the -auger and bore it. - -“I can bore,” said he. - -“I see you can,” said the carpenter, “but I wish you would not come -here and bore me.” - -The other carpenters who were near laughed at hearing this, and -Georgie, not liking to be laughed at, walked away to another part of -the work. Here he began to ask questions, such as what this beam was -for, and what tenon was going into that mortice, and whether such and -such a hole was not bored wrong. All these questions interrupted the -workmen, confused them in their calculations, and hindered the work. At -last, Georgie’s father told him not to ask any more questions, but to -keep perfectly still. - -[Sidenote: He and the other boys make a balancer.] - -His father would, in fact, have sent him away entirely, were it not -that he was wanted from time to time to do an errand, or fetch a tool. -These errands, however, he did very slowly and reluctantly, so that -he was of little service. Finally, he proposed to the boys that they -should make a balancer, and they did so. They put up one short beam of -wood upon another, and then, placing a plank across, two of the boys -got on, one at each end, and began see-sawing up and down. This was -their balancer. - -“Isn’t it good fun,” said Georgie, as he went up into the air, “to have -a raising?” - -“Yes,” said the other boy, who was then down by the ground. - -“I hope they won’t get through to-night,” said Georgie, coming down, -“and then we can have some more fun to-morrow.” - -[Sidenote: A fall.] - -Just then the upper beam, which supported the balancer, fell off, and -the plank, with the boys on it, came to the ground. There was now a -great outcry. Georgie’s father and some of the carpenters came to see -if the boys were hurt. They were not seriously hurt, but the accident -occasioned quite an interruption to the raising. - -So Georgie’s father, finding that the trouble which Georgie made him -was greater far than any service that he rendered, sent him away. - -Now this is not the right way to take an interest in what your father -or mother is doing. - -[Sidenote: Lawrence comes home.] - -Lawrence got back from the mill just as Georgie went away. He -immediately came and took Georgie’s place. He stationed himself near -his father, so as to be ready to do any thing which might be required -whenever he should be called upon. He observed carefully every thing -that was done, but he asked no questions. If he saw that a tool was -wanted, or going to be wanted, he brought it, so as to have it all -ready the moment it should be required. Thus, although he could not do -much substantial work himself, he assisted the men who could do it very -much, and rendered very effectual service, so that the raising went on -very prosperously, and was finished that night, greatly to his father’s -satisfaction. - -[Sidenote: Conversation at the supper-table.] - -At supper that night the farmer took his seat at the table. His wife -sat opposite to him. Lawrence was on one side, and Georgie on the other. - -“Have you finished the raising?” said his wife. - -“Yes,” said the farmer, “we have finished it. I did not expect to get -through. But we _have_ got through, and it is all owing to Lawrence.” - -“Did he help you?” asked his wife. - -“Yes,” said the farmer; “he forwarded the work, I think, a full half -hour, and that just saved us.” - -Now that is the right kind of interest to take in what your father and -mother are doing. - -[Sidenote: Another incident.] - -At another time, one night after Georgie and Lawrence had gone to bed, -they heard a sort of thumping sound out in the barn. - -“Hark!” said Lawrence; “what is that noise?” - -Georgie said he thought it could not be any thing of consequence, and -so he shut up his eyes, and prepared to go to sleep. But Lawrence, -though he was equally sleepy, felt afraid that something might be the -matter with one of the horses; so he got up and went to his father’s -room, and told his father about the noise. His father immediately rose -and dressed himself, and went down to the barn. - -“Georgie,” said Lawrence, “let us get up too. Perhaps we can help.” - -“Oh no,” said Georgie, sleepily, “there is nothing that _we_ could do.” - -“I can hold the lantern, at any rate,” said Lawrence, “and do some -good, perhaps, in that way.” So Lawrence dressed himself and went down -stairs, while Georgie went to sleep again. - -[Sidenote: Lawrence takes an interest in his father’s concerns.] - -Lawrence got out into the barn just in time to find that the horse had -fallen down, and had got entangled in his halter, so that he was in -danger of choking to death. - -“Ah, Lawrence!” said his father, “you are just in time. I want you to -hold the lantern for me.” - -So Lawrence took the lantern, and held it while his father disentangled -the halter, and got the horse up. Lawrence, who was much interested all -the time, held the lantern in the best possible way for his father to -see. - -“That’s right,” said his father; “hold the lantern so that you can see -yourself, and then you may be sure that I can see.” - -That is the right kind of interest for boys to take in what their -father or mother are doing. - -That was, in fact, the kind of interest that Bruno took. He was always -on the watch for opportunities to do good, and when he saw that he -could not do any more good, he was extremely careful not to make any -trouble. - -[Illustration: Driving the sheep to pasture in the morning.] - -[Sidenote: Bruno sits waiting for orders.] - -He would stand or sit silently by, looking on and watching what was -going forward with great interest, ready to act the moment that he was -called upon, as you see in the opposite engraving. They are driving -some sheep to pasture very early in the morning. It was dark when they -first came out with the flock, and so they brought a lantern; but the -sun has risen now, and it is light. Although it was very early when the -men set out with the flock, Bruno was eager to come with them. He has -helped to drive the sheep all the way. They have reached the pasture -at last, and there is now nothing more for him to do. So he is sitting -down to rest, and contemplating with great satisfaction, while he -rests, the accomplishment of the work which was to be done, and ready -to do any thing more that may be required without a moment’s delay. - -In the distance, in the engraving, a river is seen, meandering through -a rich and beautiful country, with the beams of the morning sun -reflected from the surface of the water. - - * * * * * - -[Sidenote: A good conscience.] - -The satisfaction which results from the faithful performance of duty -is a very solid and substantial pleasure. It endures long, and has no -alloy. There is something manly and noble in the very nature of it, and -he who makes it the end and aim of all his efforts in his search for -happiness is sure of a rich reward. - -[Sidenote: They who are not faithful in duty can never be happy.] - -Learn from the example of Bruno, then, to find your happiness in the -diligent and faithful performance of duty. “Duty first, and pleasure -afterward,” is the true rule for all. They who seek pleasure first, -or, rather, who look for their happiness in personal and selfish -gratifications, lead a very low and groveling life, and never exemplify -the true nobleness and dignity to which the human soul should aspire. -Nor do they ever attain to any real or permanent happiness. They -experience a continual feeling of self-reproach and self-condemnation -which mars all their enjoyments, and adds a fresh ingredient -of bitterness to all their sorrows. In a word, they are always -dissatisfied with themselves, and he who is dissatisfied with himself -can never be happy. - -THE END. - - - - -HARPER’S STORY BOOKS - -BY JACOB ABBOTT. - -TERMS. - -Each Number of HARPER’S STORY BOOKS will contain 160 pages, in small -quarto form, very beautifully illustrated, and printed on superfine -calendered paper. - -The Series may be obtained of Booksellers, Periodical Agents, and -Postmasters, or from the Publishers, at THREE DOLLARS a year, or -TWENTY-FIVE CENTS A NUMBER. - -The two Periodicals, HARPER’S NEW MONTHLY MAGAZINE and HARPER’S STORY -BOOKS, will be supplied at FIVE DOLLARS a year, and will be published -on the first day of each Month. - -The Postage upon HARPER’S STORY BOOKS, which must be paid quarterly in -advance, is TWO CENTS. - -EACH NUMBER COMPLETE IN ITSELF. - -PRICE 25 Cts - -HARPER & BROTHERS - -FRANKLIN SQUARE, N. Y. - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO *** - -***** This file should be named 51859-0.txt or 51859-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/8/5/51859/ - -Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive/American Libraries.) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/51859-0.zip b/old/51859-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d39cee5..0000000 --- a/old/51859-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h.zip b/old/51859-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 149d665..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/51859-h.htm b/old/51859-h/51859-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 4a40bde..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/51859-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6279 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Project Gutenberg eBook of Bruno; or, Lessons of Fidelity, Patience and Self-Denial Taught by a Dog, by Jacob Abbot. - </title> - - <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> - -<style type="text/css"> - -a { - text-decoration: none; -} - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -h1,h2 { - text-align: center; - clear: both; -} - -hr { - width: 33%; - margin-left: 33.5%; - margin-right: 33.5%; - margin-top: 2em; - margin-bottom: 2em; - clear: both; -} - -hr.tb { - width: 45%; - margin-left: 27.5%; - margin-right: 27.5%; -} - -hr.chap { - width: 65%; - margin-left: 17.5%; - margin-right: 17.5%; -} - -p { - margin-top: 0.5em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: 0.5em; - text-indent: 1em; -} - -table { - max-width: 40em; - margin: 1em auto 1em auto; -} - -td { - padding-left: 0.25em; - padding-right: 0.25em; - vertical-align: top; -} - -.tdr { - text-align: right; -} - -.blockquote { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -.caption { - text-align: center; - margin-bottom: 1em; - font-size: 90%; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -.center { - text-align: center; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; -} - -.figright { - float: right; - clear: right; - margin-left: 1em; - margin-bottom: 1em; - margin-top: 1em; - margin-right: 0; - padding: 0; - text-align: center; -} - -.footnote { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; - font-size: 0.9em; -} - -.footnote .label { - position: absolute; - right: 84%; - text-align: right; -} - -.fnanchor { - vertical-align: super; - font-size: .8em; - text-decoration: none; -} - -.larger { - font-size: 150%; -} - -.pagenum { - position: absolute; - right: 4%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; -} - -.right { - text-align: right; -} - -.sidenote { - width: 20%; - padding-bottom: .5em; - padding-top: .5em; - padding-left: .5em; - padding-right: .5em; - margin-right: 1em; - float: left; - clear: left; - margin-top: 1em; - font-size: smaller; - color: black; - background: #eeeeee; - border: dashed 1px; -} - -.smaller { - font-size: 80%; -} - -.smcap { - font-variant: small-caps; - font-style: normal; -} - -.smcapuc { - font-variant: small-caps; - font-style: normal; - text-transform: lowercase; -} - -.titlepage { - text-align: center; - margin-top: 3em; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -@media handheld { - -img { - max-width: 100%; - width: auto; - height: auto; -} - -.blockquote { - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 5%; -} -} - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Bruno - or, lessons of fidelity, patience, and self-denial taught by a dog - -Author: Jacob Abbott - -Release Date: April 25, 2016 [EBook #51859] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO *** - - - - -Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive/American Libraries.) - - - - - - -</pre> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> - -<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the front cover" /> - -<p class="caption">HARPER’S<br /> -STORY BOOKS</p> - -<p class="caption">No. 1</p> - -<p class="caption">BRUNO.</p> - -<p class="caption">DECEMBER, 1854.</p> - -<p class="caption">PRICE 25 C<sup>ts</sup></p> - -<p class="caption">HARPER & BROTHERS<br /> -FRANKLIN SQUARE, NEW YORK.</p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_i" id="Page_i">[i]</a><br /> -<a name="Page_ii" id="Page_ii">[ii]</a></span></p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii">[iii]</a></span></p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration1" style="width: 500px;"> - -<img src="images/ill001.jpg" width="500" height="340" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">“Bruno forgives him, and why should not I?” said Hiram.</p> - -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p class="titlepage larger">HARPER’S STORY BOOKS.</p> - -<p class="titlepage">A SERIES OF NARRATIVES, DIALOGUES, BIOGRAPHIES, AND TALES,<br /> -FOR THE INSTRUCTION AND ENTERTAINMENT<br /> -OF THE YOUNG.</p> - -<p class="titlepage smaller">BY</p> - -<p class="titlepage">JACOB ABBOT.</p> - -<p class="titlepage">Embellished with</p> - -<p class="titlepage">NUMEROUS AND BEAUTIFUL ENGRAVINGS.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv">[iv]</a><br /> -<a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[v]</a></span></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> - -<img src="images/titlepage.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the title page" /> - -<p class="caption">BRUNO;<br /> -OR,<br /> -LESSONS OF FIDELITY, PATIENCE, AND SELF-DENIAL<br /> -Taught by a Dog.</p> - -<p class="caption">NEW YORK:<br /> -HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS.</p> - -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[vi]</a></span></p> - -<p class="titlepage">Entered, according to an Act of Congress, in the year<br /> -one thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, by</p> - -<p class="titlepage">HARPER & BROTHERS,</p> - -<p class="titlepage">in the Clerk’s Office for the Southern District of New York.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[vii]</a></span></p> - -<h2>PREFACE.</h2> - -<p>The present volume is the first of a proposed monthly series -of story books for the young.</p> - -<p>The publishers of the series, in view of the great improvements -which have been made within a few years past in the means and -appliances of the typographical art, and of the accumulation of -their own facilities and resources, not only for the manufacture -of such books in an attractive form, and the embellishment of -them with every variety of illustration, but also for the circulation -of them in the widest manner throughout the land, find that -they are in a condition to make a monthly communication of this -kind to a very large number of families, and under auspices far -more favorable than would have been possible at any former -period. They have accordingly resolved on undertaking the -work, and they have intrusted to the writer of this notice the -charge of preparing the volumes.</p> - -<p>The books, though called story books, are not intended to be -works of amusement merely to those who may receive them, but -of substantial instruction. The successive volumes will comprise<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[viii]</a></span> -a great variety, both in respect to the subjects which they treat, -and to the form and manner in which the subjects will be presented; -but the end and aim of all will be to impart useful -knowledge, to develop the thinking and reasoning powers, to -teach a correct and discriminating use of language, to present -models of good conduct for imitation, and bad examples to be -shunned, to explain and enforce the highest principles of moral -duty, and, above all, to awaken and cherish the spirit of humble -and unobtrusive, but heartfelt piety. The writer is aware of the -great responsibility which devolves upon him, in being thus admitted -into many thousands of families with monthly messages of -counsel and instruction to the children, which he has the opportunity, -through the artistic and mechanical resources placed at -his disposal, to clothe in a form that will be calculated to open to -him a very easy access to their attention, their confidence, and -their hearts. He can only say that he will make every exertion -in his power faithfully to fulfill his trust.</p> - -<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Jacob Abbott.</span></p> - -<p class="smaller">New York, 1854.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">[ix]</a></span></p> - -<h2>CONTENTS.</h2> - -<table summary="Contents"> - <tr> - <td></td><td class="tdr">PAGE</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF">THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_13">13</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR">COMBAT WITH A BOAR</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_16">16</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#JOOLY">JOOLY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_19">19</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#THE_EMIGRANTS">THE EMIGRANTS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#THE_VOYAGE">THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_34">34</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#GOING_ALONE">GOING ALONE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_38">38</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN">SILVER BOWL STOLEN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_41">41</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED">THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_52">52</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY">BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_62">62</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#BOYS_ADRIFT">BOYS ADRIFT</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_84">84</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN">BRUNO AND THE ROBIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_97">97</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE">BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_120">120</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#WILLING_TO_LEARN">WILLING TO LEARN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#PANSITA">PANSITA</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_135">135</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#THE_DOGS_PETITION">THE DOG’S PETITION</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_140">140</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE">THE STORM ON THE LAKE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_143">143</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#TAKING_AN_INTEREST">TAKING AN INTEREST</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_151">151</a></td> - </tr> -</table> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_x" id="Page_x">[x]</a><br /> -<a name="Page_xi" id="Page_xi">[xi]</a></span></p> - -<h2>ENGRAVINGS</h2> - -<table summary="Engravings"> - <tr> - <td></td><td class="tdr">PAGE</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration1">THE TOOL-HOUSE ON FIRE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_iii"><i>Frontispiece.</i></a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration2">COMBAT WITH THE WOLF</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_15">15</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration3">THE TWO BOARS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration4">COMBAT WITH A BOAR</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_18">18</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration5">THE CHAMOIS HUNTERS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_20">20</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration6">CHILDREN IN THE GROVE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_21">21</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration7">BRUNO IN THE SNOW</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_28">28</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration8">THE COTTAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_30">30</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration9">BRUNO ON WOLF-SKIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_31">31</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration10">THE EMIGRANTS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_33">33</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration11">THE BEGINNING OF THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_35">35</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration12">THE STORM</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_36">36</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration13">THE END OF THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration14">THE PARTING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_39">39</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration15">THE GIPSY CAMP</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration16">FORTUNE TELLING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_51">51</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration17">FRANK AND LORENZO</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_58">58</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration18">THE PARLOR DOGS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_63">63</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration19">VARIETY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_64">64</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration20">THE WATCH-DOG</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_66">66</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration21">THE GATEWAY IN THE WOOD</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_71">71</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration22">TONY LOST</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_75">75</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration23">THE PIER</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_88">88</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration24">THE PORT</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_94">94</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration25">RALPH AND THE ROBIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_101">101</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration26">HIRAM’S SQUIRREL</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_104">104</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration27">THE SLY FOX</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_109">109</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration28">WILLING TO LEARN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_132">132</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration29">THE STORM ON THE LAKE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_146">146</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration30">BRUNO WATCHING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_149">149</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration31">PLAY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_150">150</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><a href="#illustration32">BRUNO AND THE SHEEP</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_158">158</a></td> - </tr> -</table> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_xii" id="Page_xii">[xii]</a><br /> -<a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span></p> - -<h1>BRUNO.</h1> - -<h2><a name="THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF" id="THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF"></a>THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF.</h2> - -<div class="sidenote">The hunter alarmed.</div> - -<p>In the night, a hunter, who lived in a cottage among the Alps, -heard a howling.</p> - -<p>“Hark!” said he, “I heard a howling.”</p> - -<p>His wife raised her head from the pillow to listen, and one of -the two children, who were lying in a little bed in the corner of -the room, listened too. The other child was asleep.</p> - -<p>“It is a wolf,” said the hunter.</p> - -<p>“In the morning,” said the hunter, “I will take my spear, and -my sheath-knife, and Bruno, and go and see if I can not kill him.”</p> - -<p>Bruno was the hunter’s dog.</p> - -<p>The hunter and his wife, and the child that was awake, listened -a little longer to the howling of the wolf, and then, when at length -the sounds died away, they all went to sleep.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Prepares for a hunt.</div> - -<p>In the morning the hunter took his spear, and his sheath-knife, -and his hunting-horn besides, and then, calling Bruno to follow -him, went off among the rocks and mountains to find the wolf.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Discovers the animal.</div> - -<p>While he was climbing up the mountains by a steep and narrow -path, he thought he saw something black moving among the rocks -at a great distance across the valley. He stopped to look at it. -He looked at it very intently.</p> - -<p>At first he thought it was the wolf. But it was not the wolf.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">The hunter blows his horn.</div> - -<p>Then he thought it was a man. So he blew a loud and long -blast with his horn. He thought that if the moving thing which -he saw were another man, he would answer by blowing <em>his</em> horn, -and that then, perhaps, he would come and help the hunter hunt -the wolf. He listened, but he heard no reply. He heard nothing -but echoes.</p> - -<p>By-and-by he came to a stream of water. It was a torrent, -flowing wildly among the rocks and bushes.</p> - -<p>“Bruno,” said the hunter, “how shall we get across this torrent?”</p> - -<p>Bruno stood upon a rock, looking at the torrent very earnestly, -but he did not speak.</p> - -<p>“Bruno,” said the hunter again, “how shall we get across this -torrent?”</p> - -<p>Bruno barked.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The rude bridge.</div> - -<p>The hunter then walked along for some distance on the margin -of the stream, and presently came to a place where there was a -log lying across it. So he and Bruno went over on the log. Bruno -ran over at once. The hunter was at first a little afraid to go, but -at last he ventured. He got across in safety. Here the hunter -stopped a few minutes to rest.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The wolf discovered.</div> - -<p>He then went on up the mountain. At last Bruno began to -bark and to run on forward, looking excited and wild. He saw -the wolf. The hunter hastened forward after him, brandishing -his spear. The wolf was in a solitary place, high up among the -rocks. He was gnawing some bones. He was gaunt and hungry. -Bruno attacked him, but the wolf was larger and stronger than he, -and threw him back with great violence against the ground. The -dog howled with pain and terror.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span></p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration2" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill002.jpg" width="450" height="400" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">Picture of the combat.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s courage. The wolf is killed.</div> - -<p>The man thrust the spear at the wolf’s mouth, but the ferocious -beast evaded the blow, and seized the shaft of the spear between -his teeth. Then the great combat came on. Very soon the dog -sprang up and seized the wolf by the throat, and held him down, -and finally the man killed him with his spear.</p> - -<p>Then he took his horn from his belt, and blew a long and loud -blast in token of victory.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">What became of the skin of the wolf.</div> - -<p>He took the skin of the wolf, and carried it home. The fur -was long, and gray in color. The hunter tanned and dressed the -skin, and made it soft like leather. He spread it down upon the -floor before the fire in his cottage, and his children played upon -it. Bruno was accustomed to lie upon it in the evening. He -would lie quietly there for a long time, looking into the fire, and -thinking of the combat he had with the savage monster that originally -wore the skin, at the time when he fought him on the mountains, -and helped the hunter kill him.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The hunter and the hunter’s children liked Bruno very much -before, but they liked him more than ever after his combat with -the wolf.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR" id="COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR"></a>COMBAT WITH A BOAR.</h2> - -<p>Some wild animals are so ferocious and strong that it requires -several dogs to attack and conquer them. Such animals are found -generally in remote and uninhabited districts, among forests and -mountains, or in countries inhabited by savages.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Habits of the boar.</div> - -<p>The wild boar is one of the most terrible of these animals. -He has long tusks projecting from his jaws. These serve him as -weapons in attacking his enemies, whether dogs or men. He -roams in a solitary manner among the mountains, and though he -is very fierce and savage in his disposition, he will seldom molest -any one who does not molest him. If, when he is passing along -through the forests, he sees a man, he pays no regard to him, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span> -goes on in his own way. If, however, when he is attacked by -dogs, and is running through the forest to make his escape, he -meets a man in his way, he thinks the man is the hunter that has -set the dogs upon him, or at least that he is his enemy. So he -rushes upon him with terrible fury, and kills him—sometimes with -a single blow—and then, trampling over the dead body, goes on -bounding through the thickets to escape from the dogs.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration3" style="width: 400px;"> - -<img src="images/ill003.jpg" width="400" height="241" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">Picture of a fight.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The tusks.</div> - -<p>Wild boars often have dreadful combats with each other. In -this engraving we have a representation of such a fight. The -weapons with which they fight are sharp tusks growing out of the -under jaw. With these tusks they can inflict dreadful wounds.</p> - -<p>Savages, when they attack the wild boar, arm themselves with -spears, and station themselves at different places in the forest, -where they think the boar will pass. Sometimes they hide themselves -in thickets, so as to be ready to come out suddenly and attack -the boar when the dogs have seized him.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span></p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration4" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill004.jpg" width="450" height="450" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">Picture of the combat.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The dogs and the boar. The spears.</div> - -<p>Here is a picture of such a combat. The dogs have pursued -the boar through the woods until he begins to be exhausted with -fatigue and terror. Still, he fights them very desperately. One -he has thrown down. He has wounded him with his tusks. The -dog is crying out with pain and fright. There are three other -dogs besides the one who is wounded. They are endeavoring -to seize and hold the boar, while one of the hunters is -thrusting the iron point of his spear into him. Two -other hunters are coming out of a thicket near by to -join in the attack. One of them looks as if he were -afraid of the -boar. He has -good reason to -be afraid.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Savages dress themselves in skins.</div> - -<p>These hunters<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span> -are savages. They are nearly naked. One of them is clothed -with a skin. I suppose, by the claws, that it is a lion’s skin. He -hunted and killed the lion, perhaps, in the same way that he is -now hunting and killing the boar.</p> - -<p>Savages use the skins of beasts for clothing because they do -not know how to spin and weave.</p> - -<p>But we must now go back to Bruno, the Alpine hunter’s dog -that killed the wolf, and who used afterward to sleep before the -fire in the hunter’s cottage on the skin.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="JOOLY" id="JOOLY"></a>JOOLY.</h2> - -<div class="sidenote">The Alps.</div> - -<p>Bruno’s master lived among the Alps. The Alps are very -lofty mountains in Switzerland and Savoy.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Chamois hunting.</div> - -<p>The upper portions of these mountains are very rocky and -wild. There are crags, and precipices, and immense chasms -among them, where it is very dangerous for any one to go. The -hunters, however, climb up among these rocks and precipices to -hunt the chamois, which is a small animal, much like a goat in -form and character. He has small black horns, the tips of which -turn back.</p> - -<p>The chamois climbs up among the highest rocks and precipices -to feed upon the grass which grows there in the little nooks and -corners. The chamois hunters climb up these after him. They -take guns with them, in order to shoot the chamois when they see -one. But sometimes it is difficult for them to get the game when -they have killed it, as we see in this engraving. The hunters<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span> -were on one side of a chasm and the chamois on the other, and -though he has fallen dead upon the rocks, they can not easily -reach him. One of the hunters is leaning across the chasm, and -is attempting to get hold of the carcass with his right hand. With -his left hand he grasps the rock to keep himself from falling. If -his hand should slip, he would go headlong down into an awful -abyss.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration5" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill005.jpg" width="450" height="427" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">Picture of the chamois hunters on the Alps.</p> - -</div> - -<p>The other hunter is coming up the rock to help his comrade.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span> -He has his gun across his shoulder. Both the hunters have ornamented -their hats with flowers.</p> - -<p>The chamois lies upon the rock where he has fallen. We can -see his black horns, with the tips turned backward.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The lower slopes of the mountains.</div> - -<p>In the summer season, the valleys among these Alpine mountains -are very delightful. The lower slopes of them are adorned -with forests of fir and pine, which alternate with smooth, green -pasturages, where ramble and feed great numbers of sheep and -cows. Below are rich and beautiful valleys, with fields full of -flowers, and cottages, and pretty little gardens, and every thing -else that can make a country pleasant to see and to play in. -There are no noxious or hurtful animals in these valleys, so that -there is no danger in rambling -about any where in -them, either in the fields -or in the groves. They -must take care of the wet -places, and of the thorns -that hide among the roses, -but beyond these dangers -there is nothing to fear. -In these valleys, therefore, -the youngest children can go into the thickets to play or to -gather flowers without any danger or fear; for there are no wild -beasts, or noxious animals, or poisonous plants there, or any thing -else that can injure them.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration6" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill006.jpg" width="450" height="286" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">Children at play.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Winter in the Alps.</div> - -<p>Thus the country of the Alps is very pleasant in summer, but -in winter it is cold and stormy, and all the roads and fields, especially<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span> -in the higher portions of the country, are buried up in snow. -Still, the people who live there must go out in winter, and sometimes -they are overtaken by storms, and perish in the cold.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Scene in the hunter’s cottage.</div> - -<p>Once Bruno saved his master’s life when he was thus overtaken -in a storm. The baby was sick, and the hunter thought he would -go down in the valley to get some medicine for him. The baby -was in a cradle. His grandmother took care of him and rocked -him. His mother was at work about the room, feeling very anxious -and unhappy. The hunter himself, who had come in tired -from his work a short time before, was sitting in a comfortable -easy-chair which stood in the corner by the fire. The head of -the cradle was near the chair where the hunter was sitting.<a name="FNanchor_1" id="FNanchor_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_1" id="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> For the positions of the chair and cradle in the hunter’s cottage, see engraving -on <a href="#Page_30">page 30</a>.</p> - -</div> - -<p>“George,” said the hunter’s wife, “I wish you would look at -the baby.”</p> - -<p>George leaned forward over the head of the cradle, and looked -down upon the baby.</p> - -<p>“Poor little thing!” said he.</p> - -<p>“What shall we do?” said his wife. As she said this she came -to the cradle, and, bending down over it, she moved the baby’s -head a little, so as to place it in a more comfortable position. -The baby was very pale, and his eyes were shut. As soon as he -felt his mother’s hand upon his cheek, he opened his eyes, but -immediately shut them again. He was too sick to look very long -even at his mother.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Consultation between the hunter and his wife.</div> - -<p>“Poor little thing!” said George again.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span> “He is very sick. I -must go to the village and get some medicine from the doctor.”</p> - -<p>“Oh no!” said his wife. “You can not go to the village to-night. -It is a <em>dreadful</em> storm.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said the hunter, “I know it is.”</p> - -<p>“The snow is very deep, and it is drifting more and more,” -said his wife. “It will be entirely dark before you get home, -and you will lose your way, and perish in the snow.”</p> - -<p>The hunter did not say any thing. He knew very well that -there would be great danger in going out on such a night.</p> - -<p>“You will get lost in the snow, and die,” continued his wife, -“if you attempt to go.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A hard alternative.</div> - -<p>“And baby will die, perhaps, if I stay at home,” said the hunter.</p> - -<p>The hunter’s wife was in a state of great perplexity and distress. -It was hard to decide between the life of her husband and that of -her child. While the parents were hesitating and looking into -the cradle, the babe opened its eyes, and, seeing its father and -mother there, tried to put out its little hands to them as if for -help, but finding itself too weak to hold them up, it let them drop -again, and began to cry.</p> - -<p>“Poor little thing!” said the hunter. “I’ll go—I’ll go.”</p> - -<p>The mother made no more objection. She could not resist the -mute appeal of the poor helpless babe. So she brought her husband -his coat and cap, and forced her reluctant mind to consent to -his going.</p> - -<p>It was strange, was it not, that she should be willing to risk the -life of her husband, who was all the world to her, whose labor -was her life, whose strength was her protection, whose companionship -was her solace and support, for the sake of that helpless -and useless baby?</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p> - -<p>It was strange, too, was it not, that the hunter himself, who -was already almost exhausted by the cold and exposure that he -had suffered during the day, should be willing to go forth again -into the storm, for a child that had never done any thing for him, -and was utterly unable to do any thing for him now? Besides, -by saving the child’s life, he was only compelling himself to work -the harder, to procure food and clothing for him while he was -growing up to be a man.</p> - -<p>What was the baby’s name?</p> - -<p>His name was Jooly.</p> - -<p>At least they called him Jooly. His real name was Julien.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The hunter bids little Jooly good-by.</div> - -<p>When the hunter was all ready to go, he came to the cradle, -and, putting his great rough and shaggy hand upon the baby’s -wrist, he said,</p> - -<p>“Poor little Jooly! I will get the doctor himself to come and -see you, if I can.”</p> - -<p>So he opened the door and went out, leaving Jooly’s grandmother -rocking the cradle, and his mother at work about the room -as before.</p> - -<p>When the hunter had gone out and shut the door, he went -along the side of the house till he came to a small door leading to -his cow-house, which was a sort of small barn.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He calls Bruno.</div> - -<p>He opened the door of the cow-house and called out “<span class="smcap">Bruno!</span>”</p> - -<p>Bruno, who was asleep at this time in his bed, in a box half -filled with straw, started up on hearing his master’s voice, and, -leaping over the side of the box, came to his master in the storm.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s bed.</div> - -<p>Bruno was glad to be called. And yet it was a dark and stormy -night. The wind was blowing, and the snow was driving terribly.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span> -On the other hand, the bed where he had been lying was warm -and comfortable. The cow was near him for company. He was -enjoying, too, a very refreshing sleep, dreaming of races and frolics -with other dogs on a pretty green. All this repose and comfort -were disturbed. Still, Bruno was glad. He perceived at once -that an unexpected emergency had occurred, and that some important -duty was to be performed. Bruno had no desire to lead a -useless life. He was always proud and happy when he had any -duty to perform, and the more important and responsible the duty -was, the more proud and happy it made him. He cared nothing -at all for any discomfort, fatigue, or exposure that it might bring -upon him.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A comparison.</div> - -<p>Some boys are very different from Bruno in this respect. They -do not share his noble nature. They never like duty. All they -like is ease, comfort, and pleasure. When any unexpected emergency -occurs, and they are called to duty, they go to their work -with great reluctance, and with many murmurings and repinings, -as if to do duty were an irksome task. I would give a great deal -more for a <em>dog</em> like Bruno than for such a boy.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The hunter and Bruno in the snow.</div> - -<p>Bruno and his master took the road which led to the village. -The hunter led the way, and Bruno followed. The road was -steep and narrow, and in many places the ground was so buried -in snow that the way was very difficult to find. Sometimes the -snow was very soft and deep, and the hunter would sink into it -so far that he could scarcely advance at all. At such times Bruno, -being lighter and stronger, would wallow on through the drift, and -then look back to his master, and wait for him to come, and then -go back to him again, looking all the time at the hunter with an<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span> -expression of animation and hope upon his countenance, and wagging -his tail, as if he were endeavoring to cheer and encourage -him. This action had the effect, at any rate, of encouragement. -It cheered the hunter on; and so, in due time, they both arrived -safely at the village.</p> - -<p>The doctor concluded, after hearing all about the case, that it -would not be best for him to go up the mountain; but he gave -the hunter some medicine for the baby.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The hunter attempts to return to the cottage.</div> - -<p>The medicine was put in a phial, and the hunter put the phial -in his pocket. When all was ready, the hunter set out again on -his return home.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Difficulties in the way.</div> - -<p>It was much harder going up than it had been to come down. -The road was very steep. The snow, too, was getting deeper -every hour. Besides, it was now dark, and it was more difficult -than ever to find the way.</p> - -<p>At last, when the hunter had got pretty near his own cottage -again, his strength began to fail. He staggered on a little farther, -and then he sank down exhausted into the snow. Bruno leaped -about him, and rubbed his head against his master’s cheek, and -barked, and wagged his tail, and did every thing in his power to -encourage his master to rise and make another effort. At length -he succeeded.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said the hunter, “I’ll get up, and try again.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Getting lost.</div> - -<p>So he rose and staggered feebly on a little farther. He looked -about him, but he could not tell where he was. He began to feel -that he was lost. Now, whenever a man gets really lost, either -in the woods or in the snow, a feeling of great perplexity and bewilderment -generally comes over his mind, which almost wholly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span> -deprives him of the use of his faculties. The feeling is very much -like that which one experiences when half awake. You do not -know where you are, or what you want, or where you want to go. -Sometimes you scarcely seem to know who you are. The hunter -began to be thus bewildered. Then it was bitter cold, and he began -to be benumbed and stupefied.</p> - -<p>Intense cold almost always produces a stupefying effect, when -one has been long exposed to it. The hunter knew very well that -he must not yield to such a feeling as this, and so he forced himself -to make a new effort. But the snow seemed to grow deeper -and deeper, and it was very hard for him to make his way through -it. It was freshly fallen, and, consequently, it was very light and -soft, and the hunter sank down in it very far. If he had had snow -shoes, he could have walked upon the top of it; but he had no -snow shoes.</p> - -<p>At last he became very tired.</p> - -<p>“Bruno,” said he, “I must lie down here and rest a little, before -I can go on any further.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno tries to encourage and save his master.</div> - -<p>But Bruno, when he saw his master preparing to lie down, -jumped about him, and barked, and seemed very uneasy. Just -then the hunter saw before him a deep black hole. He looked -down, and saw that it was water. Instead of being in the road, -he was going over some deep pit filled with water, covered, except -in one place, with ice and snow. He perceived that he had had -a very narrow escape from falling into this water, and he now -felt more bewildered and lost than ever. He contrived to get by -the dangerous hole, feeling his way with a stick, and then he sank -down in the snow among the rocks, and gave up in despair.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">The hunter comes very near perishing in the snow.</div> - -<p>And yet the house was very near. The chimney and the gable -end of it could just be distinguished in the -distance through the falling snow. Bruno knew -this, and he was extremely distressed that his -master should give up when so near reaching -home. He lay down in the snow by the side of -his master, and putting his paw over his arm, to -encourage him and keep him from absolute despair, -he turned his head toward the house, and -barked loud and long, again and again, in hopes -of bringing somebody to the rescue.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration7" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill007.jpg" width="450" height="460" alt="The hunter lying in -the snow, with Bruno over him" /> - -</div> - -<p>In the picture you can see the hunter lying in -the snow, with Bruno over him. His cap has fallen -off, and is half buried. His stick, too, lies on the snow near his -cap. That was a stick that he got to feel down into the hole in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span> -the ice with, in order to ascertain how deep the water was, and to -find his way around it. The rocks around the place are covered -with snow, and the branches of the trees are white with it.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Danger of going to sleep when out in a storm.</div> - -<p>It is extremely dangerous to lie down to sleep in the snow in a -storm like this. People that do so usually never wake again. -They think, always, that they only wish to rest themselves, and -sleep a few minutes, and that then they will be refreshed, and be -ready to proceed on their journey. But they are deceived. The -drowsiness is produced, not by the fatigue, but by the cold. They -are beginning to freeze, and the freezing benumbs all their sensations. -The drowsiness is the effect of the benumbing of the brain.</p> - -<p>Sometimes, when several persons are traveling together in cold -and storms, one of their number, who may perhaps be more delicate -than the rest, and who feels the cold more sensibly, wishes -very much to stop a few minutes to lie down and rest, and he -begs his companions to allow him to do so. But they, if they are -wise, will not consent. Then he sometimes declares that he <em>will</em> -stop, at any rate, even if they do not consent. Then they declare -that he shall not, and they take hold of his shoulders and arms to -pull him along. Then he gets angry, and attempts to resist them. -The excitement of this quarrel warms him a little, and restores in -some degree his sensibility, and so he goes on, and his life is saved. -Then he is very grateful to them for having disregarded his remonstrances -and resistance, and for compelling him to proceed.<a name="FNanchor_2" id="FNanchor_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_2" id="Footnote_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Children, in the same way, often complain very strenuously of what their parents -and teachers require of them, and resist and contend against it as long as they -can; and then, if their parents persevere, they are afterward, when they come to -perceive the benefit of it, very grateful.</p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p> - -<p>But now we must return to the story.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Alarm in the cottage. They open the door.</div> - -<p>The hunter’s family heard the barking in the house. They all -immediately went to the door. One of the children opened the -door. The gusts of wind blew the snow in her face, and blinded -her. She leaned back against the door, and wiped the snow from -her face and eyes with her apron. Her grandmother came to the -door with a light, but the wind blew it out in an instant. Her -mother came too, and for a moment little Jooly was left alone.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration8" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill008.jpg" width="450" height="193" alt="The family at the door" /> - -</div> - -<p>“It is my husband!” she exclaimed. “He is dying in the -snow! Mercy upon us! What will become of us?</p> - -<p>“Give me the cordial,” said she. “Quick!”</p> - -<p>So saying, she turned to the shelves which you see in the picture -near where she is standing, and hastily taking down a bottle -containing a cordial, which was always kept there ready to be -used on such occasions, she rushed out of the house. She shut -the door after her as she went, charging the rest, with her last -words, to take good care of little Jooly.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">The puss. Little Jooly sleeps undisturbed.</div> - -<p>Of course, those that were left in the cottage were all in a state -of great distress and anxiety while she was gone—all except two, -Jooly and the puss. Jooly was asleep in the cradle. The puss -was not asleep, but was crouched very quietly before the fire in -a warm and bright place near the grandmother’s chair. She was -looking at the fire, and at the kettle which was boiling upon it, -and wondering whether they would give her a piece of the meat -by-and-by that was boiling in the kettle for the hunter’s supper.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The hunter and Jooly are both saved.</div> - -<p>When the hunter felt the mouth of the cordial bottle pressed -gently to his lips, and heard his wife’s voice calling to him, he -opened his eyes and revived a little. The taste of the cordial revived -him still more. He was now able to rise, and when he was -told how near home he was, he felt so cheered and encouraged by -the intelligence that he became quite strong. The company in -the house were soon overjoyed at hearing voices at the door, and -on opening it, the hunter, his wife, and Bruno all came safely in.</p> - -<p>Jooly took the medicine which his father brought him, and soon -got well.</p> - -<p>Here is a picture of Bruno lying on the wolf-skin, and resting -from his toils.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration9" style="width: 250px;"> - -<img src="images/ill009.jpg" width="250" height="123" alt="Bruno" /> - -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="THE_EMIGRANTS" id="THE_EMIGRANTS"></a>THE EMIGRANTS.</h2> - -<p>The hunter, Bruno’s master, emigrated to America, and when -he went, he sold Bruno to another man. A great many people -from Europe emigrate to America.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Emigrants. The way they cross the Atlantic.</div> - -<p>To emigrate means to move from one country to another. The -people in Europe come from all parts of the interior down to the -sea-shore, and there embark in great ships to cross the Atlantic -Ocean. A great many come in the same ship. While they are at -sea, if the weather is pleasant, these passengers come up upon the -deck, and have a very comfortable time. But when it is cold and -stormy, they have to stay below, and they become sick, and are -very miserable. They can not stay on deck at such times on -account of the sea, which washes over the ships, and often keeps -the decks wet from stem to stern.</p> - -<p>When the emigrants land in America, some of them remain in -the cities, and get work there if they can. Others go to the West -to buy land.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The English family.</div> - -<p>Opposite you see a farmer’s family in England setting out for -America. The young girl who stands with her hands joined -together is named Esther. That is her father who is standing -behind her. Her mother and her grandmother are in the wagon. -Esther’s mother has an infant in her arms, and her grandmother -is holding a young child. Both these children are Esther’s brothers. -Their names are George and Benny. The baby’s name is -Benny.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span></p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration10" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill010.jpg" width="450" height="435" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">The farmer’s family. The farewell.</p> - -</div> - -<p>Esther has two aunts—both very kind to her. One of her aunts -is going to America, but the other—her aunt Lucy—is to remain -behind. They are bidding each other good-by. The one who -has a bonnet on her head is the one that is going. We can tell<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span> -who are going on the journey by their having hats or bonnets on. -Esther’s aunt Lucy, who has no bonnet on, is to remain. When -the wagon goes away, she will go into the house again, very sorrowful.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The journey in the covered wagon.</div> - -<p>The farmer has provided a <em>covered</em> wagon for the journey, so as -to protect his wife, and his mother, and his sister, and his children -from the cold wind and from the rain. But they will not go -all the way in this wagon. They will go to the sea-shore in the -wagon, and then they will embark on board a ship, to cross the -Atlantic Ocean.</p> - -<p>We can see the ship, all ready and waiting, in the background -of the picture, on the right. There will be a great many other -families on board the ship, all going to America. There will be -sailors, too, to navigate the ship and to manage the sails.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="THE_VOYAGE" id="THE_VOYAGE"></a>THE VOYAGE.</h2> - -<div class="sidenote">The voyage in the ship.</div> - -<p>The voyage which the emigrants have to take is very long. It -is three thousand miles from England to America, and it takes -oftentimes many weeks to accomplish the transit. Sometimes -during the voyage the breeze is light, and the water is smooth, -and the ship glides very pleasantly and prosperously on its way. -Then the emigrants pass their time very agreeably. They come -up upon the decks, they look out upon the water, they talk, they -sew, they play with the children—they enjoy, in fact, almost as -many comforts and pleasures as if they were at home on land.</p> - -<p>Opposite is a picture of the ship sailing along very smoothly, in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span> -pleasant weather, at the commencement of the voyage. The cliff -in the background, on the right, is part of the English shore, which -the ship is just leaving. There is a light-house upon the cliff, and -a town on the shore below.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration11" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill011.jpg" width="450" height="400" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">The emigrant ship setting sail. Smooth sea.</p> - -</div> - -<p>The wind is fair, and the water is smooth. The emigrants are -out upon the decks. We can see their heads above the bulwarks.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The buoy.</div> - -<p>The object in the foreground, floating in the water, is a <em>buoy</em>. It -is placed there to mark a rock or a shoal. It is secured by an -anchor.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span></p> - -<p>Thus, when the weather is fair, the emigrants pass their time -very pleasantly. They amuse themselves on the decks by day, -and at night they go down into the cabins, which are below the -deck of the ship, and there they sleep.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration12" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill012.jpg" width="450" height="426" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">The ship in a storm. Great danger. Heavy seas.</p> - -</div> - -<p>But sometimes there comes a storm. The wind increases till -it becomes a gale. Clouds are seen scudding swiftly across the -sky. Immense billows, rolling heavily, dash against the ship, or -chase each other furiously across the wide expanse of the water,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span> -breaking every where into foam and spray. The winds howl fearfully -in the rigging, and sometimes a sail is burst from its fastenings -by the violence of it, and flaps its tattered fragments in the -air with the sound of thunder.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Discomfort and distress of the passengers.</div> - -<p>While the storm continues, the poor emigrants are obliged to -remain below, where they spend their time in misery and terror. -By-and-by the storm subsides, the sailors repair the damages, and -the ship proceeds on her voyage.</p> - -<p>In the engraving below we see the ship far advanced on her -way. She is drawing near to the American shore. The sea is -smooth, the wind is fair, and she is pressing -rapidly onward.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration13" style="width: 250px;"> - -<img src="images/ill013.jpg" width="250" height="226" alt="Ship" /> - -</div> - -<p>On the left is seen another vessel, and on -the right two more, far in the offing.</p> - -<p>The emigrants on board the ship are rejoiced -to believe that their voyage is drawing -toward the end.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The arrival.</div> - -<p>When the farmer and his family have -landed in America, they will take another wagon, and go back -into the country till they come to the place where they are going -to have their farm. There they will cut down the trees of the -forest, and build a house of logs. Then they will plow the ground, -and sow the seeds, and make the farm. By-and-by they will gain -enough by their industry to build a better house, and to fit it with -convenient and comfortable furniture, and thenceforward they will -live in plenty and happiness.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Benny and George.</div> - -<p>All this time they will take great care of George and Benny, so -that they shall not come to any harm. They will keep them warm<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span> -in the wagon, and they will watch over them on board the ship, and -carry them in their arms when they walk up the hills, in journeying -in America, and make a warm bed for them in their house, and -take a great deal of pains to have always plenty of good bread for -them to eat, and warm milk for them to drink. They will suffer, -themselves, continual toil, privation, and fatigue, but they will be -very careful not to let the children suffer any thing if they can -possibly help it.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Ingratitude.</div> - -<p>By-and-by, when Benny and George grow up, they will find that -their father lives upon a fine farm, with a good house and good furniture, -and with every comfort around them. They will hardly -know how much care and pains their father, and mother, and grandmother -took to save them from all suffering, and to provide for -them a comfortable and happy home. How ungrateful it would -be in them to be unkind or disobedient to their father, and mother, -and grandmother, when they grow up.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="GOING_ALONE" id="GOING_ALONE"></a>GOING ALONE.</h2> - -<div class="sidenote">Emigrant going alone.</div> - -<p>Sometimes, when a man is intending to emigrate to America, -he goes first himself alone, in order to see the country, and choose -a place to live in, and buy a farm, intending afterward to come -back for his family. He does not take them with him at first, for -he does not know what he should do with his wife and all his -young children while he is traveling from place to place to view -the land.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration14" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill014.jpg" width="450" height="423" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">He bids his wife and children good-by. Picture of it.</p> - -</div> - -<p>When the emigrant goes first alone in this way, leaving his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span> -family at home, the parting is very sorrowful. His poor wife is -almost broken-hearted. She gathers her little children around -her, and clasps them in her arms, fearing that some mischief may -befall their father when he is far away, and that they may never<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span> -see him again. The man attempts to comfort her by saying that -it will not be long before he comes back, and that then they shall -never more be separated. His oldest boy stands holding his father’s -staff, and almost wishing that he was going to accompany -him. He turns away his face to hide his tears. As for the dog, -he sees that his master is going away, and he is very earnestly -desirous to go too. In fact, they know he <em>would</em> go if he were -left at liberty, and so they chain him to a post to keep him at -home.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A sorrowful parting.</div> - -<p>It is a hard thing for a wife and a mother that her husband -should thus go away and leave her, to make so long a voyage, -and to encounter so many difficulties and dangers, knowing, as -she does, that it is uncertain whether he will ever live to return. -She bears the pain of this parting out of love to her children. -She thinks that their father will find some better and happier -home for them in the New World, where they can live in greater -plenty, and where, when they grow up, and become men and -women, they will be better provided for than they were in their -native land.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The ship. The emigrants.</div> - -<p>In the distance, in the engraving, we see the ship in which this -man is going to sail. We see a company of emigrants, too, down -the road, going to embark. There is one child walking alone behind -her father and mother, who seems too young to set out on -such a voyage.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN" id="SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN"></a>SILVER BOWL STOLEN.</h2> - -<p>Bruno belonged to several different masters in the course of -his life. He was always sorry to leave his old master when the -changes were made, but then he yielded to the necessity of the -case in these emergencies with a degree of composure and self-control, -which, in a man, would have been considered quite philosophical.</p> - -<p>The hunter of the Alps, whose life Bruno had saved, resolved -at the time that he would never part with him.</p> - -<p>“I would not sell him,” said he, “for a thousand francs.”</p> - -<p>They reckon sums of money by francs in Switzerland. A franc -is a silver coin. About five of them make a dollar.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s master is obliged to sell him. The reason why.</div> - -<p>However, notwithstanding this resolution, the hunter found himself -at last forced to sell his dog. He had concluded to emigrate -to America. He found, on making proper inquiry and calculation, -that it would cost a considerable sum of money to take Bruno -with him across the ocean. In the first place, he would have to -pay not a little for his passage. Then, besides, it would cost a -good deal to feed him on the way, both while on board the ship -and during his progress across the country. The hunter reflected -that all the money which he should thus pay for the dog would be -so much taken from the food, and clothing, and other comforts of -his wife and children. Just at this time a traveler came by who -offered to buy the dog, and promised always to take most excellent<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span> -care of him. So the hunter sold him, and the traveler took -him away.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno is sold and carried away to England.</div> - -<p>Bruno was very unwilling at first to go away with the stranger. -But the hunter ordered him to get into the gentleman’s carriage, -and he obeyed. He looked out behind the carriage as they -drove away, and wondered what it all could mean. He could -not understand it; but as it was always a rule with him to submit -contentedly to what could not be helped, he soon ceased to -trouble himself about the matter, and so, lying down in the carriage, -he went to sleep. He did not wake up for several hours -afterward.</p> - -<p>The traveler conveyed the dog home with him to England, and -kept him a long time. He made a kennel for him in the corner -of the yard. Here Bruno lived several years in great peace and -plenty.</p> - -<p>At length the gentleman was going away from home again on -a long tour, and as there was nobody to be left at home to take -an interest in Bruno, he put him under the charge, during his -absence, of a boy named Lorenzo, who lived in a large house on -the banks of a stream near his estate. Lorenzo liked Bruno very -much, and took excellent care of him.<a name="FNanchor_3" id="FNanchor_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_3" id="Footnote_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> The house where Lorenzo lived was a large double house, of a very peculiar -form. There is a picture of it on <a href="#Page_58">page 58</a>.</p> - -</div> - -<p>There was a grove of tall trees near the house where Lorenzo -lived, which contained the nests of thousands of rooks. Rooks -are large black birds, very much like crows. Bruno used to lie in -the yard where Lorenzo kept him, and watch the rooks for hours -together.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration15" style="width: 334px;"> - -<img src="images/ill015.jpg" width="334" height="450" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">The encampment of gipsies.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">How gipsies live.</div> - -<p>In a solitary place near where Lorenzo lived there was an -encampment of gipsies. Gipsies live much like Indians. They -wander about England in small bands, getting money by begging, -and selling baskets, and they build little temporary huts from -time to time in solitary places, where they live for a while, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span> -then, breaking up their encampment, they wander on till they find -another place, where they encamp again.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Their ingenuity in stealing.</div> - -<p>Sometimes, when they can not get money enough by begging -and selling baskets, they will steal. They show a great deal of -ingenuity in the plans they devise for stealing. In fact, they are -very adroit and cunning in every thing they undertake.</p> - -<p>At one time Lorenzo’s father went away, and one of the gipsies, -named Murphy, resolved to take that opportunity to steal something -from the house.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Murphy’s plan.</div> - -<p>“We can get in,” said he to his comrade, “very easily, in the -night, by the back door, and get the silver bowl. We can melt -the bowl, and sell it for four or five sovereigns.”</p> - -<p>The silver bowl which Murphy referred to was one which had -been given to Lorenzo by his uncle when he was a baby. Lorenzo’s -name was engraved upon the side of it.</p> - -<p>Lorenzo used his bowl to eat his bread and milk from every -night for supper. It was kept on a shelf in a closet opening from -the kitchen. Murphy had seen it put there once or twice, when -he had been in the kitchen at night, selling baskets.</p> - -<p>“We can get that bowl just as well as not,” said Murphy, -“when the man is away.”</p> - -<p>“There’s a big dog there,” said his comrade.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said Murphy, “but I’ll manage the dog.”</p> - -<p>“How will you manage him?” asked his comrade.</p> - -<p>“I’ll try coaxing and flattery first,” said Murphy. “If that -don’t do, I’ll try threatening; if threatening won’t do, I’ll try -bribing; and if he won’t be bribed, I’ll poison him.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno is on the watch.</div> - -<p>That night, about twelve o’clock, Murphy crept stealthily round<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span> -to a back gate which led into the yard behind the house where -Lorenzo lived. The instant that Bruno heard the noise, he sprang -up, and went bounding down the path till he came to the gate. -As soon as he saw the gipsy, he began to bark very vociferously.</p> - -<p>Lorenzo was asleep at this time; but as his room was on the -back side of the house, and his window was open, he heard the -barking. So he got up and went to the window, and called out,</p> - -<p>“Bruno, what’s the matter?”</p> - -<p>Bruno was at some distance from the house, and did not hear -Lorenzo’s voice. He was watching Murphy.</p> - -<p>Murphy immediately began to coax and cajole the dog, calling -him “Nice fellow,” and “Good dog,” and “Poor Bruno,” speaking -all the time in a very friendly and affectionate tone to him. Bruno, -however, had sense enough to know that there was something -wrong in such a man being seen prowling about the house at that -time of night, and he refused to be quieted. He went on barking -louder than ever.</p> - -<p>“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, calling louder, “what’s the matter? -Come back to your house, and be quiet.”</p> - -<p>Murphy thought he heard a voice, and, peeping through a crack -in the fence, he saw Lorenzo standing at the window. The moon -shone upon his white night-gown, so that he could be seen very -distinctly.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Murphy disappears.</div> - -<p>As soon as Murphy saw him, he crept away into a thicket, and -disappeared. Bruno, after waiting a little time to be sure that the -man had really gone, turned about, and came back to the house. -When he saw Lorenzo, he began to wag his tail. He would have -told him about the gipsy if he had been able to speak.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span></p> - -<p>“Go to bed, Bruno,” said he, “and not be keeping us awake, -barking at the moon this time of night.”</p> - -<p>So Bruno went into his house, and Lorenzo to his bed.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Murphy tries threats.</div> - -<p>The next night, Murphy, finding that Bruno could not be coaxed -away from his duty by flattery, concluded to try what virtue there -might be in threats and scolding. So he came armed with a club -and stones. As soon as he got near the gate, Bruno, as he had -expected, took the alarm, and came bounding down the path again -to see who was there.</p> - -<p>As soon as he saw Murphy, he set up a loud and violent barking -as before.</p> - -<p>“Down, Bruno, down!” exclaimed Murphy, in a stern and angry -voice. “Stop that noise, or I’ll break your head.”</p> - -<p>So saying, he brandished his club, and then stooped down to -pick up one of the stones which he had brought, and which he -had laid down on the ground where he was standing, so as to -have them all ready.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He is unsuccessful.</div> - -<p>Bruno, instead of being intimidated and silenced by these demonstrations, -barked louder than ever.</p> - -<p>Lorenzo jumped out of bed and came to the window.</p> - -<p>“Bruno!” said he, calling out loud, “what’s the matter? There’s -nothing there. Come back to your house, and be still.”</p> - -<p>The gipsy, finding that Bruno did not fear his clubs and stones, -and hearing Lorenzo’s voice again moreover, went back into the -thicket. Bruno waited until he was sure that he was really gone, -and then returned slowly up the pathway to the house.</p> - -<p>“Go to bed, Bruno,” said Lorenzo,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span> “and not be keeping us -awake, barking at the moon this time of night.”</p> - -<p>So Bruno and Lorenzo both went to bed again.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He tries bribes, which Bruno refuses.</div> - -<p>The next night Murphy came again, with two or three pieces -of meat in his hands.</p> - -<p>“I’ll bribe him,” said he. “He likes meat.”</p> - -<p>Bruno, on hearing the sound of Murphy’s footsteps, leaped out -of his bed, and ran down the path as before. As soon as he saw -the gipsy again, he began to bark. Murphy threw a piece of meat -toward him, expecting that, as soon as Bruno saw it, he would stop -barking at once, and go to eating it greedily. But Bruno paid no -attention to the offered bribe. He kept his eyes fixed closely on -the gipsy, and barked away as loud as ever.</p> - -<p>Lorenzo, hearing the sound, was awakened from his sleep, and -getting up as before, he came to the window.</p> - -<p>“Bruno,” said he, “what <em>is</em> the matter now? Come back to -your house, and go to bed, and be quiet.”</p> - -<p>Murphy, finding that the house was alarmed again, and that -Bruno would not take the bribe that he offered him, crept away -back into the thicket, and disappeared.</p> - -<p>“I’ll poison him to-morrow night,” said he—“the savage cur!”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The poisoned meat.</div> - -<p>Accordingly, the next evening, a little before sunset, he put some -poison in a piece of meat, and having wrapped it up in paper, he -put it in his pocket. He then went openly to the house where -Lorenzo lived, with some baskets on his arm for sale. When he -entered the yard, he took the meat out of the paper, and secretly -threw it into Bruno’s house. Bruno was not there at the time. -He had gone away with Lorenzo.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno imprisoned.</div> - -<p>Murphy then went into the kitchen, and remained there some -time, talking about his baskets. When he came out, he found<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span> -Lorenzo shutting up Bruno in his house, and putting a board up -before the door.</p> - -<p>“What are you doing, Lorenzo?” said the gipsy.</p> - -<p>“I am shutting Bruno up,” said Lorenzo. “He makes such a -barking in the night that we can not sleep.”</p> - -<p>“That’s right,” replied the gipsy. So he went away, saying to -himself, as he went down the pathway, “He won’t bark much -more, I think, after he has eaten the supper I have put in there -for him.”</p> - -<p>Bruno wondered what the reason was that Lorenzo was shutting -him up so closely. He little thought it was on account of his -vigilance and fidelity in watching the house. He had, however, -nothing to do but to submit. So, when Lorenzo had finished fastening -the door, and had gone away, he lay down in a corner of his -apartment, extended his paws out before him, rested his chin upon -them, and prepared to shut his eyes and go to sleep.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He discovers the meat.</div> - -<p>His eyes, however, before he had shut them, fell upon the piece -of meat which Murphy had thrown in there for him. So he got -up again, and went toward it.</p> - -<p>He smelt of it. He at once perceived the smell of the gipsy -upon it. Any thing that a man handles, or even touches, retains -for a time a scent, which, though we can not perceive it is very -sensible to a dog. Thus a dog can follow the track of a man over -a road by the scent which his footsteps leave upon the ground. He -can even single out a particular track from among a multitude of -others on the same ground, each scent being apparently different -in character from all the rest.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He distrusts Murphy’s present, and maintains a faithful watch.</div> - -<p>In this way Bruno perceived that the meat which he found in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span> -his house had been handled by the same man that he had barked -at so many times at midnight at the foot of the pathway. This -made him suspicious of it. He thought that that man must be a -bad man, and he did not consider it prudent to have any thing to -do with bad men or any of their gifts. So he left the meat where -it was, and went back into his corner.</p> - -<p>His first thought in reflecting on the situation in which he found -himself placed was, that since Lorenzo had forbidden him so -sternly and positively to bark in the night, and had shut him up -so close a prisoner, he would give up all care or concern about -the premises, and let the robber, if it was a robber, do what he -pleased. But then, on more sober reflection, he perceived that -Lorenzo must have acted under some mistake in doing as he had -done, and that it was very foolish in him to cherish a feeling of -resentment on account of it.</p> - -<p>“The wrong doings of other people,” thought he to himself, -“are no reason why I should neglect <em>my</em> duty. I will watch, -even if I am shut up.”</p> - -<p>So he lay listening very carefully. When all was still, he fell -into a light slumber now and then; but the least sound without -caused him to prick up his ears and open one eye, until he was -satisfied that the noise he heard was nothing but the wind. Thus -things went on till midnight.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The robber enters the house, and carries away the bowl.</div> - -<p>About midnight he heard a sound. He raised his head and -listened. It seemed like the sound of footsteps going through the -yard. He started up, and put his head close to the door. He -heard the footsteps going up close to the house. He began to -bark very loud and violently. The robbers opened the door with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span> -a false key, and went into the house. Bruno barked louder and -louder. He crowded hard against the door, trying to get it open. -He moaned and whined, and then barked again louder than ever.</p> - -<p>Lorenzo came to the window.</p> - -<p>“Bruno,” said he, “what a plague you are! Lie down, and go -to sleep.”</p> - -<p>Bruno, hearing Lorenzo’s voice, barked again with all the energy -that he possessed.</p> - -<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, very sternly, “if you don’t lie down and -be still, to-morrow night I’ll tie your mouth up.”</p> - -<p>Murphy was now in the house, and all was still. He had got -the silver bowl, and was waiting for Lorenzo to go to bed. Bruno -listened attentively, but not hearing any more sounds, ceased to -bark. Presently Lorenzo went away from the window back to -his bed, and lay down. Bruno watched some time longer, and -then he went and lay down too.</p> - -<p>In about half an hour, Murphy began slowly and stealthily to -creep out of the house. He walked on tiptoe. For a time he -made no noise. He had the bowl in one hand, and his shoes in -the other. He had taken off his shoes, so as not to make any -noise in walking. Bruno heard him, however, as he was going -by, and, starting up, he began to bark again. But Murphy hastened -on, and the yard was accordingly soon entirely still. Bruno -listened a long time, but, hearing no more noise, he finally lay -down again in his corner as before.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">What could be the reason that the poison failed?</div> - -<p>Murphy crept away into the thicket, and so went home to his -encampment, wondering why Bruno had not been killed by the -poison.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p> - -<p>“I put in poison enough,” said he to himself, “for half a dozen -dogs. What could be the reason it did not take effect?”</p> - -<p>When the people of the house came down into the kitchen the -next morning, they found that the door was wide open, and the -silver bowl was gone.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration16" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill016.jpg" width="450" height="364" alt="Gipsy and boy" /> - -</div> - -<p>What became of the silver bowl will be related in another -story. I will only add here that gipsies have various other modes -of obtaining money dishonestly besides stealing. One of these -modes is by pretending to tell fortunes. Here is a picture of a -gipsy endeavoring to persuade an innocent country boy to have -his fortune told. She wishes him to give her some money. The -boy wears a frock. He is dressed very neatly. He looks as if -he were half persuaded to give the gipsy his money. He might, -however, just as well throw it away.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED" id="THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED"></a>THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED.</h2> - -<p>On the night when Lorenzo’s silver bowl was stolen by the -gipsy, all the family, except Lorenzo, were asleep, and none of -them knew aught about the theft which had been committed until -the following morning. Lorenzo got up that morning before any -body else in the house, as was his usual custom, and, when he -was dressed, he looked out at the window.</p> - -<p>“Ah!” said he, “now I recollect; Bruno is fastened up in his -house. I will go the first thing and let him out.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo discovers the open door.</div> - -<p>So Lorenzo hastened down stairs into the kitchen, in order to -go out into the yard. He was surprised, when he got there, to -find the kitchen door open.</p> - -<p>“Ah!” said he to himself, “how came this door open? I did -not know that any body was up. It must be that Almira is up, -and has gone out to get a pail of water.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He releases Bruno.</div> - -<p>Lorenzo went out to Bruno’s house, and took down the board -by which he had fastened the door. Then he opened the door. -The moment that the door was opened Bruno sprang out. He -was very glad to be released from his imprisonment. He leaped -up about Lorenzo’s knees a little at first, to express his joy, and -then ran off, and began smelling about the yard.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s mysterious behavior.</div> - -<p>He found the traces of Murphy’s steps, and, as soon as he perceived -them, he began to bark. He followed them to the kitchen -door, and thence into the house, barking all the time, and looking -very much excited.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p> - -<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”</p> - -<p>Bruno went to the door of the closet where the bowl had been -kept. The door was open a little way. Bruno insinuated his -nose into the crevice, and so pushing the door open, he went in. -As soon as he was in he began to bark again.</p> - -<p>“Bruno!” exclaimed Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”</p> - -<p>Bruno looked up on the shelf where the bowl was usually -placed, and barked louder than ever.</p> - -<p>“Where’s my bowl?” exclaimed Lorenzo, looking at the vacant -place, and beginning to feel alarmed. “Where’s my bowl?”</p> - -<p>He spoke in a tone of great astonishment and alarm. He looked -about on all the shelves; the bowl was nowhere to be seen.</p> - -<p>“Where can my bowl be gone to?” said he, more and more -frightened. He went out of the closet into the kitchen, and -looked all about there for his bowl. Of course, his search was -vain. Bruno followed him all the time, barking incessantly, and -looking up very eagerly into Lorenzo’s face with an appearance -of great excitement.</p> - -<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “you know something about it, I am -sure, if you could only tell.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The wind-mill.</div> - -<p>Lorenzo, however, did not yet suspect that his bowl had been -stolen. He presumed that his mother had put it away in some -other place, and that, when she came down, it would readily be -found again. So he went out into the yard, and sat on a stone -step, and went to work to finish a wind-mill he had begun the -day before.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo’s mother explains the mystery.</div> - -<p>By-and-by his mother came down; and as soon as she had heard -Lorenzo’s story about the bowl, and learned, too, that the outer<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span> -door had been found open when Lorenzo first came down stairs, -she immediately expressed the opinion that the bowl had been -stolen.</p> - -<p>“Some thief has been breaking into the house,” said she, “I’ve -no doubt, and has stolen it.”</p> - -<p>“Stolen it!” exclaimed Lorenzo.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” replied his mother; “I’ve no doubt of it.”</p> - -<p>So saying, she went into the closet again, to see if she could -discover any traces of the thieves there. But she could not. Every -thing seemed to have remained undisturbed, just as she had -left it the night before, except that the bowl was missing.</p> - -<p>“Somebody has been in and stolen it,” said she, “most assuredly.”</p> - -<p>Bruno, who had followed Lorenzo and his mother into the room, -was standing up at this time upon his hind legs, with his paws upon -the edge of the shelf, and he now began to bark loudly, by way of -expressing his concurrence in this opinion.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">“Seek him, Bruno!”</div> - -<p>“Seize him, Bruno!” said Lorenzo. “Seize him!”</p> - -<p>Bruno, on hearing this command, began smelling about the floor, -and barking more eagerly than ever.</p> - -<p>“Bruno smells his tracks, I verily believe,” said Lorenzo, speaking -to his mother. Then, addressing Bruno again, he clapped his -hands together and pointed to the ground, saying,</p> - -<p>“Go seek him, Bruno! seek him!”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno departs upon his errand.</div> - -<p>Bruno began immediately to follow the scent of Murphy’s footsteps -along the floor, out from the closet into the kitchen, and from -the kitchen into the yard; he ran along the path a little way, and -then made a wide circuit over the grass, at a place where Murphy<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span> -had gone round to get as far as possible away from Bruno’s house. -He then came back into the path again, smelling as he ran, and -thence passed out through the gate; here, keeping his nose still -close to the ground, he went on faster and faster, until he entered -the thicket and disappeared.</p> - -<p>Lorenzo did not pay particular attention to these motions. He -had given Bruno the order, “Seek him!” rather from habit than -any thing else, and without any idea that Bruno would really follow -the tracks of the thief. Accordingly, when Bruno ran off -down the yard, he imagined that he had gone away somewhere to -play a little while, and that he would soon come back.</p> - -<p>“He’ll be sure to come back pretty soon,” said he, “to get his -breakfast.”</p> - -<p>But Bruno did not come back to breakfast. Lorenzo waited an -hour after breakfast, and still he did not come.</p> - -<p>He waited two hours longer, and still he did not come.</p> - -<p>Where was Bruno all this time? He was at the camp of the -gipsies, watching at the place where Murphy had hid the stolen -bowl.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He reaches the gipsy camp. He discovers the place where the bowl was hidden.</div> - -<p>When he followed the gipsy’s tracks into the thicket, he perceived -the scent more and more distinctly as he went on, and this -encouraged him to proceed. Lorenzo had said “Seek him!” and -this Bruno understood as an order that he should follow the track -until he found the man, and finding him, that he should keep watch -at the place till Lorenzo or some one from the family should come. -Accordingly, when he arrived at the camp, he followed the scent -round to the back end of a little low hut, where Murphy had hidden -the bowl. The gipsy had dug a hole in the ground, and buried<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span> -the bowl in it, out of sight, intending in a day or two to dig it -up and melt it. Bruno found the place where the bowl was buried, -but he could not dig it up himself, so he determined to wait there -and watch until some one should come. He accordingly squatted -down upon the grass, near the place where the gipsies were seated -around their fire, and commenced his watch.<a name="FNanchor_4" id="FNanchor_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_4" id="Footnote_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> See engraving, <a href="#Page_43">page 43</a>.</p> - -</div> - -<p>There were two gipsy women sitting by the fire. There was -also a man sitting near by. Murphy was standing up near the entrance -of the tent when Bruno came. He was telling the other -gipsies about the bowl. He had a long stick in his hand, and -Bruno saw this, and concluded that it was best for him to keep -quiet until some one should come.</p> - -<p>“I had the greatest trouble with Bruno,” said Murphy. “He -barked at me whenever he saw me, and nothing would quiet him. -But he is getting acquainted now. See, he has come here of his -own accord.”</p> - -<p>“You said you were going to poison him,” remarked the other -man.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” replied Murphy. “I did put some poisoned meat in his -house, but he did not eat it. I expect he smelled the poison.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo goes in search of Bruno.</div> - -<p>The hours of the day passed on, and Lorenzo wondered more -and more what could have become of his dog. At last he resolved -to go and look him up.</p> - -<p>“Mother,” said he, “I am going to see if I can find out what’s -become of Bruno.”</p> - -<p>“I would rather that you would find out what’s become of your -bowl,” said his mother.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span></p> - -<p>“Why, mother,” said Lorenzo, “Bruno is worth a great deal -more than the bowl.”</p> - -<p>“That may be,” replied his mother, “but there is much less danger -of his being lost.”</p> - -<p>Lorenzo walked slowly away from the house, pondering with -much perplexity the double loss he had incurred.</p> - -<p>“I can not do any thing,” he said, “to get back the bowl, but I -can look about for Bruno, and if I find him, that’s all I can do. I -must leave it for father to decide what is to be done about the -bowl, when he comes home.”</p> - -<p>So Lorenzo came out from his father’s house, and after hesitating -for some minutes which way to go, he was at length decided -by seeing a boy coming across the fields at a distance with a fishing-pole -on his shoulder.</p> - -<p>“Perhaps that boy has seen him somewhere,” said he. “I’ll go -and ask him. And, at any rate, I should like to know who the -boy is, and whether he has caught any fish.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The sheep. The geese.</div> - -<p>So Lorenzo turned in the direction where he saw the boy. He -walked under some tall elm-trees, and then passed a small flock of -sheep that were lying on the grass in the field. He looked carefully -among them to see if Bruno was there, but he was not. After -passing the sheep, he walked along on the margin of a broad -and shallow stream of water. There were two geese floating quietly -upon the surface of this water, near where the sheep were -lying upon the shore. These geese floated quietly upon the water, -like vessels riding at anchor. Lorenzo was convinced that -they had not seen any thing of Bruno for some time. If they -had, they would not have been so composed.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">The ducks in the water.</div> - -<p>Lorenzo walked on toward the boy. He met him at a place -where the path approached near the margin of the water. There -was some tall grass on the brink. Three ducks were swimming -near. The ducks turned away when they saw the boys coming, -and sailed gracefully out toward the middle of the stream.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration17" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill017.jpg" width="450" height="431" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">Lorenzo meets Frank going a fishing.</p> - -</div> - -<p>Lorenzo, when he drew near the boy, perceived that it was an -acquaintance of his, named Frank. Frank had a long fishing-pole -in one hand, with a basket containing his dinner in the other.</p> - -<p>“Frank,” said Lorenzo,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span> “where are you going?”</p> - -<p>“I am going a fishing,” said Frank. “Go with me.”</p> - -<p>“No,” said Lorenzo, “I am looking for Bruno.”</p> - -<p>“I know where he is,” said Frank.</p> - -<p>“Where?” asked Lorenzo.</p> - -<p>“I saw him a little while ago at the gipsies’ camp, down in the -glen. He was lying down there quietly by the gipsies’ fire.”</p> - -<p>“What a dog!” said Lorenzo. “Here I have been wondering -what had become of him all the morning. He has run away, I -suppose, because I shut him up last night.”</p> - -<p>“What made you shut him up?” asked Frank.</p> - -<p>“Oh, because he made such a barking every night,” replied -Lorenzo. “We could not sleep.”</p> - -<p>“He is still enough now,” said Frank. “He is lying down -very quietly with the gipsies.”</p> - -<p>Lorenzo then asked Frank some questions about his fishing, -and afterward walked on. Before long he came to a stile, where -there was a path leading to a field. He got over the stile, and followed -the path until at last he came to the gipsies’ encampment.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno in the camp of the gipsies.</div> - -<p>There he found Bruno lying quietly on the ground, at a little -distance from the fire. As soon as he came in sight of him, he -called him. “Bruno! Bruno!” said he.</p> - -<p>Bruno looked up, and, seeing Lorenzo, ran to meet him, but -immediately returned to the camp, whining, and barking, and -seeming very uneasy. He, however, soon became quiet again, -for he knew very well, or seemed to know, that it would require -more of a man than Lorenzo to take the bowl away from the gipsies, -and, consequently, that he must wait there quietly till somebody -else should come.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo tries to drive Bruno home, but Bruno will not go.</div> - -<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, speaking very sternly, “<em>come home</em>!”</p> - -<p>Bruno paid no attention to this command, but, after smelling -about the ground a little, and running to and fro uneasily, lay -down again where he was before.</p> - -<p>“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, stamping with his foot.</p> - -<p>“Won’t your dog obey you?” said Murphy.</p> - -<p>“No,” said Lorenzo. “I wish you would take a stick, and -drive him along.”</p> - -<p>Now the gipsies did not wish to have the dog go away. They -preferred that he should stay with them, and be their dog. They -had no idea that he was there to watch over the stolen bowl.</p> - -<p>“Don’t drive him away,” said one of the gipsy women, speaking -in a low tone, so that Lorenzo could not hear.</p> - -<p>“I’ll only make believe,” said Murphy.</p> - -<p>So Murphy took up a little stick, and threw it at the dog, saying, -“Go home, Bruno!”</p> - -<p>Bruno paid no heed to this demonstration.</p> - -<p>Lorenzo then advanced to where Bruno was lying, and attempted -to pull him along, but Bruno would not come. He would not -even get up from the ground.</p> - -<p>“I’ll make you come,” said Lorenzo. So he took hold of him -by the neck and the ears, and began to pull him. Bruno uttered -a low growl.</p> - -<p>“Oh, dear me!” said Lorenzo, “what shall I do?”</p> - -<p>In fact, he was beginning to grow desperate. So he looked -about among the bushes for a stick, and when he had found one -sufficient for his purpose, he came to Bruno, and said, in a very -stern voice,</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span></p> - -<p>“Now, Bruno, go home!”</p> - -<p>Bruno did not move.</p> - -<p>“Bruno,” repeated Lorenzo, in a thundering voice, and brandishing -his stick over Bruno’s head, “<span class="smcapuc">GO HOME</span>!”</p> - -<p>Bruno, afraid of being beaten with the stick, jumped up, and -ran off into the bushes. Lorenzo followed him, and attempted to -drive him toward the path that led toward home. But he could -accomplish nothing. The dog darted to and fro in the thickets, -keeping well out of the way of Lorenzo’s stick, but evincing a -most obstinate determination not to go home. On the contrary, -in all his dodgings to and fro, he took care to keep as near as -possible to the spot where the bowl was buried.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo goes home.</div> - -<p>At last Lorenzo gave up in despair, and concluded to go back -to the house, and wait till his father got home.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The search for the bowl.</div> - -<p>His father returned about the middle of the afternoon, and -Lorenzo immediately told him of the double loss which he had -met with. He explained all the circumstances connected with -the loss of the bowl, and described Bruno’s strange behavior. His -father listened in silence. He immediately suspected that the -gipsies had taken the bowl, and that Bruno had traced it to them. -So he sent for some officers and a warrant, and went to the camp.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The bowl found.</div> - -<p>As soon as Bruno saw the men coming, he seemed to be overjoyed. -He jumped up, and ran to meet them, and then, running -back to the camp again, he barked, and leaped about in great -excitement. The men followed him, and he led them round -behind the hut, and there he began digging into the ground with -his paws. The men took a shovel which was there, one belonging -to the gipsies, and began to dig. In a short time they came<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span> -to a flat stone, and, on taking up the stone, they found the bowl -under it.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Pursuing Murphy.</div> - -<p>Bruno seemed overjoyed. He leaped and jumped about for a -minute or two when he saw the bowl come out from its hiding-place, -and raced round and round the man who held the bowl, and -then ran away home to find Lorenzo. The officers, in the mean -time, went off hastily in pursuit of Murphy, who had made his -escape while they had been digging up the bowl.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY" id="BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY"></a>BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY.</h2> - -<p>Bruno was quite a large dog. There are a great many different -kinds of dogs. Some are large, others are small. Some are -irritable and fierce, others are good-natured and gentle. Some -are stout and massive in form, others are slender and delicate. -Some are distinguished for their strength, others for their fleetness, -and others still for their beauty. Some are very affectionate, others -are sagacious, others are playful and cunning. Thus dogs differ -from each other not only in form and size, but in their disposition -and character as well.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Pointers.</div> - -<p>Some dogs are very intelligent, others are less so, and even -among intelligent dogs there is a great difference in respect to the -modes in which their intelligence manifests itself. Some dogs -naturally love the water, and can be taught very easily to swim -and dive, and perform other aquatic exploits. Others are afraid -of the water, and can never be taught to like it; but they are -excellent hunters, and go into the fields with their masters, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span> -find the game. They run to and fro about the field that their -master goes into, until they see a bird, and then they stop suddenly, -and remain motionless till their master comes and shoots -the bird. As soon as they hear the report of the gun, they run -to get the game. Sometimes quite small dogs are very intelligent -indeed, though of course they have not so much strength as -large dogs.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration18" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill018.jpg" width="450" height="333" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">The little parlor dogs.</p> - -</div> - -<p>In the above engraving we see several small dogs playing in a -parlor. The ladies are amusing themselves with flowers that -they are arranging, and the dogs are playing upon the carpet at -their feet.</p> - -<p>There are three dogs in all. Two of them are playing together -near the foreground, on the left. The other is alone.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno was a large dog.</div> - -<p>Bruno was a large dog. He was a very large dog indeed.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span> -When other dogs were playing around him, he would look down -upon them with an air of great condescension and dignity. He -was, however, very kind to them. They would jump upon him, -and play around him, but he never did them any harm.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration19" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill019.jpg" width="450" height="410" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">Bruno among his companions.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Faithfulness.</div> - -<p>Bruno was a very faithful dog. In the summer, when the farmer,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span> -his master (at a time when he belonged to a farmer), went into -the field to his work in the morning, he would sometimes take his -dinner with him in a tin pail, and he would put the pail down under -a tree by the side of a little brook, and then, pointing to it, -would say to Bruno,</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Watching.</div> - -<p>“Bruno, watch!”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno and his master eating dinner in the fields.</div> - -<p>So Bruno would take his place by the side of the pail, and remain -there watching faithfully all the morning. Sometimes he -would become very hungry before his master came back, but, -though he knew that there was meat in the pail, and that there was -nothing to cover it but a cloth, he would never touch it. If he was -thirsty, he would go down to the brook and drink, turning his head -continually as he went, and while he was drinking, to see that no -one came near the pail. Then at noon, when his master came for -his dinner, Bruno would be rejoiced to see him. He would run out -to meet him with great delight. He would then sit down before -his master, and look up into his face while he was eating his dinner, -and his master would give him pieces of bread and meat from -time to time, to reward him for his fidelity.</p> - -<p>Bruno was kind and gentle as well as faithful. If any body -came through the field while he was watching his master’s dinner, -or any thing else that had been intrusted to his charge, he would -not, as some fierce and ill-tempered dogs are apt to do, fly at them -and bite them at once, but he would wait to see if they were going -to pass by peaceably. If they were, he would not molest -them. If they came near to whatever he was set to guard, he -would growl a little, to give them a gentle warning. If they came -nearer still, he would growl louder; but he would never bite them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span> -unless they actually attempted to seize and take away his trust. -Thus he was considerate and kind as well as faithful.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Fierceness.</div> - -<p>Some dogs, though faithful, are very fierce. They are sometimes -<em>trained</em> to be fierce when they are employed -to watch against thieves, in order that -they may attack the thieves furiously. To -make them more fierce, their masters never -play with them, but keep them chained up -near their kennels, and do not give them too -much to eat. Wild animals are always more -ferocious while hungry.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration20" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill020.jpg" width="450" height="459" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">The hungry watch-dog.</p> - -</div> - -<p>Here is a picture of a fierce watch-dog, set -to watch against thieves. He is kept hungry, -in some degree, all the time, to make<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span> -him more ferocious. He looks hollow and gaunt. There is a -pan upon the ground, from which his master feeds him, but he has -eaten up all that it contained, and he wants more. This makes -him watchful. If he had eaten too much, he would probably now -be lying asleep in his kennel. The kennel is a small house, with -a door in front, where the dog goes in and out. There is straw -upon the floor of the kennel. The dog was lying down upon the -floor of his kennel, when he thought he heard a noise. He sprang -up from his place, came out of the door, and has now stopped to -listen. He is listening and watching very attentively, and is all -ready to spring. The thief is coming; we can see him climbing -over the gate. He is coming softly. He thinks no one hears. A -moment more, and the dog will spring out upon him, and perhaps -seize him by the throat, and hold him till men come and take him -prisoner.</p> - -<p>This dog is chained during the day, but his chain is unhooked -at night, so as to leave him at liberty. By day he can do no -harm, and yet the children who live in the neighborhood are afraid -to go near his kennel, he barks so ferociously when he hears a -noise; besides, they think it possible that, by some accident, his -chain may get unfastened.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Tiger’s fidelity. His ferocious character.</div> - -<p>This dog’s name is Tiger. Bruno was not such a dog as Tiger. -He was vigilant and faithful, but then he was gentle and kind.</p> - -<p>Bruno’s master, the farmer, had a son named Antonio. That -is, his name was properly Antonio, though they commonly called -him Tony.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The difference between Antonio and Bruno.</div> - -<p>Tony was very different from Bruno in his character. He was -as faithless and remiss in all his duties as Bruno was trusty and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span> -true. When his father set him at work in the field, instead of -remaining, like Bruno, at his post, and discharging his duty, he -would take the first opportunity, as soon as his father was out of -sight, to go away and play. Sometimes, when Bruno was upon -his watch, Tony would attempt to entice him away. He would -throw sticks and stones across the brook, and attempt to make -Bruno go and fetch them. But Bruno would resist all these temptations, -and remain immovable at his post.</p> - -<p>It might be supposed that it would be very tiresome for Bruno -to remain so many hours lying under a tree, watching a pail, with -nothing to do and nothing to amuse him, and that, consequently, -he would always endeavor to escape from the duty. We might -suppose that, when he saw the farmer’s wife taking down the pail -from its shelf, and preparing to put the farmer’s dinner in it, he -would immediately run away, and hide himself under the barn, or -among the currant-bushes in the garden, or resort to some other -scheme to make his escape from such a duty. But, in fact, he -used to do exactly the contrary of this. As soon as he saw that -his master was preparing to go into the field, he would leap about -with great delight. He would run into the house, and take his -place by the door of the closet where the tin pail was usually kept. -He would stand there until the farmer’s wife came for the pail, and -then he would follow her and watch her while she was preparing -the dinner and putting it into the pail, and then would run along, -with every appearance of satisfaction and joy, by the side of his -master, as he went into the field, and finally take his place by the -side of the pail, as if he were pleased with the duty, and proud of -the trust that was thus committed to him.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Antonio’s expedients to avoid work.</div> - -<p>In fact, he <em>was</em> really proud of it. He liked to be employed, -and to prove himself useful. With Tony it was the reverse. He -adopted all sorts of schemes and maneuvers to avoid the performance -of any duty. When he had reason to suppose that any work -was to be done in which his aid was to be required, he would take -his fishing-line, immediately after breakfast, and steal secretly -away out of the back door, and go down to a brook which was -near his father’s house, and there—hiding himself in some secluded -place among the bushes, where he thought they could not -find him—he would sit down upon a stone and go to fishing. If -he heard a sound as of his father’s voice calling him, he would -make a rustling of the leaves, or some other similar noise, so as -to prevent his hearing whether his father was calling to him or -not. Thus his father was obliged to do without him. And -though his father would reprove him very seriously, when he -came home at noon, for thus going away, Tony would pretend -that he did not know that his father wanted him, and that he did -not hear him when he called.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The plowing.</div> - -<p>One evening in the spring, Tony heard his father say that he -was going to plow a certain piece of ground the following day, -and he supposed that he should be wanted to ride the horse. His -father was accustomed to plow such land as that field by means -of a yoke of oxen, and a horse in front of them; and by having -Tony to ride the horse, he could generally manage to get along -without any driver for the oxen, as the oxen in that case had -nothing to do but to follow on where the horse led the way. But -if Tony was not there to ride the horse, then it was necessary for -the farmer to have his man Thomas with him, to drive the horse<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span> -and the oxen. There was no way, therefore, by which Tony -could be so useful to his father as by thus assisting in this work -of plowing; for, by so doing, he saved the time of Thomas, who -could then be employed the whole day in other fields, planting, -or hoeing, or making fence, or doing any other farm-work which -at that season of the year required to be done.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Antonio escapes.</div> - -<p>Accordingly, when Tony understood that this was the plan of -work for the following day, he stole away from the house immediately -after breakfast, and ran out into the garden. He had -previously put his fishing-line, and other necessary apparatus for -fishing, upon a certain bench there was in an arbor. He now -took these things, and then went down through the garden to a -back gate, which led into a wood beyond. He looked around -from time to time as he went on, to see if any one at the house -was observing him. He saw no one; so he escaped safely into -the wood, without being called back, or even seen.</p> - -<p>He felt glad when he found that he had thus made his escape—glad, -but not happy. It is quite possible to be glad, and yet to -be not at all happy. Tony felt guilty. He knew that he was -doing very wrong; and the feeling that we are doing wrong always -makes us miserable, whatever may be the pleasure that we seek.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">His walk through the wood.</div> - -<p>There was a wild and solitary road which led through the wood. -Tony went on through this road, with his fishing-pole over his -shoulder, and his box of bait in his hand. He wore a frock, like a -plowman’s frock, over his dress. It was one which his mother -had made for him. This frock was a light and cool garment, and -Tony liked to wear it very much.</p> - -<p>When Tony had got so far that he thought there was no danger<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span> -of his being called back, and the interest which he had felt in -making his escape began to subside, as the work had been accomplished, -he paused, and began to reflect upon what he was doing.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He almost decides to return and help his father.</div> - -<p>“I have a great mind to go back, after all,” he said, “and help -my father.”</p> - -<p>So he turned round, and began to walk slowly back toward the -house.</p> - -<p>“No, I won’t,” said he again; “I will go a fishing.”</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration21" style="width: 118px;"> - -<img src="images/ill021.jpg" width="118" height="250" alt="The gate into the wood" /> - -</div> - -<p>So he turned again, and began to walk on.</p> - -<p>“At any rate,” he added, speaking to himself all the time, “I -will go a fishing for a while, and then, perhaps, I will go back and -help my father.”</p> - -<p>So Tony went on in the path until at length -he came to a place where there was a gateway -leading into a dark and secluded wood. The -wood was very dark and secluded indeed, and -Tony thought that the path through it must -lead to some very retired and solitary place, -where nobody could find him.</p> - -<p>“I presume there is a brook, too, somewhere -in that wood,” he added, “where I can fish.”</p> - -<p>The gate was fastened, but there was a -short length of fence on the left-hand side of it, -formed of only two rails, and these were so far -apart that Tony could easily creep through between -them. So he crept through, and went -into the wood.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He comes to the brook.</div> - -<p>He rambled about in the wood for some time, following various<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span> -paths that he found there, until at length he came to a brook. -He was quite rejoiced to find the brook, and he immediately -began fishing in it. He followed the bank of this brook for nearly -a mile, going, of course, farther and farther into the wood all the -time. He caught a few small fishes at some places, while at -others he caught none. He was, however, restless and dissatisfied -in mind. Again and again he wished that he had not come -away from home, and he was continually on the point of resolving -to return. He thought, however, that his father would have -brought Thomas into the field, and commenced his plowing long -before then, and that, consequently, it would do no good to return.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Fishing. The squirrel.</div> - -<p>While he was sitting thus, with a disconsolate air, upon a large -stone by the side of the brook, fishing in a dark and deep place, -where he hoped that there might be some trout, he suddenly saw -a large gray squirrel. He immediately dropped his fishing-pole, -and ran to see where the squirrel would go. In fact, he had some -faint and vague idea that there might, by some possibility, be a -way to catch him.</p> - -<p>The squirrel ran along a log, then up the stem of a tree to a -branch, along the branch to the end of it, whence he sprang a long -distance through the air to another branch, and then ran along -that branch to the tree which it grew from. From this tree he -descended to a rock. He mounted to the highest point of the -rock, and there he turned round and looked at Tony, sitting upon -his hind legs, and holding his fore paws before him, like a dog begging -for supper.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">An unsuccessful hunt.</div> - -<p>“The rogue!” said Tony. “How I wish I could catch him!”</p> - -<p>Very soon the squirrel, feeling somewhat alarmed at the apparition<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span> -of a boy in the woods, and not knowing what to make of so -strange a sight, ran down the side of the rock, and continued his -flight. Tony followed him for some time, until at last the squirrel -contrived to make his escape altogether, by running up a large -tree, keeping cunningly on the farther side of it all the way, so -that Tony could not see him. When he had reached the branches -of the tree, he crept into a small hollow which he found there, and -crouching down, he remained motionless in this hiding-place until -Tony became tired of looking for him, and went away.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The lost boy.</div> - -<p>Tony, when at last he gave up the search for the squirrel, attempted -to find his way back to the place where he had left his -fishing-pole. Unfortunately, he had left his cap there too, so that -he was doubly desirous of finding the place. There was, however, -no path, for squirrels in their rambles in the woods are of course -always quite independent of every thing like roadways. Tony -went back in the direction from which he thought he came; but -he could find no traces of his fishing-pole. He could not even -find the brook. He began to feel quite uneasy, and, after going -around in very circuitous and devious wanderings for some time, -he became quite bewildered. He at length determined to give -up the attempt to find his fishing-line and cap, and to get out of -the woods, and make his way home in the quickest possible way.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Tony’s difficulties.</div> - -<p>The poor boy now began to feel more guilty and more wretched -than ever before. He was not really more guilty, though he -<em>felt</em> his guilt far more acutely than he had done when every thing -was going well with him. This is always so. The feeling of self-condemnation -is not generally the strongest at the time when we -are doing the wrong. It becomes far more acute and far more<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span> -painful when we begin to experience the bitter consequences -which we bring upon ourselves by the transgression. Tony hurried -along wherever he could find a path which promised to lead -him to the gateway, breathless with fatigue and excitement, and -with his face flushed and full of anxiety. He was in great distress.</p> - -<p>He stopped from time to time, to call aloud to his father and to -Thomas. He was now as anxious that they should find him as he -had been before to escape from them. He listened, in the hope -that he might hear the barking of Bruno, or some other sound that -might help him to find his way out of the woods.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He is misled by various sounds.</div> - -<p>Once he actually heard a sound among the trees, at some distance -from him. He thought that it was some one working in the -woods. He went eagerly in the direction from which the sound -proceeded, scrambling, by the way, over the rocks and brambles, -and leaping from hummock to hummock in crossing bogs and mire. -When at length he reached the place, he found that the noise was -nothing but one tree creaking against another in the wind.</p> - -<p>At another time, he followed a sound which appeared different -from this; when he came up to it, he found it to be a woodpecker -tapping an old hollow tree.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Tony at the brook.</div> - -<p>Tony wandered about thus in the wood nearly all the day, and -at length, about the middle of the afternoon, he became so exhausted -with fatigue, anxiety, and hunger, that he could go no farther. -He was very thirsty too, for he could find no water. He -began to fear that he should die in the woods of starvation and -thirst. At length, however, a short time before the sun went -down, he came, to his great joy, to a stream of water. It was -wide and deep, so that he could not cross it. He, however, went<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span> -down to the brink of the water, and got a good drink. This refreshed -him very much, and then he went back again up the bank, -and lay down upon the grass there to rest.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Cows in the water.</div> - -<p>Presently two cows came down to the water, on -the side opposite to where Tony was sitting. They -came to drink. Tony wished very much that they -would come over to his side of the water, so that he -could get some milk from them. If he could get a -good drink of milk from them, he thought it would -restore his strength, so that he could make one more -effort to return home. He called the cows, and endeavored, -by every means in his power, to make -them come through the water to his side. One of -them waded into the water a little way, and stood -there staring stupidly at Tony, but she would not -come any farther.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration22" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill022.jpg" width="450" height="459" alt="Tony by the brook, looking -at the cows on the opposite side" /> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span></p> - -<p>Then Tony thought of attempting to wade across the water to -the cows, but he was afraid that it might be very deep, and that -he should get drowned. He thought, too, that if he could contrive -in any way to get near the cows, there would still be a difficulty -in getting a drink of their milk, for he had no cup or mug to milk -into. He wondered whether or not it would be possible for him -to get down under one of the cows and milk into his mouth. He -soon found, however, that it was of no use to consider this question, -for it was not possible for him to get near the cows at all.</p> - -<p>Then he reflected how many times his mother, in the evenings -at home, when the cows were milked, had brought him drinks of -the milk in a cup or mug, very convenient to drink out of, and -how many long and weary days his father had worked in the -fields, mowing grass to feed the cows, and in the barns in the -winter, to take care of them, so as to provide the means of giving -his boy this rich and luxurious food; and he felt how ungrateful -he had been, in not being willing to aid his father in his work, -when opportunities offered to him to be useful.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Good resolutions.</div> - -<p>“If I ever get home,” said he to himself, “I’ll be a better -boy.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Here comes Bruno.</div> - -<p>Just then Tony heard a noise in the bushes behind him. At -first he was startled, as most people are, at hearing suddenly a -noise in the woods. Immediately afterward, however, he felt -glad, as he hoped that the noise was made by some one coming. -He had scarcely time to look around before Bruno came rushing -through the bushes, and, with a single bound, came to Tony’s -feet. He leaped up upon him, wagging his tail most energetically, -and in other ways manifesting the most extraordinary joy.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno leads the way through the woods.</div> - -<p>In a minute or two he began to walk away again into the woods, -looking behind him toward Tony, intimating that Tony was to follow -him. Tony slowly rose from his place, and attempted to go.</p> - -<p>“Yes, Bruno,” said he, “I know. You are going to show me -the way home. I’ll come along as fast as I can.”</p> - -<p>Tony soon found, however, that he could not come very fast. -In fact, he was almost exhausted by fatigue and hunger, and he -had now little strength remaining. He accordingly staggered -rather than walked in attempting to follow Bruno, and he was -obliged frequently to stop and rest. On such occasions Bruno -would come back and fawn around him, wagging his tail, and -expressing his sympathy in such other ways as a dog has at command, -and would finally lie down quietly by Tony’s side until -the poor boy was ready to proceed again. Then he would go forward, -and lead the way as before.</p> - -<p>It is very extraordinary that a dog can find his way through -the woods under certain circumstances so much better than a -boy, or even than a man. But so it is; for, though so greatly -inferior to a boy in respect to the faculties of speech and reason, -he is greatly superior to him in certain instincts, granted to him -by the Creator to fit him for the life which he was originally -designed to lead as a wild animal. It was by means of these instincts -that Bruno found Tony.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The various expeditions in search of Tony.</div> - -<p>Bruno had commenced his search about the middle of the -afternoon. It was not until some time after dinner that the -family began to be uneasy about Tony’s absence. During all -the forenoon they supposed that he had gone away somewhere -a fishing or to play, and that he would certainly come home to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span> -dinner. When, however, the dinner hour, which was twelve -o’clock, arrived, and Tony did not appear, they began to wonder -what had become of him. So, after dinner, they sent Thomas -down behind the garden, and to the brook, and to all the other -places where they knew that Tony was accustomed to go, to see -if he could find him. Thomas went to all those places, and not -only looked to see whether Tony was there, but he called also -very loud, and listened long after every calling for an answer. -But he could neither see nor hear any thing of the lost boy.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s search.</div> - -<p>Then Tony’s mother began to be very seriously alarmed, and -his father, too, determined to leave his work, and go and see if he -could find him. He accordingly sent Thomas one way, while he -himself went another. Bruno watched all these movements with -great interest. He understood what they meant. He determined -to see what he could do. He accordingly ran out into the garden, -where he had seen Tony go after breakfast in the morning. He -smelled about there in all the paths until at length he found Tony’s -track. He followed this track to the seat in the arbor, where -Tony had gone to get his fishing-line. Taking <em>a new departure</em> -from this point, he went on, smelling the track along the paths as -he advanced, to the bottom of the garden, thence into a wood -behind the garden, thence along the road till he came to the gate -under the trees where Tony had gone in.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He finds Tony’s cap and fishing-pole.</div> - -<p>By smelling about this gate, he ascertained that Tony did not -open the gate, but that he crept through between the bars on the -left-hand side of it. Bruno did the same. He then followed the -track of Tony in the solitary woods until he came to the brook -where Tony had been fishing. Here, to his great astonishment,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span> -he found Tony’s cap and fishing-pole lying by the margin of the -water.</p> - -<p>What this could mean he was utterly unable to imagine. The -sight of these things, however, only increased his interest in the -search for Tony. He soon found the track again, and he followed -it along by the side of the bog, and to the great rock, and by the -old trees. What could have induced Tony to leave his cap and -pole by the brook, and go scrambling through the bushes in this -devious way, he could not imagine, not knowing, of course, any -thing about the squirrel.</p> - -<p>He, however, proceeded very industriously in the search, following -the scent which Tony’s footsteps had left on the leaves -and grass wherever he had gone, until at length, to his great joy, -he came up with the object of his search by the brink of the -water, as has already been described.</p> - -<p>Tony had gone but a short distance from the place where -Bruno had discovered him, before he found his strength failing -him so rapidly that he was obliged to make his rests longer and -longer. At one of these stops, Bruno, instead of waiting by his -side, as he had done before, until Tony had become sufficiently -rested to go on, ran off through the bushes and left him.</p> - -<p>“Now, Bruno!” said Tony, in a mournful tone, “if you go away -and leave me, I don’t know what I shall do.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The cap restored.</div> - -<p>Bruno was gone about five minutes, at the end of which time he -came back, bringing Tony’s cap in his mouth. He had been to -the brook to get it.</p> - -<p>Tony was overjoyed to see Bruno again, and he was, moreover, -particularly pleased to get his cap again.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span></p> - -<p>So he took his cap and put it on, patting Bruno’s head at the -same time, and commending him in a very cordial manner.</p> - -<p>“I am very much obliged to you, Bruno,” said he, “for bringing -me my cap—<em>very</em> much obliged indeed. The cap is all I care -for; never mind about the fishing-pole.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno returns home.</div> - -<p>Tony spoke these words very feebly, for he was very tired and -faint. Bruno perceived that he was not able to go on; so, after remaining -by his side a few minutes, he ran off again into the bushes -and disappeared.</p> - -<p>“Now he has gone to bring the fishing-pole, I suppose,” said -Tony. “I wish he would not go for that; I would rather have -him stay here with me.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">His strange conduct.</div> - -<p>Tony was mistaken in his supposition that Bruno had gone for -the fishing-pole; for, instead of going to the brook again, where he -had found the cap, he ran as fast as he could toward home. His -object was to see if he could not get some thing for Tony to eat. -As soon as he arrived at the house, he went to the farmer’s wife, -who was all this time walking about the rooms of the house in -great distress of mind, and waiting anxiously to hear some news -of those who were in search of Tony, and began to pull her by -her dress toward the place in the kitchen where the tin pail was -kept, in which she was accustomed to put the farmer’s dinner. -At first she could not understand what he wanted.</p> - -<p>“My senses!” said she, “what does the dog mean?”</p> - -<p>“Bruno!” said she again, after wondering a moment, “what do -you want?”</p> - -<p>Bruno looked up toward the pail and whined piteously, wagging -his tail all the time, and moving about with eager impatience.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">He succeeds in obtaining a dinner for Tony.</div> - -<p>At length the farmer’s wife took hold of the pail, and, as soon as -she had done so, Bruno ran off toward the closet where the food -was kept, which she was accustomed to put into the pail for her -husband’s dinner. He took his station by the door, and waited -there, as he had been accustomed to do, looking up eagerly all the -time to Tony’s mother, who was slowly following him.</p> - -<p>“I verily believe,” said she, joyfully, “that Bruno has found -Tony, and is going to carry him something to eat.”</p> - -<p>She immediately went into the closet, and filled the pail up, in -a very hurried manner, with something for Tony to eat, taking care -not to put in so much as to make the pail too heavy. As soon as -she had done this, and put on a cover, and then set the pail down -upon the floor, Bruno immediately took it up by means of the -handle, and ran off with it. Tony’s mother followed him, but she -could not keep up with him, and was soon obliged to relinquish -the pursuit.</p> - -<p>Bruno had some difficulty in getting over the fences and through -the bars with his burden, as he went on toward the place where he -had left Tony. He, however, persevered in his efforts, and finally -succeeded; and at length had the satisfaction of bringing the -pail safely, and laying it down at Tony’s feet. Tony, who was by -this time extremely hungry, as well as faint and exhausted by fatigue, -was overjoyed at receiving this unexpected supply. He -opened the pail, and found there every thing which he required. -There was a supply of bread and butter in slices, with ham, sandwich -fashion, placed between. At the bottom of the pail, too, was -a small bottle filled with milk.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He conducts Tony home, and goes back for the fishing-pole.</div> - -<p>After eating and drinking what Bruno had thus brought him,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span> -Tony felt greatly relieved and strengthened. He now could walk -along, where Bruno led the way, without stopping to rest at all. -So the boy and the dog went on together, until they safely reached -the bottom of the garden. Here they were met by Tony’s mother, -who was almost beside herself with joy when she saw them -coming. She ran to meet Tony, and conducted him into the -house, while Bruno, as soon as he found that his charge was safe, -turned back, and, without waiting to be thanked, ran off into the -woods again.</p> - -<p>And where do you think he was going, reader?</p> - -<p>He was going to get Tony’s fishing-pole.</p> - -<p>Tony’s mother brought her boy into the house, and, after she had -bathed his face, and his hands, and his feet with warm water to -refresh and soothe him, agitated as he was by his anxiety and terror, -she gave him a comfortable seat by the side of the kitchen -fire, while she went to work to get ready the supper. As soon -as Tony had arrived, she blew the horn at the door, which was -the signal which had been previously agreed upon to denote that -he was found. Thomas and Tony’s father heard this sound as -they were wandering about in the woods, and both joyfully hastened -home. Tony, in the mean time, dreaded his father’s return. -He expected to be bitterly reproached by him for what he had -done. He was, however, happily disappointed in this expectation. -His father did not reproach him. He thought he had already been -punished enough; and besides, he was so glad to have his son -home again, safe and sound, that he had not the heart to say a -word to give him any additional pain.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno lies down to sleep.</div> - -<p>Bruno himself came home about the same time that Thomas<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span> -did, bringing the fishing-pole and line with him. The apparatus -was all safe, except that the hook was gone. It had got torn off -by catching against the bushes on the way. Bruno brought the -pole and line to Tony. Tony took them, and when he had wound -up the line, he set the pole up in the corner, while Bruno stretched -himself out before the fire, and there, with his mind in a state -of great satisfaction, in view of what he had done, he prepared to -go to sleep. The bright fire glanced upon the hearth and about -the room, forming a very cheerful and pleasant scene.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Tony’s reflections.</div> - -<p>How shameful it is, thought Tony, as he looked upon Bruno by -the fire, that while a dog can be so faithful, and seem to take so -much pride and pleasure in doing his duty, and in making himself -as useful in every way as he possibly can, a boy, whose power -and opportunities are so much superior to his, should be faithless -and negligent, and try to contrive ways and means to evade his -proper work. You have taught me a lesson, Bruno. You have -set me an example. We will see whether, after this, I will allow -myself to be beaten in fidelity and gratitude by a dog.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>This story reminds me of another one about a boy named Antonio, -who got away from home, and was in trouble to get back, -though the circumstances were very different from those which I -have just related. The name of this new story is “Boys Adrift.”</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="BOYS_ADRIFT" id="BOYS_ADRIFT"></a>BOYS ADRIFT.</h2> - -<p>Boys are generally greatly pleased with seeing ships and the -water. In fact, the view of a harbor, filled with boats and shipping, -forms usually for all persons, old as well as young, a very -attractive scene.</p> - -<p>There was once a boy named Antonio Van Tromp. They -commonly called him Antony. Sometimes they called him Van -Tromp. He lived in a certain sea-port town, where his father -used to come in with a ship from sea. His father was captain of -the ship. Antonio used to be very fond of going down to the pier -while his father’s ship was unloading. One day he persuaded his -cousin, who was several years younger than himself, to go down -with him.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Antonio and his cousin amuse themselves on the pier.</div> - -<p>The boys played about upon the pier for an hour very happily. -The seamen and laborers were unloading the ship, and there -were a great many boxes, and bales, and hogsheads, and other -packages of merchandise lying upon the pier. There were porters -at work carrying the goods away, and sailors rolling hogsheads -and barrels to and fro. There was an anchor on the pier, and -weights, and chains, and trucks, and other similar objects lying -around. The boys amused themselves for some time in jumping -about upon these things. At length, on looking down over the -edge of the pier, they saw that there was a boat there. It was -fastened by means of a rope to one of the links of an enormous -chain, which was lying over the edge of the pier. On seeing this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span> -boat, they conceived the idea of getting into it, and rowing about -a little in the neighborhood of the pier.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The boat.</div> - -<p>There were no oars in the boat, and so Van Tromp asked a -sailor, whom he saw at work near, to go and get them for him on -board the ship.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Conversation with the sailor.</div> - -<p>“Not I,” said the sailor.</p> - -<p>“Why not?” asked Van Tromp.</p> - -<p>“It is ebb tide,” said the sailor, “and if you two boys cast off -from the pier in that boat, you will get carried out to sea.”</p> - -<p>“Why, I can <em>scull</em>,” said Van Tromp.</p> - -<p>“Oh no,” said the sailor.</p> - -<p>“At least I can pull,” said Van Tromp.</p> - -<p>“Oh no,” said the sailor.</p> - -<p>The boys stood perplexed, not knowing what to do.</p> - -<p>All along the shores of the sea the tide rises for six hours, and -while it is thus rising, the water, of course, wherever there are -harbors, creeks, and bays, flows <em>in</em>. Afterward the tide falls for -six hours, and while it is falling, the water of the harbors, creeks, -and bays flows <em>out</em>. When the water is going out, they call it -ebb tide. That is what the sailor meant by saying it was ebb -tide.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Sculling and pulling.</div> - -<p><em>Sculling</em> is a mode of propelling a boat by one oar. The oar -in this case is put out behind the boat, that is, at the stern, and is -moved to and fro in a peculiar manner, somewhat resembling the -motion of the tail of a fish when he is swimming through the -water. It is difficult to learn how to scull. Antony could scull -pretty well in smooth water, but he could not have worked his -way in this manner against an ebb tide.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span></p> - -<p><em>Pulling</em>, as Antony called it, is another name for rowing. In -rowing, it is necessary to have two oars. To row a boat requires -more strength, though less skill, than to scull it.</p> - -<p>The boys, after hesitating for some time, finally concluded at -least to get into the boat. They had unfastened the painter, -that is, the rope by which the boat was tied, while they had been -talking with the sailor, in order to be all ready to cast off. When -they found that the sailor would not bring them any oars, they -fastened the painter again, so that the boat should not get away, -and then climbed down the side of the pier, and got into the -boat.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The boat adrift.</div> - -<p>Unfortunately, when, after untying the painter, they attempted -to make it fast again into the link of the chain, they did not do it -securely; and as they moved to and fro about the boat, pushing -it one way and another, the rope finally got loose, and the boat -floated slowly away from the pier. The boys were engaged very -intently at the time in watching some sun-fish which they saw in -the water. They were leaning over the side of the boat to look -at them, so that they did not see the pier when it began to recede, -and thus the tide carried them to a considerable distance from it -before they observed that they were adrift.</p> - -<p>At length Larry—for that was the name of Antony’s cousin—looking -up accidentally, observed that the boat was moving away.</p> - -<p>“Antony! Antony!” exclaimed, he, “we’re adrift.”</p> - -<p>As he said this, Larry looked very much terrified.</p> - -<p>Antony rose from his reclining position, and stood upright in the -bottom of the boat. He looked back toward the pier, which he -observed was rapidly receding.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Adrift.</div> - -<p>“Yes,” said he, “we’re adrift; but who cares?”</p> - -<p>When a boy gets into difficulty or danger by doing something -wrong, he is generally very much frightened. When, however, -he knows that he has not been doing any thing wrong, but has -got into difficulty purely by accident, he is much less likely to be -afraid.</p> - -<p>Antony knew that he had done nothing wrong in getting into -the boat. His father was a sea-captain, and he was allowed to -get into boats whenever he chose to do so. He was accustomed, -too, to be in boats on the water, and now, if he had only had an -oar or a paddle, he would not have felt any concern whatever. -As it was, he felt very little concern.</p> - -<p>His first thought was to call out to the sailor whom they had -left on the pier. The boys both called to him long and loud, but -he was so busy turning over boxes, and bales, and rolling hogsheads -about, that he did not hear.</p> - -<p>“What shall we do?” asked Larry, with a very anxious look.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The sail-boat.</div> - -<p>“Oh, we shall get ashore again easily enough,” replied Antony. -“Here is a large sail-boat coming up. We will hail them, and -they will take us aboard.”</p> - -<p>“Do you think they will take us on board?” asked Larry.</p> - -<p>“Yes, I am sure they will,” said Antony.</p> - -<p>Just then the boat which the boys were drifting in came along -opposite to a large sail-boat. This boat was sloop-rigged; that is, -it had one mast and a fore-and-aft sail. She was standing up the -harbor, and was headed toward the pier. The sail was spread, -and the sail-boat was gliding along smoothly, but quite swiftly, -through the water.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p> - -<p>There were two men on board. One was at the helm, steering. -The other, who had on a red flannel shirt, came to the side of the -boat, and looked over toward the boys. We -can just see the head of this man above the -gunwale on the starboard side of the boat in -the picture.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration23" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill023.jpg" width="450" height="300" alt="Boats in the harbor" /> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Antony calls for help. He receives none.</div> - -<p>“Hallo! sail-boat!” said Antony.</p> - -<p>“Hallo!” said the flannel shirt.</p> - -<p>“Take us aboard of your boat,” said Antony; “we have got -adrift, and have not got any oar.”</p> - -<p>“We can’t take you on board,” said the man; “we have got -beyond you already.”</p> - -<p>“Throw us a rope,” said Antony.</p> - -<p>“We have not got any rope long enough,” said the sailor.</p> - -<p>As he said these words, the sail-boat passed entirely by.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p> - -<p>“What <em>shall</em> we do?” said Larry, much alarmed.</p> - -<p>Larry was much smaller than Antony, and much less accustomed -to be in boats on the water, and he was much more easily terrified.</p> - -<p>“Don’t be afraid,” said Antony; “we shall get brought up -among some of the shipping below. There are plenty of vessels -coming up the harbor.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The boys float down the channel.</div> - -<p>So they went on—slowly, but very steadily—wherever they -were borne by the course of the ebbing tide. Instead of being -brought up, however, as Antony had predicted, by some of the -ships, they were kept by the tide in the middle of the channel, -while the ships were all, as it happened, on one side or the other, -and they did not go within calling distance of any one of them. -At last even Antony began to think that they were certainly about -to be carried out to sea.</p> - -<p>“If the water was not so deep, we could anchor,” said Antony.</p> - -<p>“We have not got any anchor,” said Larry.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The grapnel.</div> - -<p>“Yes,” replied Antony, “there is a grapnel in the bow of the -boat.”</p> - -<p>Larry looked in a small cuddy under the bow of the boat, and -found there a sort of grapnel that was intended to be used as an -anchor.</p> - -<p>“Let us heave it over,” said Larry, “and then the boat will -stop.”</p> - -<p>“No,” replied Antony, “the rope is not long enough to reach -the bottom; the water is too deep here. We are in the middle -of the channel; but perhaps, by-and-by, the tide will carry us -over upon the flats, and then we can anchor.”</p> - -<p>“How shall we know when we get to the flats?” asked Larry.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span></p> - -<p>“We can see the bottom then,” said Antony, “by looking over -the side of the boat.”</p> - -<p>“I mean to watch,” said Larry; and he began forthwith to look -over the side of the boat.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">They see the bottom.</div> - -<p>It was not long before Antony’s expectations were fulfilled. -The tide carried the boat over a place where the water was shallow, -the bottom being formed there of broad and level tracts of -sand and mud, called flats.</p> - -<p>“I see the bottom,” said Larry, joyfully.</p> - -<p>Antony looked over the side of the boat, and there, down several -feet beneath the surface of the water, he could clearly distinguish -the bottom. It was a smooth expanse of mud and water, -and it seemed to be slowly gliding away from beneath them. -The real motion was in the boat, but <em>this</em> motion was imperceptible -to the boys, except by the apparent motion of the bottom, -which was produced by it. Such a deceiving of the sight as this -is commonly called an optical illusion.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said Antony, “that’s the bottom; now we will anchor.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Anchoring.</div> - -<p>So the two boys went forward, and, after taking care to see that -the inner end of the grapnel rope was made fast properly to the -bow of the boat, they lifted the heavy iron over the side of the -boat, and let it plunge into the water. It sank to the bottom in a -moment, drawing out the rope after it. It immediately fastened -itself by its prongs in the mud, and when the rope was all out, -the bow of the boat was “brought up” by it—that is, was stopped -at once. The stern of the boat was swung round by the force of -the tide, which still continued to act upon it, and then the boat -came to its rest, with the head pointing up the harbor.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span></p> - -<p>“There,” said Antony, “now we are safe.”</p> - -<p>“But how are we going to get back to the shore?” inquired -Larry.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The boys wait for the tide.</div> - -<p>“Why, by-and-by the tide will turn,” said Antony, “and flow in, -and then we shall get up our anchor, and let it carry us home -again.”</p> - -<p>“And how long shall we have to wait?” asked Larry.</p> - -<p>“Oh, about three or four hours,” said Antony.</p> - -<p>“My mother will be very much frightened,” said Larry. “How -sorry I am that we got into the boat!”</p> - -<p>“So am I,” said Antony; “or, rather, I should be, if I thought -it would do any good to be sorry.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Captain Van Tromp misses them.</div> - -<p>In the mean time, while the boys had thus been making their -involuntary voyage down the harbor, Captain Van Tromp, on board -his ship, had been employed very busily with his accounts in his -cabin. It was now nearly noon, and he concluded, accordingly, -that it was time for him to go home to dinner. So he called one -of the sailors to him, and directed him to look about on the pier -and try to find the boys, and tell them that he was going home to -dinner.</p> - -<p>In a few minutes the sailor came back, and told the captain that -he could not find the boys; and that Jack, who was at work outside -on the pier, said that they had not been seen about there for -more than an hour, and that the boat was missing too; and he was -afraid that they had got into it, and had gone adrift.</p> - -<p>“Send Jack to me,” said the captain.</p> - -<p>When Jack came into the cabin, the captain was at work, as -usual, on his accounts. Jack stood by his side a moment, with his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span> -cap in his hand, waiting for the captain to be at leisure to speak to -him. At length the captain looked up.</p> - -<p>“Jack,” said he, “do you say that the boys have gone off with -the boat?”</p> - -<p>“I don’t know, sir,” said Jack. “The boat is gone, and the boys -are gone, but whether the boat has gone off with the boys, or the -boys with the boat, I couldn’t say.”</p> - -<p>The captain paused a moment, with a thoughtful expression -upon his countenance, and then said,</p> - -<p>“Tell Nelson to take the glass, and go aloft, and look around to -see if he can see any thing of them.”</p> - -<p>“Ay, ay, sir,” said Jack.</p> - -<p>The captain then resumed his work as if nothing particular had -happened.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Mr. Nelson discovers them by means of his spy-glass.</div> - -<p>Nelson was the mate of the ship. The mate is the second in -command under the captain.</p> - -<p>When Nelson received the captain’s order, he took the spy-glass, -and went up the shrouds to the mast-head. In about ten -minutes he came down again, and gave Jack a message for the -captain. Jack came down again into the cabin. He found the -captain, as before, busy at his work. The captain had been exposed -to too many great and terrible dangers at sea to be much -alarmed at the idea of two boys being adrift, in a strong boat and -in a crowded harbor.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Nelson says, sir,” said Jack, “that he sees our boat, with -two boys in it, about a mile and a half down the harbor. She is -lying a little to the eastward of the red buoy.”</p> - -<p>A buoy is a floating beam of wood, or other light substance, anchored<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span> -on the point of a shoal, or over a ledge of rocks, to warn -the seamen that they must not sail there. The different buoys -are painted of different colors, so that they may be easily distinguished -one from another.</p> - -<p>The captain paused a moment on hearing Jack’s report, and looked -undecided. In fact, his attention was so much occupied by his -accounts, that only half his thoughts seemed to be given to the case -of the boys. At length he asked if there was any wind.</p> - -<p>“Not a capful,” said the sailor.</p> - -<p>“Tell Nelson, then,” said the captain, “to send down the gig -with four men, and bring the boys back.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The gig.</div> - -<p>The gig, as the captain called it, was a light boat belonging to -the ship, being intended for rowing swiftly in smooth water.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Nelson fits out an expedition to relieve the boys.</div> - -<p>So Nelson called out four men, and directed them to get ready -with the gig. The men accordingly lowered the gig down from -the side of the ship into the water, and then, with the oars in their -hands, they climbed down into it. In a few minutes they were -rowing swiftly down the harbor, in the direction of the red buoy, -while Captain Van Tromp went home to dinner. On his way -home he left word, at the house where Larry lived, that the boys -had gone down the harbor, and would not be home under an -hour.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The boys watch the progress of the tide.</div> - -<p>While these occurrences had been taking place on the pier, the -boys had been sitting very patiently in their boat, waiting for the -tide to turn, or for some one to come to their assistance. They -could see how it was with the tide by the motion of the water, as -it glided past them. The current, in fact, when they first anchored, -made quite a ripple at the bows of the boat. They had a fine view<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span> -of the harbor, as they looked back toward the town from their -boat, though the view was so distant that they could not make out -which was the pier where Captain Van Tromp’s vessel was lying.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration24" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill024.jpg" width="450" height="210" alt="The view of the harbor" /> - -</div> - -<p>Of course, as the tide went out more and more, the surface of -the water was continually falling, and the depth growing less and -less all the time. The boys could easily perceive the increasing -shallowness of the water, as they looked over the side of the boat, -and watched the appearance of the bottom.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A new danger. A discussion.</div> - -<p>“Now here’s another trouble,” said Antony. “If we don’t look -out, we shall get left aground. I’ve a great mind to pull up the -anchor, and let the boat drift on a little way, till we come to deeper -water.”</p> - -<p>“Oh no,” said Larry, “don’t let us go out to sea any farther.”</p> - -<p>“Why, if we stay here,” said Antony,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span> “until the tide falls so as -to leave us aground, we may have to stay some hours after the tide -turns before we get afloat again.”</p> - -<p>“Well,” said Larry, “no matter. Besides, if you go adrift -again, the water may deepen suddenly.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said Antony, “and then we should lose hold of the bottom -altogether. We had better not move.”</p> - -<p>“Unless,” added Antony, after a moment’s thought, “we can -contrive to <em>warp</em> the boat <em>up</em> a little.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Warping the boat.</div> - -<p>So saying, Antony went forward to examine into the feasibility -of this plan. He found, on looking over the bow of the boat, that -the water was very shallow, and nearly still; for the tide, being -nearly out, flowed now with a very gentle and almost imperceptible -current. Of course, as the water was shallow, and the rope -that was attached to the anchor was pretty long, the anchor itself -was at a considerable distance from the boat. The boys could see -the rope passing obliquely along under the water, but could not see -the anchor.</p> - -<p>Antony took hold of the rope, and began to draw it in. The -effect of this operation was to draw the boat up the harbor toward -the anchor. When, at length, the rope was all in, Antony -pulled up the grapnel, which was small and easily raised, and -then swinging it to and fro several times to give it an impetus, he -threw it with all his force forward. It fell into the water nearly -ten feet from where it had lain before, and there sinking immediately, -it laid hold of the bottom again. Antony now, by pulling -upon the rope, as he had done at first, drew the boat up to the anchor -at its new holding. He repeated this operation a number of -times, watching the water from time to time over the bows of the -boat, to see whether it was getting deeper or not. While Antony -was thus engaged, the attention of Larry was suddenly attracted<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span> -to the sound of oars. He looked in the direction from which the -sound proceeded, and saw, at a considerable distance, a boat coming -toward them.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">“Here comes the gig!”</div> - -<p>“Here comes a boat,” said Larry.</p> - -<p>Antony looked where Larry pointed.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said he, “and she is headed directly toward us.”</p> - -<p>“So she is,” said Larry.</p> - -<p>“I verily believe it is our gig,” said Antony.</p> - -<p>“It is,” he added, after looking a moment longer, “and there is -Jack on board of her. They are coming for us.”</p> - -<p>In a few minutes more the gig was alongside. Two of the sailors -that had come down in the gig got on board of the boys’ boat -with their oars, and then both boats rowed up the harbor again, -and in due time the boys reached home in safety.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<div class="sidenote">Moral.</div> - -<p>The moral of this story is, that in all cases of difficulty and danger -it is best to keep quiet and composed in mind, and not to give -way to excitement and terror. Being frightened never does any -good, excepting when there is a chance to run away; in that case, -it sometimes helps one to run a little faster. In all other cases, it -is best to be cool and collected, and encounter whatever comes -with calmness and equanimity.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN" id="BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN"></a>BRUNO AND THE ROBIN.</h2> - -<p class="center">“Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Hiram and Ralph. The robin.</div> - -<p>At one time Bruno had for his master a boy named Hiram. -Hiram had a friend and companion who lived in the next house -to him, whose name was Ralph. This Ralph had a robin. He -kept the robin in a cage.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The loft.</div> - -<p>There was a small building near the bottom of Ralph’s father’s -garden, which was used as a place of deposit for gardening implements, -seeds, bundles of straw, matting for covering plants, and -other similar articles employed about the garden. This building -was called the “garden-house.” In the upper part of it was a -loft, which Ralph had taken possession of as a storehouse for his -wagons, trucks, traps, and other playthings. He used to go up -to this loft by means of a number of large wooden pins, or pegs, -that were driven into one of the posts of the frame of the garden-house, -in a corner. Somebody once recommended to Ralph to -have a staircase made to lead up to his loft, but he said he liked -better to climb up by these pins than to have the best staircase -that ever was made.</p> - -<p>Ralph used frequently to carry his robin to this garden-house -when he was playing about there, and on such occasions he would -sometimes hang the cage on a nail out of the window of his loft. -He drove the nail himself into the edge of a sort of a shelf, which -was near the window on the outside. The shelf was put there<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span> -for doves to light upon, in going in and out of their house, which -was made in the peak of the roof, over Ralph’s loft.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Account of Ralph’s robin.</div> - -<p>Ralph caught his robin when he was very young. He caught -him in a net. He saw the nest when the birds were first building -it. About a week after the birds had finished it, he thought -it was time for the eggs to be laid. So he got a ladder, which -was usually kept on the back side of the tool-house, and, having -planted it against a tree, he began to go up. Just then, his little -brother Eddy, who was walking along one of the alleys of the garden -near where the bird’s nest was, saw him.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Eddy’s advice.</div> - -<p>“Ralph,” said Eddy, “what are you going to do?”</p> - -<p>“I’m going to get the eggs out of the nest,” said Ralph.</p> - -<p>“No,” replied Eddy, “you must not do that.”</p> - -<p>Ralph paid no regard to this, but went on slowly mounting the -ladder. The top of the ladder, resting as it did against some of -the branches of the tree, was not very steady, and so Ralph could -not go up very fast. Besides, Ralph was somewhat afraid of the -old birds; for they, seeing that their nest was in danger, were -flying about him with very loud chirpings, being apparently in a -state of great terror and distress.</p> - -<p>“Ralph,” said Eddy, “you must not trouble those birds.”</p> - -<p>Ralph went steadily on.</p> - -<p>“Besides,” said Eddy, when he saw that his brother paid no -heed to his remonstrances, “it would be a great deal better to -wait till the eggs are hatched, and then get one of the birds.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The plan changed.</div> - -<p>Ralph paused when he heard this suggestion. He began to -think that it might possibly be a better plan to wait, as Eddy proposed, -and to get a bird instead of an egg. He paused a moment<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span> -on the ladder, standing on one foot, and holding himself on by one -hand.</p> - -<p>“Would you, Eddy?” said he.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said Eddy, “I certainly would.”</p> - -<p>Eddy proposed this plan, not so much from any desire he had -that Ralph should get one of the birds when they were hatched, -as to save the eggs from being taken away then. He had an -instinctive feeling that it was wrong to take away the eggs, and -he pitied the poor birds in their distress, and so he said what he -thought was most likely to induce Ralph to desist from his design.</p> - -<p>After hesitating a few minutes, Ralph said, “Well, I will.” He -then came down to the ground again, and, taking up the ladder, -he carried it away.</p> - -<p>About a week after this, Ralph got the ladder one day when -the birds were not there, and climbed up to the nest. He found -three very pretty blue eggs in it.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The birds are hatched.</div> - -<p>About a week after this he climbed up again, and he found that -the eggs were hatched. There were three little birds there, not -fledged. When they heard Ralph’s rustling of the branches over -their heads, they opened their mouths very wide, expecting that -the old birds had come to bring them something to eat.</p> - -<p>About a week after this Ralph climbed up again, but, just before -he reached the nest, the three birds, having now grown old enough -to fly, all clambered out of the nest, and flew away in all directions.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">“Here’s one!”</div> - -<p>“Stop ’em! stop ’em! Eddy,” said Ralph, “or watch them at -least, and see where they go, till I come down.”</p> - -<p>“Here’s one,” said Eddy.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p> - -<p>He pointed, as he said this, under some currant-bushes, near an -alley where he was walking. The little bird was crouched down, -and was looking about him full of wonder. In fact, he was quite -astonished to find how far he had flown.</p> - -<p>Ralph clambered down the ladder as fast as he could, and then -ran off to the tool-house, saying as he ran,</p> - -<p>“Keep him there, Eddy, till I go and get my net.”</p> - -<p>“I can’t keep him,” said Eddy, “unless he has a mind to stay. -But I will watch him.”</p> - -<p>So Eddy stood still and watched the bird while Ralph went -after his net. The bird hopped along a little way, and then stopped, -and remained perfectly still until Ralph returned.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A bird pursued.</div> - -<p>The net was a round net, the mouth of it being kept open by -means of a hoop. It was fastened to the end of a long pole. -Ralph crept up softly toward the place where the bird had alighted, -and, when he was near enough, he extended the pole, and -clapped the net down over the bird, and made it prisoner.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Caught and caged.</div> - -<p>“I’ve caught him! I’ve caught him!” said Ralph, greatly excited. -“Run, Eddy, and get the cage. Run quick. No, stop; -you come here, and hold the net down, and I’ll go and get the -cage myself.”</p> - -<p>So Eddy held the net down, while Ralph went into the tool-house -after the cage. He succeeded in putting the bird into the -cage safely, and then went home.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The feeding.</div> - -<p>Ralph attended his bird very carefully for many days, feeding -him with strawberries and crumbs of bread. The natural food of -most small birds consists of seeds, berries, and insects. Ralph -knew, therefore, that strawberries would be good for his bird,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span> -and as for bread, he reflected that it was made from seeds, -namely, the seeds of wheat. The only difference was, that in -bread the seeds were ground up, mixed with water, and baked. -So Ralph concluded that bread would be a very proper food for -his robin.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration25" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill025.jpg" width="450" height="379" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">Ralph taming the robin.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The stile.</div> - -<p>As soon as the robin grew old enough to hop about a little, -Ralph used often to take him out of his cage and put him on the -walk in the garden, or on the end of a fence, near a stile, where -was a broad, flat -place convenient -for the little bird -to stand on. In -such cases, he -would, himself, -always stand at -a little distance -off, so as not to -frighten the bird, -and in this manner -he gradually -taught him to be -very tame and familiar.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno and Hiram. Description of the premises.</div> - -<p>Although Ralph was thus very kind to his robin, he was generally -a very unreasonable and selfish boy. Bruno, at this time, -lived in the house next to the one where he lived. Bruno -belonged, as has already been said, to a boy named Hiram. The -two houses that these two boys lived in were pretty near together,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span> -and the gardens adjoined, being separated from each other only -by a wall. At the foot of each garden was a gate, and there was -a little path which led along from one gate to the other, through -a field where there was a brook, and also a great many trees -overshadowing the banks of it. The boys used often to visit each -other by going from one of these gates to the other along this -path. There was a space under Hiram’s gate where Bruno could -get through. He used often to go through this opening, and pass -down into the field, to drink in the brook, or to play about among -the trees. Sometimes both the gates were left open, and then -Bruno would go and look into Ralph’s garden; and once he went -in, and walked along as far as the tool-house, looking about and -examining the premises very curiously. As soon as he had seen -what sort of a place it was, however, he turned round and ran -out again, not knowing what might happen to him if he stayed -there.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Ralph wishes to buy Bruno.</div> - -<p>Ralph saw Bruno often when he went to visit Hiram in his -garden, and he wished that he could have such a dog himself. -In fact, he tried to buy him of Hiram a long time, but Hiram -would not sell him. Ralph became very angry with Hiram at -last for so strenuously refusing to sell his dog.</p> - -<p>“You are a great fool,” said he, “for not being willing to sell -me the dog. I would give you any price you would name.”</p> - -<p>“That makes no difference,” said Hiram; “I would rather -have the dog than any amount of money, no matter how much.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Ralph becomes Bruno’s enemy.</div> - -<p>So Ralph turned, and went away in a rage; and the next time -he saw Bruno out in the field behind the garden, he ran down to -his gate and pelted him with stones.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span></p> - -<p>Bruno could not understand what reason Ralph could have for -wishing to hurt him, or being his enemy in any way. He perceived, -however, that Ralph was his enemy, and so he became -very much afraid of him. When he wished to go down to the -brook, he always looked out through the hole under the gate -very carefully to see if Ralph was near, and if he was, he did not -go. If he could not see Ralph any where, he would creep out -stealthily, and walk along in a very cautious manner, turning his -head continually toward Ralph’s gate, to watch for the slightest -indications of danger; and if he caught a glimpse of Ralph in the -garden, he would turn back and run into Hiram’s garden again.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The boys play together.</div> - -<p>Bruno was a very courageous dog, and he would not have run -away from Ralph, but would have attacked him in the most -determined manner, and driven him away from the garden gate, -and thus taught him better than to throw stones at an innocent -and unoffending dog, had he not been prevented from doing this -by one consideration. He perceived that Ralph was one of -Hiram’s friends. Hiram went often to visit Ralph, and Ralph, in -return, came often to visit Hiram. They used to employ themselves -together in various schemes of amusement, and Bruno, -who often stood by at such times, although he could not understand -the conversation that passed between them, perceived, nevertheless, -that they were good friends. He would not, therefore, -do any harm to Ralph, even in self-defense, for fear of displeasing -Hiram. Accordingly, when Ralph assaulted him with sticks and -stones, the only alternative left him was to run away.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Hiram catches a squirrel. Ralph wishes to buy the squirrel.</div> - -<p>It is singular enough that Ralph, though often very unreasonable -and selfish in his dealings with other boys, and though in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span> -this instance very cruel to Bruno, was still generally kind to animals. -He was very fond of animals, and used to get as many as -he could; and whenever Hiram had any, he used to go to see -them, and he took a great interest in them. Once Hiram caught -a beautiful gray squirrel in a box-trap. -He put the trap down upon -a chopping-block in a little room that -was used as a shop in his father’s -barn. Ralph came in to see the -squirrel. He kneeled down before -the block, and, lifting up the trap a -little way, he peeped in. The squirrel -was in the back corner of the -trap, crouched down, and feeling, -apparently, very much afraid. He -had a long, bushy tail, which was -curled over his back in a very graceful -manner. Ralph resolved to buy this squirrel too, but Hiram -was unwilling to sell him. However, he said that <em>perhaps</em> he -would sell him, if Ralph would wait till the next day. Ralph -accordingly waited; but that night the squirrel gnawed out of his -trap, and as the shop window was left open, he made his escape, -and got off into the woods again, where he leaped back and forth -among the branches of the trees, and turned head over heels again -and again in the exuberance of his joy.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration26" style="width: 216px;"> - -<img src="images/ill026.jpg" width="216" height="250" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">The shop.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Hiram and Joe go into the woods.</div> - -<p>One day Hiram went out into the woods with a man whom -they called Uncle Joe, to get some stones to mend a wall. They -went in a cart. They placed a board across the cart for a seat.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span> -Uncle Joe and Hiram sat upon this seat together, side by side, -Hiram on the right, as he was going to drive. The tools for digging -out the stones, consisting of a spade, a shovel, a hoe, and a -crowbar, were laid in the bottom of the cart. Thus they rode to -the woods. Bruno followed them, trotting along by the road-side, -and now and then running off under the fences and walls, to see -if he could smell the tracks of any wild animals among the ferns -and bushes.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno barks at something.</div> - -<p>He was not successful in this hunting on his way to the -woods, but, after he arrived there, he accomplished quite a brilliant -achievement. Hiram and Uncle Joe were very busy digging -out stones, when their attention was arrested by a very loud -and violent barking. Hiram knew at once that it was Bruno that -was barking, though he could not see him. The reason why they -could not see the dog was, that he was down in the bottom of a -shady glen, that lay near where Hiram and Uncle Joe were digging -the stones.</p> - -<p>“What’s that?” said Hiram. “What is Bruno barking at?”</p> - -<p>“I don’t know,” said Uncle Joe; “go and see.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno finds a fox’s hole.</div> - -<p>So Hiram threw down his hoe, and, seizing a stick, he ran -down into the glen. He found Bruno stationed before a hole, -which opened in under a bank, near a small spring. He seemed -very much excited, sometimes running back and forth before the -hole, sometimes digging into it with his fore paws, and barking -all the time in a very loud and earnest manner. He seemed -greatly pleased when he saw Hiram coming.</p> - -<p>As soon as Hiram saw that Bruno was barking at a hole, which -seemed to be the hole of some wild animal, he went back and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span> -called Uncle Joe to come and see. Uncle Joe said he thought it -was the hole of a fox, and from the excitement that Bruno manifested, -he judged that the fox must be in it.</p> - -<p>“I’ll go and get the tools,” said he, “and we will dig him out.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Hiram gets a little fox.</div> - -<p>So Uncle Joe went for the tools, and he and Hiram began to -dig. They dug for more than half an hour. Finally they came -to the end of the hole, and then they found a young fox crouching -close into a corner. He was about as large as a small kitten.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">His plans for him. Hiram gives his fox a hole to live in.</div> - -<p>Hiram said he meant to carry the fox home, and bring him up, -and tame him. He accordingly took him in his arms, and carried -him back to the place where they had been digging stones. Uncle -Joe carried back the tools. Bruno jumped about and barked a -great deal by the side of Hiram, but Hiram ordered him to be -quiet, and finally he learned that the little fox was not to be -killed. When they reached the stone quarry, Hiram made a -small pen for the fox. He made it of four square stones, which -he placed together so as to inclose a small space, and then he -covered this space by means of a flat stone which he placed over -it. Thus the little prisoner was secured.</p> - -<p>When the pen was completed, and the fox put in, Hiram -resumed his work of digging stones with Uncle Joe. He was -very eager now to get the load completed as soon as possible, so -as to go home with his fox. While he was at work thus, Bruno -crouched down before the place where Hiram had shut up his -fox, and watched very earnestly. He understood that Hiram -wished to keep the fox, and therefore he had no intention of -hurting him. He only meant to be all ready to give the alarm, -in case the little prisoner should attempt to get away.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span></p> - -<p>Hiram had very good success in training and taming his fox. -Ralph and Eddy came often to see him, and they sometimes -helped Hiram to feed him, and to take care of him. There was -a place by an old wall behind the house where Hiram lived where -there was a hole, which seemed to lead under ground, from a sort -of angle between two large stones.</p> - -<p>“I’ll let him have that hole for his house,” said Hiram. “I -don’t know how deep it is; but if it is not deep enough for him, -he must dig it deeper.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The chain.</div> - -<p>Ralph had a small collar which was made for a dog’s collar; -and one day, when he felt more good-natured than usual, and had -in some measure forgotten Hiram’s refusal to sell Bruno to him, -he offered to lend Hiram this collar to put around Foxy’s neck.</p> - -<p>“Then,” said Ralph, “you can get a long chain, and chain -Foxy to a stake close to the mouth of his hole. And so the chain -will allow him to go in and out of his hole, and to play about -around it, and yet it will prevent his running away.”</p> - -<p>Hiram liked this plan very much. So Ralph brought the collar, -and the boys put it upon Foxy’s neck. Hiram also found a -kind of chain at a hardware store in the village, which he thought -would be suitable to his purpose, and he bought two yards of it. -This length of chain, when Foxy was fastened with it, gave him -a very considerable degree of liberty, and, at the same time, prevented -him from running away. He could go into his hole, where -he was entirely out of sight, or he could come out and play in -the grass, and under the lilac bushes that were about his hole, -and eat the food which Hiram brought out for him there. Sometimes, -too, he would climb up to the top of the wall, and lie there<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span> -an hour at a time, asleep. If, however, on such occasions, he -heard any one coming, he would run down the rocks that formed -the wall, and disappear in his hole in an instant, and he would -not come out again until he was quite confident that the danger -had gone by.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The cunning of the fox.</div> - -<p>It is not very difficult to tame a fox. And yet, in his natural -state, he is very wild and very cunning. He resorts to all sorts -of maneuvers and contrivances to entrap such animals as he likes -for food. On the adjoining page is the picture of a fox lying in -wait to catch some rabbits which he sees playing in a neighboring -field. He watches for them very slyly; and when they come -near enough, he will spring upon them, and seize them entirely -unawares.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration27" style="width: 329px;"> - -<img src="images/ill027.jpg" width="329" height="450" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">Picture of a fox lying in wait for some rabbits.</p> - -</div> - -<p>He is very cunning, and yet, if he is caught young, it is not -difficult to tame him.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Ralph offers half a dollar for Hiram’s fox.</div> - -<p>One day, after some time, Ralph took it into his head to buy -Foxy, as he had tried to buy Bruno; but he found Hiram as little -disposed to sell the one as the other.</p> - -<p>“I will give you half a dollar for him,” said Ralph, “and that -is twice as much as he is worth: a full grown fox is not worth -more than that.”</p> - -<p>Ralph had some money in small silver pieces and cents, amounting -to about half a dollar. This treasure he kept in a tin moneybox, -shaped like a house, with a place to drop money in down the -chimney.</p> - -<p>“No,” said Ralph, “I would rather not sell him.”</p> - -<p>Ralph tried a long time to persuade Hiram to sell the fox, but -Hiram persisted firmly in his refusal. At length Ralph became<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a><br /><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span> -very angry with him, because he would not consent. This was -extremely unreasonable. Has not a boy a right to do as he -pleases about selling or keeping his own property?</p> - -<p>Most certainly he has; and yet nothing is more common than -for both men and boys to be angry with their friends and neighbors -for not being willing to sell them property which they wish -to buy.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">“Ralph, are you stoning Bruno?”</div> - -<p>When Ralph found that Hiram could not be induced to sell -Foxy, he went off in great anger, muttering and threatening as he -went. He passed out through the gate at the bottom of the garden, -and then walked along the path toward the gate which led to -his own garden. As he was going in, he saw Bruno lying down -upon a grassy bank near the stream. He immediately began to -take up stones to stone him. The first stone which he threw -struck Bruno on the back, as he lay upon the grass, and hurt him -very much. Bruno sprang up and ran away, barking and making -other outcries indicative of pain and terror. Hiram came running -down to the garden to see what was the matter. When he -reached the place, he saw Ralph just aiming another stone.</p> - -<p>“Ralph!” exclaimed Hiram, greatly astonished, “are you stoning -Bruno?”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said Ralph; “I’ve stoned him a great many times before, -and I’ll stone him again the next time I catch him down -here.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s escape.</div> - -<p>By this time Bruno had come to the gate. He scrambled in -through his hole, and then, thinking that he was now safe, he -walked along up one of the alleys of the garden.</p> - -<p>Hiram, knowing well that it would do no good to remonstrate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span> -with Ralph while he was in such a state of mind, shut the gate -of the garden, and went to the house.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Ralph resolves to reclaim his collar.</div> - -<p>That evening, while Hiram was in the house eating his supper, -Ralph came down out of his own garden, and went into Hiram’s. -He was talking to himself as he walked along.</p> - -<p>“I am going to get my collar,” said he. “I won’t lend it to -such a fellow any longer. I shall take it off the fox’s neck, and -carry it home. I don’t care if the fox does get away.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He does so.</div> - -<p>When he approached the old wall, the fox was on the top of it; -but, on hearing Ralph coming, he ran down, and went into his -hole. As soon as Ralph reached the place, he pulled the fox out -roughly by the chain, saying,</p> - -<p>“Come out here, you red-headed son of a thief, and give me my -collar.”</p> - -<p>So saying, he pulled the fox out, and unhooked the chain from -the collar. He unfastened the collar, and took it off from the fox’s -neck. He then threw the fox himself carelessly into the grass, and -walked away down the garden.</p> - -<p>Just at this time Hiram came out from his supper, and, seeing -Ralph walking away, he apprehended something wrong, and he -accordingly hastened on to see if his fox was safe. To his great -surprise and grief, he saw the chain lying on the ground, detached -and useless. The fox was gone.</p> - -<p>He immediately called out to Ralph to ask an explanation.</p> - -<p>“Ralph,” said he, “where is my fox?”</p> - -<p>“<em>I</em> haven’t got your fox,” said Ralph.</p> - -<p>“Where is he, then?” asked Hiram.</p> - -<p>“Gone off into the woods, I suppose,” said Ralph.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span></p> - -<p>Hiram stood still a moment, utterly confounded, and wondering -what all this could mean.</p> - -<p>“I came to get my collar,” said Ralph, holding up the collar in -his hand, “and if the fox has gone off, it is not my fault. You -ought to have had a collar of your own.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Hiram laments the loss of his fox.</div> - -<p>Hiram was extremely grieved at the thought of having so wanton -an injury inflicted upon him by his neighbor and playmate, -and he turned toward the place where his fox had been kept with -tears in his eyes. He looked all about, but the fox was nowhere -to be seen. He then went slowly back to the house in great sorrow.</p> - -<p>As for Ralph, he went back into his own garden in a very unamiable -state of mind. He went up into the loft over the tool-house -to put the collar away. He climbed up upon a bench in -order to reach a high shelf above, and in so doing he knocked down -a box of lucifer matches, which had been left exposed upon a corner -of the shelf. He uttered a peevish exclamation at the occurrence -of this accident, and then got down upon the floor to pick up -the matches. He gathered all that he could readily find upon the -floor, and put them in the box, and then put the box back again -upon the shelf. Then he went away into the house.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Hope.</div> - -<p>About two hours after this, just before dark, Hiram was sitting -on the steps of the door at his father’s house, thinking mournfully -of his loss, when he suddenly heard a very loud barking at the foot -of the garden.</p> - -<p>“There!” said he, starting up, greatly excited, “that’s Bruno, -and he has found Foxy, I’ll engage.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">An alarm. The garden-house on fire.</div> - -<p>So saying, Hiram ran down the garden, and on his way he was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span> -surprised to see a smoke rising from the direction of Ralph’s garden-house. -He did not, however, pay any very particular attention -to this circumstance, as it was very common for Ralph to -have fires in the garden, to burn the dried weeds and the old straw -which often collect in such places. He hastened on in the direction -of Bruno’s barking, quite confident that the dog had found his -lost fox, and was barking for him to come and get him.</p> - -<p>Just at this moment he saw Bruno come running to the gate at -the bottom of the garden. He was barking violently, and he -seemed very much excited. As soon as he saw Hiram coming, -he ran back again and disappeared. Hiram hastened on, and, as -soon as he got through the gate into the field, he saw that Bruno -was standing at the gate which led into Ralph’s garden, and running -in and out alternately, and looking eagerly at Hiram, as if he -wished him to come. Hiram ran to the place, and, on looking in, -he saw, to his utter consternation, that the garden-house was on -fire. Dense volumes of smoke were pouring out of the doors and -windows, with now and then great flashes of flame breaking out -among them. Bruno, having brought Hiram to the spot, seemed -now desirous of giving the alarm to Ralph; so he ran up toward -the house in which Ralph lived, barking violently all the way.</p> - -<p>His effort was successful. In a minute or two he returned, barking -as before, and followed by Ralph. Ralph was greatly terrified -when he saw that the garden-house was on fire. He ran back -to the house to call his mother. She came down to the place in -great haste, though she seemed quite calm and composed. She -was a woman of a very quiet disposition, and was almost always -composed and self-possessed. She saw at a glance that the fire<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span> -could not be put out. There was no sufficient supply of water at -hand, and besides, if there had been water, she and the two boys -could not have put it on fast enough to extinguish the flames.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">“What shall we do?”</div> - -<p>“Oh dear me! oh dear me!” exclaimed Ralph, in great distress, -“what shall we do? Mother! mother! what shall we do?”</p> - -<p>“Nothing at all,” said his mother, quietly. “There is nothing -for us to do but to stand still and see it burn.”</p> - -<p>“And there’s my poor robin all burning up!” said Ralph, as he -ran to and fro in great distress. “Oh, I wish there was somebody -here to save my robin!”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The robin in danger.</div> - -<p>The cage containing the robin was hanging in its place, under -the shelf by the side of the window. The smoke and flame, -which came out from the window and from a door below, passed -just over it, and so near as to envelop and conceal the top of the -cage, and it was plain that the poor bird would soon be suffocated -and burned to death, unless some plan for rescuing it could be devised. -When Hiram knew the danger that the bird was in, his -first thought was that he was glad of it. He pitied the bird very -much, but he said to himself that it was good enough for Ralph -to lose it. “He deserves to lose his bird,” thought he, “for having -let my Foxy go.”</p> - -<p>This spirit, however, of resentment and retaliation remained but -a moment in Hiram’s mind. When he saw how much interest -Bruno seemed to feel in giving the alarm, and in desiring to have -the fire extinguished, he said to himself, “Bruno forgives him, and -why should not I? I will save the bird for him, if it is possible, -even if I get scorched in doing it.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Hiram rescues the robin by means of the ladder.</div> - -<p>He accordingly ran round to the back side of the garden-house<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span> -to get the ladder. Bruno followed him, watching him very eagerly -to see what he was going to do. Hiram brought the ladder forward, -and planted it against the garden-house, a little beyond the -place where the cage, was hanging. In the mean time, Ralph -had run off to the house to get a pail of water, vainly imagining -that he could do at least something with it toward extinguishing -the flames and rescuing the bird. By the time he got back, -Hiram had placed the ladder, and was just going up, amid the -smoke and sparks, to get the cage.<a name="FNanchor_5" id="FNanchor_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> Bruno stood by at the foot -of the ladder, looking up eagerly to Hiram, and watching as if he -were going to take the cage as soon as it came down.</p> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_5" id="Footnote_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> See Frontispiece.</p> - -</div> - -<p>Hiram had to stop once or twice in going up the ladder to get -breath, for the wind blew the smoke and sparks over him so much -at intervals as almost to suffocate him. He, however, persevered, -and finally succeeded in reaching the cage. He took it off from -its fastening, and brought it down the ladder. When he reached -the ground, Bruno took it from his hand by means of the ring at -the top, and ran off with it away from the fire. He then placed -it carefully upon the ground, and began leaping around it, wagging -his tail, and manifesting every other indication of excitement and -delight.</p> - -<p>Ralph was very much pleased, too, to find that his robin was -safe. He took the cage, and, carrying it away, set it down at -a still greater distance from the fire. The garden-house was -burned to the ground. Hiram and Bruno waited there until the -fire was almost out, and then they went home. Hiram experienced -a feeling of great satisfaction and pleasure at the thought<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span> -that he had been able to save Ralph’s bird. “I should have been -sorry,” said he to himself, “if he had lost his bird, and I think, -too, that he will be sorry now that he let my little Foxy go.”</p> - -<p>The next morning, after breakfast, Hiram concluded that he -would go round into Ralph’s garden, and look at the ruins of the -fire. He passed out through the gate at the bottom of his father’s -garden, and then turned into the path leading to the other gate, -and there, to his surprise, he saw Ralph sitting on a stone, feeding -Bruno with a piece of meat. It was a piece which he had -saved from his own breakfast for the purpose. Bruno was eating -the meat with an appearance of great satisfaction, while Ralph -sat by, patting him on the head.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">“Hiram, I am giving Bruno some breakfast.”</div> - -<p>“Hiram,” said Ralph, as soon as he saw Hiram coming, “I am -giving Bruno some breakfast.”</p> - -<p>Bruno looked up toward Hiram and wagged his tail.</p> - -<p>“That’s right,” said Hiram. “He seems to like it very much.”</p> - -<p>“Hiram,” said Ralph, again.</p> - -<p>“What?” said Hiram.</p> - -<p>Ralph hesitated. He seemed to have something on his mind, -and not to know exactly how to express it.</p> - -<p>“How is the robin this morning? Did he get stifled any by -the smoke?”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Restitution. Ralph proposes to get another fox for Hiram.</div> - -<p>“No,” said Ralph; “he is as bright as a lark.” Then, after a -moment’s pause, he added, “I am sorry I let your Foxy get away. -I suppose I ought to pay you for him; and, if I could get another -fox for you, I would. I have not got any thing but just my bird. -I’ll give you him.”</p> - -<p>To find Ralph taking this view of the subject was something so<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span> -new and strange to Hiram, that at first he did not know what to -say.</p> - -<p>“No,” he replied, at length, “I would rather not take your -bird, though I am very sorry that Foxy has got away. If you -had only told me that you wanted your collar, I would have -taken it off, and fastened Foxy with something else.”</p> - -<p>Ralph hung his head and had nothing to say.</p> - -<p>The boys went soon after this to look at the bed of ashes and -embers that marked the spot where the garden-house had stood, -and then they sauntered together slowly back into Hiram’s garden. -Bruno followed them. He seemed to understand that a great -change had somehow or other taken place in Ralph’s disposition -of mind toward him, and he was no longer afraid. The boys went -together to the place where Foxy had been confined.</p> - -<p>“John Thomas hunts foxes sometimes with his father,” said -Ralph. “There are a great many in the woods back of their -farm. I am going to see if I can’t get him to catch you another -young one. I shall tell him I will give him half a dollar if he -will get one, and that is all the money I have got.”</p> - -<p>Hiram did not reply to this suggestion. He did not know exactly -what to say. His thought was, that no other fox that could possibly -be found would supply the place, in his view, of the one that -he had lost. He had taken so much pains to teach that one, and -to tame him, that he had become quite attached to him individually, -and he was very sure that he should never like any other one -so well. He did not, however, like to say this to Ralph, for he -perceived that Ralph was very much troubled about what he -had done, and was quite anxious to make some reparation, and he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span> -thought that it would trouble him still more to learn that all reparation -was wholly out of his power.</p> - -<p>“And if he catches one for you,” continued Ralph, “then I’ll -give you the collar for your own. I would give it to you now, -if it would do you any good.”</p> - -<p>“I’ll take the chain off, at any rate,” said Hiram, “and carry it -in, and keep it, in case I ever should have another fox.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Foxy found.</div> - -<p>So he stooped down, and began to unhook the chain from the -stake to which it was fastened. As he did this, his face was -brought down pretty near to the hole under the wall, and, looking -in there, his attention was attracted to two bright, shining spots -there, that looked like the eyes of an animal.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">“Run and get the collar.”</div> - -<p>“Hi—yi,” said he, suddenly, “I verily believe he is here now. -Run and get the collar.”</p> - -<p>Ralph took a peep, first, into the hole, and then ran for the collar. -When he came back, he found Hiram sitting down on the -grass, with the fox in his arms. The truth was, that the fox had -been treated so kindly since he had been in Hiram’s keeping, and -he had become so accustomed to his hole under the wall, that he -did not wish to go away. When he found himself at liberty by -the removal of the collar, he had gone off a little in the grass and -among the bushes, but, when night came on, he had returned as -usual to his hole; and when he heard the voices of the boys at the -wall in the morning, he supposed that Hiram had come to give -him his breakfast, and he came accordingly out to the mouth of -his hole to see if his supposition were correct. He submitted to -have his collar put on very readily.</p> - -<p>Thus there was a general reconciliation all round, and Bruno,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span> -Foxy, Hiram, and Ralph became, all four of them, very excellent -friends.</p> - -<p class="center">Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.</p> - -<p>This story reminds me of another one relating to the burning of -a small building in the bottom of a garden, called a tool-house. I -will here relate that story, and then tell more about Bruno. It -will be seen that this tool-house took fire in a very singular way. -Precisely how Ralph’s garden-house took fire never was known. -It was probably in some way connected with the matches which -Ralph left upon the floor. Whether he stepped upon one of them, -and thus ignited it, and left it slowly burning—or whether some -mouse came by, and set one of them on fire by gnawing upon it—or -whether one of the matches got into a crack of the floor, and -was then inflamed by getting pinched there by some springing or -working of the boards, produced by the gardener’s walking over -the floor or wheeling the wheelbarrow in—whether, in fine, the -mischief originated in either of these ways, or in some other -wholly unknown, could never be ascertained.</p> - -<p>At all events, however—and this is the conclusion of the story—the -garden-house was soon rebuilt, and Ralph was effectually cured -of his resentment and enmity by the noble and magnanimous spirit -which Hiram and Bruno exhibited in saving his bird.</p> - -<p class="center"><em>Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.</em></p> - -<p>Three times I have put this precept in the story, in order that -you may be sure to remember it.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE" id="THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE"></a>THE BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE.</h2> - -<p>When one has committed a fault, to acknowledge it frankly, -and to bear the consequences of it one’s self submissively, is -magnanimous and noble. On the contrary, to resort to cunning -tricks to conceal it, and especially to attempt to throw the -blame of it upon others who are innocent, is mean and contemptible.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Description of the tool-house. Thomas, the gardener.</div> - -<p>Once there were two boys, named William and John, who had -a building for a tool-house and work-shop at the bottom of their -father’s garden. It was very similar in its situation to the one -described in the last story. The building was at a place where -the land descended, so that while it was only one story high on -the front side toward the garden, it was two stories high on the -other side toward a brook, which ran along near the lower garden -fence. The upper part of the building was the tool-room. This -room opened out upon one of the alleys of the garden. The -lower part was the shop. The door leading into the shop was -behind. There was a fire-place in the shop, and the chimney -passed up, of course, through the tool-room; but there was no -fire-place in the tool-room, for there never was any occasion to -make a fire there. The only use of that room was, that Thomas, -the old gardener, used to keep his spades, and rakes, and hoes, -and other garden tools in it; and sometimes of a summer evening, -when his work was done, he used to sit at the door of it and smoke<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span> -his pipe. The building was very convenient, though it was small, -and old, and so not of much value.</p> - -<p>In the winter, the boys were accustomed occasionally to have a -fire in the work-shop below, when they were at work there. There -was not much danger in this, for the floor of the room was of stone.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Sealing the packages.</div> - -<p>In the summer, of course, they never required a fire, except -when they wished to use the glue. Then they were accustomed -to make a small fire to dissolve the glue. One summer morning, -however, they wanted a candle. They had been collecting garden -seeds, and they wished to seal them up in small packages -with sealing-wax. It would have been better, perhaps, to have -tied the parcels up with twine; but the boys took a fancy to using -sealing-wax, for the sake of the interest and pleasure which they -expected to find in the work of sealing. So, just before noon, -when they had got their seeds all ready, William went up to the -house, and his mother gave him a long candle.</p> - -<p>When William came into the shop, John accosted him, saying,</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The boys have no candlestick.</div> - -<p>“Why, William, you have not brought any candlestick. What shall -we do for a candlestick?”</p> - -<p>“I forgot that,” said William.</p> - -<p>“Never mind,” said John; “we can make one with a block -and three nails.”</p> - -<p>There is a way of making a candlestick in a shop, which consists -of driving three nails into a small block of wood, at such a -distance apart as to leave just space for the end of the candle between -them. If the nails are driven into the block in a proper -manner, and if the heads of the nails are not too large, this contrivance -makes quite a good candlestick.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span></p> - -<p>Another way is to take a similar block of wood, and bore a hole -in the top of it just large enough to receive the end of the candle, -and just deep enough to hold it firmly.</p> - -<p>William proposed that they should make the candlestick by -boring a hole, but John thought it was best to do it by means of -nails.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The two candlesticks.</div> - -<p>So they concluded to make two. John was to make one with -nails, and William one with the borer. So they both began to -look about among the shavings under the bench for blocks, and -when they found two that seemed to answer their purpose, William -went to a drawer, and selected a borer of the proper size, -while John began to choose nails with small heads out of a nail-box -which was upon the bench for his operation.</p> - -<p>In due time the candlesticks were both finished. The one -which William had made was really the best; but John insisted -that the one which he had made was the best, and so William, -who was a very good-natured boy, gave up the point. The candle -was put into John’s candlestick, and William put his away -upon a shelf, to be used, perhaps, on some future occasion. The -boys then lighted the candle by means of a match, and put it on -the end of the work-bench where they were going to do the work -of putting up their seeds.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The boys leave the candle burning.</div> - -<p>It was now, however, about noon, which was the hour for the -boys to go home to dinner. They arranged their seeds a little upon -the bench, but did not have time to begin to seal them up before -they heard the dinner-bell ring. They then left their work, and -went up to the house. Unfortunately, they left the candle burning. -As it was bright daylight, and especially as the sun shone<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span> -in near where the candle stood, the flame was very faint to the -view; in fact, it was almost entirely invisible, and the boys, when -they looked around the shop just before they left it, did not observe -it at all.</p> - -<p>After dinner, the boys concluded that they would go a fishing -that afternoon, and not finish putting up their seeds until the following -day.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The matting. The pipe.</div> - -<p>While they were gone, the candle was burning all the time, -the flame gradually descending as the combustion went on, until, -about tea-time, it reached the block of wood. It did not set the -wood on fire, but the wick fell over, when the flame reached the -wood, and communicated the fire to a roll of matting which lay -upon the bench behind it. The matting had been used to wrap -up plants in, and was damp; so it burned very slowly. About -this time, Thomas, the old gardener, came and sat down in the -doorway of the tool-house above, smoking his pipe. He did not -know, however, what mischief was brewing in the room below; -and so, when it began to grow dark, he knocked the ashes out of -his pipe upon the ground of the garden, shut the tool-room door, -and went home.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Fire! fire!</div> - -<p>That night, about midnight, the boys were suddenly awakened -and dreadfully terrified by a cry of fire, and, on opening their eyes, -they perceived a strong light gleaming into the windows of their -bed-room. They sprang up, and saw that the tool-house was all -on fire. The people of the house dressed themselves as quick as -possible, and hastened to the spot, and some of the neighbors came -too. It was, however, too late to extinguish the fire. The building -and all the tools which it contained, both in the tool-room and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span> -in the shop, and all the seeds that the boys had collected were entirely -consumed.</p> - -<p>Nobody could imagine how the building took fire. Some said -it must have been set on fire by malicious persons. Others thought -that old Thomas must have been unconsciously the author of the -mischief, with his pipe. Nothing certain, however, could be ascertained -at that time, and so the company separated, determining to -have the matter more fully investigated the following morning.</p> - -<p>William and John, who had dressed themselves when the alarm -was first given, and had gone to the fire, now went back to their -room, and went to bed again.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">What was the origin of the fire? A conversation.</div> - -<p>After they had been in bed some time, and each thought that -the other must be asleep, William said to John,</p> - -<p>“John!”</p> - -<p>“What?” said John.</p> - -<p>“Are you asleep?” asked William.</p> - -<p>“No,” said John.</p> - -<p>“I will tell you how I think the tool-house got on fire,” said -William.</p> - -<p>“How?” asked John.</p> - -<p>“Why, I believe we left our candle burning there,” replied -William.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said John, “I thought of that myself.”</p> - -<p>Here there was a little pause.</p> - -<p>Presently John said,</p> - -<p>“I don’t suppose that they will know that our candle set it on -fire.”</p> - -<p>“No,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span> “unless we tell them.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The conversation continued.</div> - -<p>“They will suppose, I expect,” added John, “that Thomas set -it on fire with his pipe.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said William, “perhaps they will.”</p> - -<p>Here there was another pause.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The boys hesitate.</div> - -<p>“Unless,” continued John, after reflecting on the subject a little -while in silence, “unless mother should remember that she gave -us the candle, and ask us about it.”</p> - -<p>“We could say,” he added again, “that we did not go into the -shop any time in the afternoon or evening. That would be true.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said William. “We did not go into it at all after we -went home to dinner.”</p> - -<p>The boys remained silent a few minutes after this, when John, -who felt still quite uneasy in mind on the subject, said again,</p> - -<p>“I expect that father would be very much displeased with us -if he knew that we set the tool-house on fire, for it has burned up -all his tools.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said William.</p> - -<p>“And I suppose he would punish us in some way or other,” -added John.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said William, “I think it very likely that he would.”</p> - -<p>“But then, John,” continued William, “I don’t think it would -be right to let Thomas bear the blame of setting the tool-house on -fire, when we are the ones that did it.”</p> - -<p>John was silent.</p> - -<p>“I think we had better go and tell father all about it the first -thing to-morrow morning.”</p> - -<p>“We shall get punished if we do,” said John.</p> - -<p>“Well,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span> “I don’t care. I had rather be punished -than try to keep it secret. If we try to keep it secret, and let -Thomas bear the blame, we shall be miserable about it for a long -time, and feel guilty or ashamed whenever we meet father or -Thomas. I had rather be punished at once and have it done with.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">“Let us tell father.”</div> - -<p>“Well,” said John, “let us tell father. We will tell him the -first thing to-morrow morning.”</p> - -<p>The affair being thus arranged, the boys ceased talking about -it, and shut up their eyes to go to sleep. After a few minutes, -however, William spoke to his brother again.</p> - -<p>“John,” said he, “I think I could go to sleep better if I should -go and tell father now all about it. I don’t suppose that he is -asleep yet.”</p> - -<p>“Well,” said John, “go and tell him.”</p> - -<p>So William got up out of his bed, and went to the door of his -father’s room. He knocked at the door, and his father said -“Come in.” William opened the door. His father was in bed, -and there was no light in the room, except a dim night-lamp that -was burning on a table.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The explanation.</div> - -<p>“Father,” said William, “I came to tell you that I suppose I -know how our tool-house caught on fire.”</p> - -<p>“How was it?” asked his father.</p> - -<p>“Why, John and I had a candle there before dinner, and I believe -we left it burning; and so I suppose that, when it burned -down, it set the bench on fire.”</p> - -<p>“That could not have been the way,” said his father, “for, -when it got down to the candlestick, it would go out.”</p> - -<p>“But there was not any candlestick,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span> “only a -wooden one, which we made out of a block and three nails.”</p> - -<p>“Oh! that was the way, was it?” said his father. “Indeed!”</p> - -<p>Here there was a short pause. William waited to hear what -his father would say next.</p> - -<p>“Well, William,” said his father, at length, “you are a very -good boy to come and tell me. Now go back to your bed, and go -to sleep. We will see all about it in the morning.”</p> - -<p>So William went out; but, just as he was shutting the door, his -father called to him again.</p> - -<p>“William!” said he.</p> - -<p>“What, sir?” said William.</p> - -<p>“Get up as early as you can to-morrow morning, and go to -Thomas’s, and tell him how it was. He thinks that he must have -set the tool-house on fire, and he is quite troubled about it.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir, I will,” said William.</p> - -<p>Then he went back to his room, and reported to John what he -had done, and what his father had said. The boys were both very -much relieved in mind from having made their confession.</p> - -<p>“I am very glad I told him,” said William; “and now I only -wish I could tell Thomas about it without waiting till morning.”</p> - -<p>“So do I,” said John.</p> - -<p>“But we can’t,” said William, “so now we will go to sleep. -But we will get up, and go to his house the first thing in the -morning.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The boys get up early to explain the accident to Thomas.</div> - -<p>This the boys did. Thomas’s mind was very much relieved -when he heard their story. He went directly into the house to -tell his wife, who, as well as himself, had been very anxious about -the origin of the fire. When he came out, he told the boys that -he was very much obliged to them for coming to tell him about it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span> -so early. “In fact,” said he, “I think it is very generous and noble -in you to take the blame of the fire upon yourselves, instead -of letting it rest upon innocent people. There are very few boys -that would have done so.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The final result.</div> - -<p>William and John were fortunately disappointed in their expectations -that they would have to suffer some punishment for their -fault. In fact, they were not even reproved. They told their father -all about it at breakfast, and he said that, though it certainly -was not a prudent thing for boys to trust themselves with a wooden -candlestick in a shop full of wood and shavings, still he did not -think that they deserved any particular censure for having made -one. “The whole thing was one of those accidents which will -sometimes occur,” said he, “and you need not think any thing -more about it. I will have a new tool-house and shop built pretty -soon, and will make it better than the old one was. And now, -after breakfast, you may go down and rake over the ashes, and see -if you can rake out any of the remains of the garden tools.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<div class="sidenote">An important principle.</div> - -<p>It would have been better for the story if it had happened that -the boys, in setting fire to the tool-house, had really been guilty -of some serious fault, for which they were afterward to be punished; -for the nobleness and magnanimity which are displayed in confessing -a fault, are so much the greater when the person confessing -occasions himself suffering by it.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="WILLING_TO_LEARN" id="WILLING_TO_LEARN"></a>WILLING TO LEARN.</h2> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno was willing to learn.</div> - -<p>Bruno had one excellent quality, which made him a special -favorite with the several boys that owned him at different times. -He was <em>willing to learn</em>.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Boys and girls.</div> - -<p>When you are attempting to teach a dog any new art or accomplishment, -it is a great thing to have him willing to learn. It is -the same, in fact, if it is a girl or a boy that is the pupil. Sometimes, -however, when you are attempting to teach a dog, he shows -very plainly all the time that he does not wish to learn. If you -have got him harnessed into a little carriage, and wish to teach -him to draw, he will stop and seem very unwilling to proceed, and, -perhaps, sit right down upon the ground; or, if he has any chance -to do so, he will run off and hide in the bushes, or, if it is in the -house that you are teaching him, in a corner of the room or under -the table. I was taking a walk once on the margin of a stream, -and I met some boys who were attempting to teach their dog to -dive into the water after sticks and such things, and the dog was -so unwilling to make the attempt, that they were obliged every -time to take him up and throw him in.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A difficult lesson for a dog.</div> - -<p>I have known children to behave just in this way in learning to -read or to write. They come to the work reluctantly, and get -away from it as often and as quick as they can. But it was not so -with Bruno. He was glad to learn any thing that the boys were -willing to teach him. A boy at one time took it into his head<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span> -to teach him to walk up a flight of steps backward, and although -Bruno could not conceive what possible advantage it could ever -be to him to learn such an accomplishment as that, still he went -to work resolutely to learn it, and though at first he found it very -difficult to do, he soon succeeded in going up very well.</p> - -<p>If any boy who reads this book should make the attempt to -teach <em>his</em> dog to go up steps backward, and should find the dog -unwilling to learn, he will know at once how hard it is for his -teacher to teach him to write or to calculate, when he takes no interest -in the work himself. If he then imagines that his dog were -as desirous of learning to go up the steps backward as he is to -teach him, and were willing to try, and thinks how easy it would -be in that case to accomplish the object, he will see how much his -own progress in study would be promoted by his being cordially -interested himself in what he is doing.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The dog that went to market.</div> - -<p>I am always surprised when I find a dog that is willing to learn, -and am still more surprised when I find a child that is not willing. -A dog learns for the benefit of his master, a child learns for his -own benefit. I knew a dog who was taught to go to market. -His master would put the money and a memorandum of the things -that were to be bought in the basket, and the dog would then carry -the basket to market by the handle, which he held in his mouth. -Then the market-man would take out the money and the memorandum, -and would put in the things that were wanted, and the -dog would carry them home. Now this was of no advantage -to the dog, except from the honorable satisfaction which he derived -from it in the thought that he was usefully employed, and -that he was considered worthy to sustain important trusts and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span> -responsibilities. So far as his own ease and comfort was concerned, -it would have been better for him never to have learned such an -art, and then, instead of carrying a heavy basket to and fro along -the street, he could have spent his time in basking in the sun, or -playing about with other dogs. There is no necessity for a dog -to learn any thing for his own advantage. Nature teaches him -every thing that he requires for himself. He has to study and -learn only for the benefit of his master.</p> - -<p>It is very different from this with a child. When a child is in -his earliest infancy, he is the most ignorant and helpless being imaginable. -He can not speak; he can not walk; he can not stand; -he can not even creep along the floor. Then, besides, he <em>knows</em> -nothing. He does not know any of the persons around him; he -does not know the light; he is bewildered, and filled with a stupid -kind of wonder when he looks at it; he does not know how to -open and shut his hand, or to take hold of any thing; and long -after this, when he begins to learn how to take hold of things, he -is so ignorant and foolish, that he is as ready to take hold of a -burning candle as any thing else.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Children learn for their own benefit.</div> - -<p>Of course, to fit such a child to perform the duties of a man in -such a busy world as this, he has a great many things to learn. -And what is to be particularly noticed is, that he must learn every -thing himself. His parents can not learn for him. His parents -can <em>teach</em> him—that is, they can show him how to learn—but -they can not learn for him. When they show him how to learn, -if he will not learn, and if they can not contrive any means to make -him, there is an end of it. They can do no more. He must remain -ignorant.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span></p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration28" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill028.jpg" width="450" height="184" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">The little child willing to learn to walk.</p> - -</div> - -<p>Here is a picture of a child that is willing to learn. His name -is Josey. His parents are teaching him to walk. He is just old -enough to learn to walk, and you see by his countenance, although -it is turned somewhat away from us, that he is pleased with the -opportunity. He is glad that he is going to learn to walk, and -that his parents are going to teach him. I do not suppose that -he feels <em>grateful</em> to his father and mother for being willing to take -so much pains to teach him, for he is not old enough for that. -But he is <em>glad</em>, at any rate, and he is willing to try.</p> - -<p>His mother is helping him to begin, and his father is encouraging -him to step along—holding out his hand, so that Josey may -take hold of it as soon as he gets near enough, and thus save himself -from falling. Since Josey is willing to learn, it gives his father -and mother great pleasure to teach him. Thus all three are -happy together.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Some children unwilling to learn.</div> - -<p>Sometimes a child, when his father and mother wish to teach -him to walk, is <em>not</em> willing to learn. He will not try. He sits<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span> -down at once upon the ground, and will not make any effort, like -the dog who does not wish to learn to draw. So far as learning -to walk is concerned, this is of no great consequence, for, as his -strength increases, he will at last learn to walk himself, without -any particular teaching.</p> - -<p>There are a great many things, however, which it is very important -for children to know, that they never would learn of themselves. -These they must be taught, and taught very patiently and -carefully. Reading is one of those things, and writing is another. -Then there is arithmetic, and all the other studies taught in -schools. Some children are sensible enough to see how important -it is that they should learn all these things, and are not only -willing, but are glad to be taught them. Like Josey, they are -pleased, and they try to learn. Others are unwilling to learn. -They are sullen and ill-humored about it. They will not make -any cordial and earnest efforts. The consequence is, that they -learn very little. But then, when they grow up, and find out how -much more other people know and can do than they, they bitterly -regret their folly.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Some are willing.</div> - -<p>Some children, instead of being unwilling to learn what their -parents desire to teach them, are so eager to learn, that they ingeniously -contrive ways and means to teach themselves. I once -knew a boy, whose parents were poor, so that they could not afford -to send him to school, and he went as an apprentice to learn -the trade of shoemaking. He knew how important it was to study -arithmetic, but he had no one to teach him, and, besides that, he -had no book, and no slate and pencil. He, however, contrived to -borrow an arithmetic book, and then he procured a large<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span> -<em>shingle</em><a name="FNanchor_6" id="FNanchor_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> and a piece of chalk, to serve for slate and pencil. Thus provided, -he went to work by himself in the evenings, ciphering in -the chimney-corner by the light of the kitchen fire. Of course he -met with great difficulties, but he persevered, and by industry and -patience, and by such occasional help as he could obtain from the -persons around him, he succeeded, and went regularly through -the book. That boy afterward, when he grew up, became a senator.</p> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_6" id="Footnote_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> A shingle is a broad and thin piece of wood, formed like a slate, and used for -covering roofs. The word is explained here, because, in some places where this -book will go, shingles are not used.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Things difficult to learn.</div> - -<p>Some things are very difficult to learn, and children are very -often displeased because their parents and teachers insist on -teaching them such difficult things. But the reason is, that the -things that are most difficult to learn are usually those that are -most valuable to know.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The lawyer and the wood-sawyer.</div> - -<p>Once I was in the country, and I had occasion to go into a lawyer’s -office to get the lawyer to make a writing for me about the -sale of a piece of land. It took the lawyer about half an hour to -make the writing. When it was finished, and I asked him how -much I was to pay, he said one dollar. I expected that it would -have been much more than that. It was worth a great deal more -than that to me. So I paid him the dollar, and went out.</p> - -<p>At the door was a laborer sawing wood. He had been sawing -there all the time that I had been in the lawyer’s office. I asked -him how long he had to saw wood to earn a dollar.</p> - -<p>“All day,” said he. “I get just a dollar a day.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Difference of pay, and reason for it.</div> - -<p>Now some persons might think it strange, that while the lawyer,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span> -sitting quietly in his office by a pleasant fire, and doing such -easy work as writing, could earn a dollar in half an hour, that the -laborer should have to work all day to earn the same sum. But -the explanation of it is, that while the lawyer’s work is very easy -to do after you have learned how to do it, it is very <em>difficult</em> to -<em>learn</em>. It takes a great many years of long and patient study to -become a good lawyer, so as to make writings correctly. On the -other hand, it is very easy to learn to saw wood. Any body that -has strength enough to saw wood can learn to do it very well in -two or three days. Thus the things that are the most difficult to -learn are, of course, best paid for when they are learned; and parents -wish to provide for their children the means of living easily -and comfortably in future life, by teaching them, while they are -young, a great many difficult things. The foolish children, however, -are often ill-humored and sullen, and will not learn them. -They would rather go and play.</p> - -<p>It is very excusable in a dog to evince this reluctance to be -taught, but it is wholly inexcusable in a child.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="PANSITA" id="PANSITA"></a>PANSITA.</h2> - -<p>This is a true story of a dog named Pansita. They commonly -called her Pannie.</p> - -<p>Pansita was a prairie-dog. These prairie-dogs are wild. They -live in Mexico. They burrow in the ground, and it is extremely -difficult to catch them. They are small, but very beautiful.</p> - -<p>Pansita belonged to an Indian girl on the western coast of Mexico.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span> -An American, who came into that country from Lima, which -is a city in Peru, saw Pansita.</p> - -<p>“What a pretty dog!” said he. “How I should like her for a -present to the American minister’s wife in Lima.”</p> - -<p>So he went to the Indian girl, and tried to buy the dog, but the -girl would not sell her. She liked her dog better than any money -that he could give her.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Pansita bought with gold.</div> - -<p>Then the gentleman took some gold pieces out of his pocket, -and showed them to the mother of the girl.</p> - -<p>“See,” said he; “I will give you all these gold pieces if you will -sell me Pansita.”</p> - -<p>The Indian woman counted over the gold as the gentleman held -it in his hand, and found that it made eighteen dollars. She said -that the girl should sell Pansita for that money. So she took the -dog out of the girl’s arms, and gave it to the gentleman. The poor -girl burst into a loud cry of grief and alarm at the thought of losing -her dog. She threw the pieces of gold which her mother had -put into her hand down upon the ground, and screamed to the -stranger to bring back her dog.</p> - -<p>But he would not hear. He put the dog in his pocket, and ran -away as fast as he could run, till he got to his boat, and the sailors -rowed him away.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">She is taken off in a ship. Lima.</div> - -<p>He took the dog in a ship, and carried her to Peru. When -he landed, he wished to send her up to Lima. So he put her in a -box. He had made openings in the box, so that little Pannie -might breathe on the way. He gave the box to a friend of his -who was going to Lima, and asked him to deliver it to the American -minister.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">A pretended chronometer.</div> - -<p>He was afraid that the gentleman would not take good care of -the box if he knew that there was only a dog inside, so he pretended -that it was a chronometer, and he marked it, “<i>This side -up, with care</i>.”</p> - -<p>A chronometer is a sort of large watch used at sea. It is a -very exact and a very costly instrument.</p> - -<p>He gave the box to his friend, and said, “Will you be kind -enough, sir, to take this chronometer in your lap, and carry it to -Lima, and give it to the American minister there?”</p> - -<p>The gentleman said that he would, and he took the box in his -lap, and carried it with great care.</p> - -<p>Before long, however, Pansita, not having quite air enough to -breathe inside the box, put her nose out through one of the openings.</p> - -<p>“Ah!” said the gentleman, “this is something strange. I never -knew a ship’s chronometer to have a nose before.”</p> - -<p>Thus he discovered that it was a dog, and not a chronometer -that he was carrying.</p> - -<p>He, however, continued to carry the box very carefully, and -when he arrived at Lima he delivered it safely to the minister, and -the minister gave it to his wife.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The beauty of the dog. The lady is much pleased.</div> - -<p>The lady was very much pleased to see such a beautiful dog. -Its form was graceful, its eyes full of meaning, and its fur was -like brown silk, very soft, and smooth, and glossy.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The American flag hoisted.</div> - -<p>By-and-by a revolution broke out in Lima, and there was great -confusion and violence in the streets. The Americans that were -there flocked to the house of the minister for protection. The -house was a sort of castle. It had a court, in the centre, and great<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span> -iron gates across the passage-way that formed the entrance. The -minister brought soldiers from the ships to guard his castle, and -shut the gates to keep the people that were fighting in the streets -from getting in. He hoisted the American flag, too, on the corner -of the battlements. The Americans that had fled there for -safety were all within the walls, greatly alarmed.<a name="FNanchor_7" id="FNanchor_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_7" id="Footnote_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Such a minister as this is a high public officer of government, who resides at a -foreign capital for the purpose of attending to the business of his own country there, -and of protecting the citizens in case of danger.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Danger.</div> - -<p>Pansita, wondering what all the noise and confusion in the -streets could mean, concluded that she would go out and see. -So, watching her opportunity, she slipped through among the soldiers -to the passage-way, and thence out between the bars of the -great iron gates. The lady, when she found that Pansita had -gone out, was greatly alarmed.</p> - -<p>“She will be killed!” said she. “She will be killed! What -can I do to save her? She will certainly be killed!”</p> - -<p>But nothing could be done to save Pansita; for if they had -opened the gates to go out and find her, the people that were -fighting in the streets would have perhaps rushed in, and then -they would all have been killed.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Pansita is recovered.</div> - -<p>So they had to wait till the fighting was over, and then they -went out to look for Pansita. To their great joy, they found her -safe in a house round the corner.</p> - -<p>After a time, the minister and his wife returned to America, -and they brought Pansita with them. They had a house on the -North River, and Pansita lived with them there many years in -great splendor and happiness.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Pannie’s bed.</div> - -<p>The lady made a bed for Pannie in a basket, with nice and well-made -bed-clothes to cover her when she was asleep. Pannie -would get into this bed at night, but she would always scratch -upon it with her claws before she lay down. This was her instinct.</p> - -<p>She was accustomed in her youth, when she was burrowing in -the ground in the prairies in Mexico, to make the place soft where -she was going to lie down by scratching up the earth with her -paws, and she continued the practice now, though, of course, this -was not a proper way to beat up a bed of feathers.</p> - -<p>Pannie was a great favorite with all who knew her. She was -affectionate in her disposition, and mild and gentle in her demeanor; -and, as is usually the case with those who possess such a character, -she made a great many friends and no enemies.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Mistakes.</div> - -<p>By-and-by Pannie grew old and infirm. She became deaf and -blind, and sometimes, when the time came for her to go to bed at -night, she would make a mistake, and get into the wrong basket—a -basket that belonged to another dog. This would make Looly, -the dog that the basket belonged to, very angry. Looly would -run about the basket, and whine and moan until Pansita was -taken out and put into her own place.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Pannie’s death and burial.</div> - -<p>At last Pansita died. They put her body in a little leaden coffin, -and buried it in a very pleasant place between two trees.</p> - -<p>This is a true story.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="THE_DOGS_PETITION" id="THE_DOGS_PETITION"></a>THE DOG’S PETITION.</h2> - -<div class="sidenote">Letter-day.</div> - -<p>One day, about the middle of the quarter, in a certain school, -what the boys called Letter-day came. Letter-day was a day in -which all the boys in the school were employed in writing letters.</p> - -<p>Each boy, on these occasions, selected some absent friend or -acquaintance, and wrote a letter to him. The letters were written -first on a slate, and then, after being carefully corrected, were -copied neatly on sheets of paper and sent. The writing of these -letters was thus made a regular exercise of the school. It was, -in fact, an exercise in composition.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Erskine’s conversation with his teacher.</div> - -<p>A boy named Erskine, after taking out his slate, and writing the -date upon the top of it, asked the teacher whom he thought it -would be best for him to write to.</p> - -<p>“How would you like to write to your aunt?” asked the teacher.</p> - -<p>“Why, <em>pretty</em> well,” said Erskine, rather doubtfully.</p> - -<p>“I think it would be doing good to write to her,” said the -teacher. “It will please her very much to have a letter from -you.”</p> - -<p>“Then I will,” said Erskine. “On the whole, I should like to -write to her very much.”</p> - -<p>So Erskine wrote the letter, and, when it had been corrected -and copied, it was sent.</p> - -<p>This is the letter. It gives an account of a petition offered by -a dog to his master, begging to be allowed to accompany the boys -of the school on an excursion:</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<div class="sidenote">Erskine’s letter.</div> - -<p class="right">August 2, 1853.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Dear Aunt</span>,—I hope you have been well since I have heard -from you.</p> - -<p>We took an excursion up to Orange Pond, and stayed all day. -In the morning it was very misty, but in about an hour it cleared -up, and the sun came out. Charles and Stephen went over to -Mr. Wingate’s to get a stage, and a lumber-wagon, and a carriage. -There were two horses in the stage, and an old gray one in the -lumber-wagon. Wright and I went down to get William Harmer, -a new scholar, to come up here before we started. At last we all -were ready, Crusoe and all. The teacher bought a little dog in -the vacation, and named him Crusoe. One of the boys wrote a -letter, and tied it about Crusoe’s neck, and this was it:</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The dog’s petition.</div> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p><span class="smcap">My very dear Master</span>,—Can I go with the boys to-day on -the excursion? I will be very good, and not bark or bite. I wish -to go very much indeed, and I hope you will let me.</p> - -<p>From your affectionate dog,</p> - -<p class="right">Bow-wow-wow.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Account of an excursion. Diving off the row-boats. -The hot rock. Coming home.</div> - -<p>Soon we started. It was very cool when we left home, but -when we got out on the hills it was very hot. The teacher let -us get out once and get some berries. After a ride of about nine -miles, we got out, and found it a very cool place. The public -house was very near to the pond, and we ran down there as soon -as we got our fishing-poles. Some of the boys got into an old -boat, and got a fish as soon as they cast their poles out. The -man said some of us should go out on an old rock that was there,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span> -and the rest of us in a boat. We had a fine time fishing, and -caught about thirty small fish. Mr. Wingate went out in another -boat, and caught a very large perch and pickerel, and a few other -fish. After we had caught a few more fish, we became tired, and -wanted to go to the shore; so the teacher took two or three of us -at a time, and we went to the shore. After we had played around -a little, we had a nice dinner, and then we went in swimming. -The man said we might dive off the small row-boats. We had -fine fun pulling the boats along while we were wading in the water, -for it was nice and sandy on the bottom. We found we could -wade out to the rock before named. We all waded out on it; but -no sooner had we got on the top, than we jumped off in all directions, -for it was so hot that one could roast an egg on it. We all -ran back to the shore as fast as we could go, laughing heartily. -As soon as we got up and were dressed, we went up to the house. -Mr. Wingate harnessed up the horses, and we were soon trotting -home. We went around by a different way from the one we came -by, through some woods, and had a fine ride home. That is the -end of our excursion to Orange Pond.</p> - -<p>From your affectionate friend,</p> - -<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Erskine</span>.</p> - -</div> - -<p>Erskine’s aunt was very much gratified at receiving this letter. -She read it with great interest, and answered it very soon.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE" id="THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE"></a>THE STORM ON THE LAKE.</h2> - -<div class="sidenote">The philosophy of mountains, springs, brooks, and lakes.</div> - -<p>Mountains make storms, storms make rain fall, and the rain -that falls makes springs, brooks, and lakes; thus mountains, -storms, brooks, and lakes go together.</p> - -<p>Mountains make storms, and cause the rain to fall by chilling -the air around their summits, and condensing the vapor into rain -and into snow. Around the lower parts of the mountains, where -it is pretty warm, the vapor falls in rain. Around the higher -parts, where it is cold, it falls in snow.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Formation of rivers.</div> - -<p>Part of the water from the rain soaks into the ground, on the -declivities of the mountains, and comes out again, lower down, in -springs. Another portion flows down the ravines in brooks and torrents, -and these, uniting together, form larger and larger streams, -until, at length, they become great rivers, that flow across wide -continents. If you were to follow up almost any river in the -world, you would come to mountains at last.</p> - -<p>It does not always rain among the mountains, but the springs -and streams always flow. The reason of this is, that before the -water which falls in one storm or shower has had time to drain -out from the ground and flow away, another storm comes and renews -the supply. If it were to cease to rain altogether among the -mountains, the water that is now in them would soon be all drained -off, and the springs and streams would all be dry.</p> - -<p>But how is it in regard to lakes? How are the lakes formed?</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">How lakes are formed.</div> - -<p>This is the way.</p> - -<p>When the water, in flowing down in the brooks and streams, -comes to a valley from which it can not run out, it continues to -run in and fill up the valley, until it reaches the level of some -place where it <em>can</em> run out. As soon as it reaches that level, -the surplus water runs out at the opening as fast as it comes in -from the springs and streams, and then the lake never rises any -higher.</p> - -<p>A lake, then, is nothing but a valley full of water.</p> - -<p>Of course, there are more valleys among mountains than any -where else, and there, too, there are more streams and springs to -fill them. Thus, among mountains, we generally find a great many -lakes.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Outlets; feeders.</div> - -<p>Since lakes are formed in this way, you would expect, in going -around one, that you would find some streams flowing into it, and -<em>one</em> stream flowing out. This is the case with almost all lakes. -The place where the water flows out of the lake is called the outlet. -The streams which flow into the lake are sometimes called -the <em>feeders</em>. They feed the lake, as it were, with water.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Ponds without outlets.</div> - -<p>Sometimes a lake or pond has no outlet. This is the case when -there are so few streams running into it that all the water that -comes can dry up from the surface of the lake, or soak away into -the ground.</p> - -<p>Sometimes you will find, among hilly pastures, a small pond, lying -in a hollow, which has not any outlet, or any feeders either. -Such a pond as this is fed either by secret springs beneath the -ground, or else by the water which falls on the slopes around it -when it is actually raining.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span></p> - -<p>If you were to take an umbrella, and go to visit such a pond in -the midst of a shower, and were to look down among the grass, -you would see a great many little streams of water flowing down -into the pond.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The way to note the rise and fall of water in a lake.</div> - -<p>Then if, after the shower was over, you were to put up a measure -in the water, and leave it there a few days, or a week, and -then visit it again, you would find that the surface of the water -would have subsided—that is, gone down. As soon as the rain -ceases, so that all fresh supplies of water are cut off, the water already -in the pond begins at once to soak away slowly into the -ground, and to evaporate into the air. Once I knew a boy who -was of an inquiring turn of mind, and who concluded to ascertain -precisely what the changes were which took place in the level of -a small pond, which lay in a hollow behind his father’s garden. So -he measured off the inches on a smooth stick, and marked them, -and then he set up the stick in the water of the pond. Thus he -could note exactly how the water should rise or fall. There came -a great shower very soon after he set up his measure, and it -caused the water in the pond to rise three inches. After that it -was dry weather for a long time, and the level of the pond fell -four inches lower than it was when he first put up the measure.</p> - -<p>Lakes among the mountains are often very large, and the waves -which rise upon them in sudden tempests of wind and rain sometimes -run very high.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The storm on the Lake of Gennesaret. Jesus in the ship.</div> - -<p>The Lake of Gennesaret, so often mentioned in the New Testament, -was such a lake, and violent storms of wind and rain rose -sometimes very suddenly upon it. One evening, Jesus and his -disciples undertook to cross this lake in a small vessel. It was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span> -very pleasant when they commenced the voyage, but in the night -a sudden storm came on, and the waves rose so high that they -beat into the ship. This was the time that the disciples came -and awoke Jesus, who was asleep in the stern of the ship when -the storm came on, and called upon him to save them. He arose -immediately, and came forward, and rebuked the winds and the -sea, and immediately they became calm.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration29" style="width: 250px;"> - -<img src="images/ill029.jpg" width="250" height="250" alt="Jesus in the prow of the boat, -telling the waves to stop that at once" /> - -</div> - -<p>The adjoining engraving represents -the scene. Jesus has come -forward to the prow, and stands -there looking out upon the waves, -which seem ready to overwhelm -the vessel. The disciples are -greatly terrified. One of them is -kneeling near the place where -Jesus stands, and is praying to -God for mercy. The others are -behind. They are equally afraid. -The sails have been torn by the -wind, and are flying away. Jesus -extends his hand, and says to the winds and waves, “Peace! -be still!”</p> - -<p>The anchor of the ship is seen in the engraving hanging over -the bow. But the anchor, in such a case as this, is useless. The -water is too deep in the middle of the lake for it to reach the bottom; -and, besides, if it were possible to anchor the vessel in such -a place, it would do more harm than good, for any confining of the -ship, in such a sea, would only help the waves to fill it the sooner.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Navigation of mountain lakes.</div> - -<p>The people who live on the borders of the lakes that lie among -the mountains often go out upon them in boats. Sometimes they -go to fish, sometimes to make passages to and fro along the lake, -when there is no convenient road by land, and sometimes they go -to bring loads of hay or sheaves of grain home from some field -which lies at a distance from the house, and is near the margin of -the water.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Tempests and storms.</div> - -<p>When a storm arises on the lake after the boat has gone out, -the people who remain at home are often very anxious, fearing -that the boats may have been overwhelmed by the waves. Over -the leaf there is a picture of people watching for the return of a -man and boy who have gone out on the lake. They went out in -the middle of the day, and, though it is now night, they have not -returned. The family are anxious about their safety, for in the -middle of the afternoon there was a violent storm of thunder and -lightning, with dreadful gusts of wind and pouring rain. The -storm has now entirely passed away, and the moon, which has -just risen, shines serenely in the sky. Still the boat does not -return. The family fear that it may have foundered in the -storm.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Conversation in Marie’s cottage.</div> - -<p>The family live in a cottage on the margin of the lake. Marie, -the wife of the man and the mother of the boy that went away in -the boat, is very anxious and unhappy.</p> - -<p>“Do you think that they are lost?” she said to Orlando.</p> - -<p>Orlando was her oldest son.</p> - -<p>“Oh no,” replied Orlando.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span> “When the black clouds began to -come up in the sky, and they heard the thunder, they would go to -the shore, and draw up their boat there till the storm was over. -And now that the water is smooth again, and the air calm, I presume -they are somewhere coming home.”</p> - -<p>“But how can they find their way home in the darkness of the -night?” said Marie.</p> - -<p>“There is a moon to-night,” said Marie’s father. He was an -old man, and he was sitting at this time in the chimney-corner.</p> - -<p>“Yes, there is a moon,” replied Marie, “but it is half hidden by -the broken clouds that are still floating in the sky.”</p> - -<p>“I will light the lantern,” said Orlando, “and go out, and hold -it up on a high part of the shore. They will then see the light of -it, and it will guide them in.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Orlando and Bruno.</div> - -<p>Bruno was lying before the fire while this conversation was going -on. He was listening to it very attentively, though he could -not understand it all. He knew some words, and he learned from -the words which he heard that they were talking about the boat -and the water, and Pierre, the man who was gone. So, when -Orlando rose, and went to get the lantern, Bruno started up too, -and followed him. He did not know whether there would be -any thing that he could do, but he wished to be ready at a moment’s -notice, in case there should be any thing.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Anna and the baby.</div> - -<p>He stood by Orlando’s side, and looked up very eagerly into his -face while he was taking down the lantern, and then went with -him out to the door. The old man went out too. He went down -as near as he could get to the shore of the pond, in order to look -off over the water. Orlando remained nearer the door of the cottage, -where the land was higher, and where he thought the lantern -could be better seen. Marie, with her baby in her arms, and -her little daughter, Anna, by her side, came out to the steps of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span> -door. Bruno took his place by Orlando’s side, ready to be called -upon at any time, if there should be any thing that -he could do, and looking eagerly over the water -to see whether he could not himself make some -discoveries.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration30" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill030.jpg" width="450" height="375" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">Watching for the boat.</p> - -</div> - -<p>He would have liked to have held the lantern, but it would not -have been possible for him to have held it sufficiently high.</p> - -<p>Just at this time the moon began to come out from behind the -clouds, and its light was reflected beautifully on the waters of the -lake, and the old man obtained, as he thought, a glimpse of a dark -object gliding slowly along over the surface of the distant water.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">The boat is coming.</div> - -<p>“They are coming!” he exclaimed. “They are coming! I -see them coming!”</p> - -<p>Bruno saw the boat too, and he soon began to leap about and -bark to express his joy.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<div class="sidenote">Excellence of Bruno’s behavior.</div> - -<p>Thus Bruno always felt an interest in all that interested his -master, and he stood by ready to help, even when there was nothing -for him to do. It is always a source of great pleasure to a father -to observe that his boy takes an interest in what he is doing, -and stands ready to help him, provided always that he does not -interrupt the work by asking questions. This Bruno never did. -He never interrupted work in any way, and least of all by asking -questions.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" id="illustration31" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill031.jpg" width="450" height="277" alt="A boy with a kite" /> - -<p class="caption">Play.</p> - -</div> - -<p>It is far more manly and noble for boys to take an interest, -sometimes, in useful work, than to be wholly absorbed, as some -boys are, all the time in idle play.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="TAKING_AN_INTEREST" id="TAKING_AN_INTEREST"></a>TAKING AN INTEREST.</h2> - -<div class="sidenote">Important difference between the dog and the horse.</div> - -<p>There is a great difference between the dog and the horse, in -respect to the interest which they take in any work which they -have to do. A horse does not like to work. He never runs to -his master to be saddled when his master wishes to go and take -a ride. If he runs either way, he runs off. If you wish any time -to take a ride in a wagon, and you go into the pasture to find your -horse, it is often very hard work to catch him. He knows that -you are going to harness him up, and give him something to do, -and he does not like to do it; so away he goes, bounding over the -pasture, and looking back, first over one shoulder, and then over -the other, to see whether you are pursuing him.</p> - -<p>It is very different with the dog. As soon as he sees his master -take down his hat and cane, he jumps up and runs to accompany -him. He desires, above all things, to accompany his master -wherever he goes, that he may protect him, and render him any -other service which occasion may require.</p> - -<p>It is true that a dog does not generally like to be harnessed into -a wagon, and draw, but the reason of this probably is, that drawing -a load is not a work that he is by nature fitted for. He is not -properly built for such work. His shoulders are not fitted to receive -a collar, and his feet are not of the right form to take good -hold of the ground. The nature and qualities of the dog fit him -for other duties, and these duties he is always greatly interested<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span> -in performing. If his master is a traveler, he is always ready to -set out on the journey with him. If his master stays at home, he -is always on the watch about the house, guarding the premises, -and ready to do any thing that he may be called upon to do. In -a word, such duties as he is at all qualified for by his nature and -habits, he is always ready to perform with alacrity and with -hearty good-will.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Supposed black pony. How valuable such a pony would be.</div> - -<p>What a fine thing it would be for a boy to have a horse of -such a disposition—a little black pony, I will suppose—just large -enough for the boy to harness and drive! Suppose you had such -a pony. You take the bridle, and go out into the pasture for him -some day when you feel inclined to take a ride. As soon as you -enter the pasture, you call him. Immediately on hearing your -voice, he runs out of the thicket where he was lying in the -shade, and ascends an eminence near, so that he can see. He -looks all around to find where the voice comes from, and when -he sees you with the bridle in your hand, he immediately feels -proud and happy at the thought of being employed, and he comes -galloping toward you, prancing and capering in a very joyous -manner.</p> - -<p>As soon as he gets near you, he ceases his prancing, and, walking -up to you, he holds his head down that you may put the bridle -on. As soon as the bridle is buckled, you put the bridle-rein over -his neck, and say,</p> - -<p>“There! run along, pony!”</p> - -<p>So your pony runs along before you, looking back from time to -time, first over one shoulder, and then over the other, not to see -whether you are pursuing him, in order that he may escape, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span> -to be sure that you are following him, and that he is going the -right way. When he gets to the gate, he waits till you come to -open it for him; or, if he has ingenuity enough to lift up the latch -himself, he opens the gate and goes through, and then waits outside -till you come. As soon as you have gone through the gate, -he trots off to the barn. He does not know yet whether you are -going to put the saddle on, or to harness him into your little wagon. -But he is equally ready for either. He looks forward with -great pleasure to the thought of carrying you along over a pleasant -road, cantering merrily up and down the hills; and he resolves -that he will take special care not to stumble or fall with you. Or, -if he finds that you prefer riding in the wagon that day, he thinks -how pleasant it will be to trot along over the road with you, and -give you a good drive. If you stop any where by the way, he -waits patiently where you leave him until you come back again. -If he is in the wagon, he stands very still, lest he should do some -damage to the vehicle by moving about. If he has a saddle on, -he walks out to the road-side, perhaps, to crop the grass a little -while he is waiting, but he lifts up his head now and then to see -if you are coming, in order that he may be all ready to go on -again when you wish to go.</p> - -<p>It would certainly be a fine thing to have such a pony as that.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">How useful and valuable such a boy would be.</div> - -<p>But for a man, it is a finer thing to have such a <em>boy</em> as that. I -never knew such ponies, but I have often known such boys. They -take a special interest and pleasure in being useful, and especially -in assisting their father and mother in any thing, no matter what -it is, that their father and mother wish to do. They feel proud -and happy to be employed, and come always with a ready alacrity<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span> -whenever they are called upon, and to do what they can do -with a hearty good-will.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Georgie at the raising. The way he acted.</div> - -<p>Boys sometimes take an interest of the wrong kind in what -their fathers are doing—that is, an interest which seeks for their -own pleasure and amusement, and not for the furtherance of the -work. There was a farmer, for instance, once, who had two sons, -Lawrence and Georgie. The farmer was building a shed, and -when the shed was framed, the carpenters came one afternoon to -raise it. Lawrence was away from home when the carpenters -came, having gone to mill, but Georgie was very much interested -in the raising, and he brought several of the boys of the neighborhood -to see it. With these boys he played about among the timbers -of the frame, running along upon them from end to end, or -jumping over them. He made a great deal of noise in singing to -express his joy, and in calling to his companions.</p> - -<p>“Georgie,” said his father, at last, “be still, or I shall send you -away.”</p> - -<p>His father should have sent him away at once, instead of threatening -to do so if he was not still.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Boring.</div> - -<p>Georgie was still after this, for he knew that his father would -do as he said; but he soon found out other means of making -trouble besides noise. He and the other boys went to one of the -carpenters, who was boring a hole, and he began to beg the carpenter -to let him take the auger and bore it.</p> - -<p>“I can bore,” said he.</p> - -<p>“I see you can,” said the carpenter, “but I wish you would not -come here and bore me.”</p> - -<p>The other carpenters who were near laughed at hearing this,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span> -and Georgie, not liking to be laughed at, walked away to another -part of the work. Here he began to ask questions, such as what -this beam was for, and what tenon was going into that mortice, -and whether such and such a hole was not bored wrong. All -these questions interrupted the workmen, confused them in their -calculations, and hindered the work. At last, Georgie’s father -told him not to ask any more questions, but to keep perfectly -still.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">He and the other boys make a balancer.</div> - -<p>His father would, in fact, have sent him away entirely, were it -not that he was wanted from time to time to do an errand, or -fetch a tool. These errands, however, he did very slowly and -reluctantly, so that he was of little service. Finally, he proposed -to the boys that they should make a balancer, and they did so. -They put up one short beam of wood upon another, and then, -placing a plank across, two of the boys got on, one at each end, -and began see-sawing up and down. This was their balancer.</p> - -<p>“Isn’t it good fun,” said Georgie, as he went up into the air, -“to have a raising?”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said the other boy, who was then down by the ground.</p> - -<p>“I hope they won’t get through to-night,” said Georgie, coming -down, “and then we can have some more fun to-morrow.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A fall.</div> - -<p>Just then the upper beam, which supported the balancer, fell -off, and the plank, with the boys on it, came to the ground. There -was now a great outcry. Georgie’s father and some of the carpenters -came to see if the boys were hurt. They were not seriously -hurt, but the accident occasioned quite an interruption to the -raising.</p> - -<p>So Georgie’s father, finding that the trouble which Georgie<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span> -made him was greater far than any service that he rendered, -sent him away.</p> - -<p>Now this is not the right way to take an interest in what your -father or mother is doing.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Lawrence comes home.</div> - -<p>Lawrence got back from the mill just as Georgie went away. -He immediately came and took Georgie’s place. He stationed -himself near his father, so as to be ready to do any thing which -might be required whenever he should be called upon. He -observed carefully every thing that was done, but he asked no -questions. If he saw that a tool was wanted, or going to be -wanted, he brought it, so as to have it all ready the moment it -should be required. Thus, although he could not do much substantial -work himself, he assisted the men who could do it very -much, and rendered very effectual service, so that the raising -went on very prosperously, and was finished that night, greatly -to his father’s satisfaction.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Conversation at the supper-table.</div> - -<p>At supper that night the farmer took his seat at the table. -His wife sat opposite to him. Lawrence was on one side, and -Georgie on the other.</p> - -<p>“Have you finished the raising?” said his wife.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said the farmer, “we have finished it. I did not expect -to get through. But we <em>have</em> got through, and it is all owing to -Lawrence.”</p> - -<p>“Did he help you?” asked his wife.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said the farmer; “he forwarded the work, I think, a -full half hour, and that just saved us.”</p> - -<p>Now that is the right kind of interest to take in what your -father and mother are doing.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Another incident.</div> - -<p>At another time, one night after Georgie and Lawrence had -gone to bed, they heard a sort of thumping sound out in the barn.</p> - -<p>“Hark!” said Lawrence; “what is that noise?”</p> - -<p>Georgie said he thought it could not be any thing of consequence, -and so he shut up his eyes, and prepared to go to sleep. -But Lawrence, though he was equally sleepy, felt afraid that -something might be the matter with one of the horses; so he got -up and went to his father’s room, and told his father about the -noise. His father immediately rose and dressed himself, and -went down to the barn.</p> - -<p>“Georgie,” said Lawrence, “let us get up too. Perhaps we -can help.”</p> - -<p>“Oh no,” said Georgie, sleepily, “there is nothing that <em>we</em> -could do.”</p> - -<p>“I can hold the lantern, at any rate,” said Lawrence, “and do -some good, perhaps, in that way.” So Lawrence dressed himself -and went down stairs, while Georgie went to sleep again.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Lawrence takes an interest in his father’s concerns.</div> - -<p>Lawrence got out into the barn just in time to find that the -horse had fallen down, and had got entangled in his halter, so -that he was in danger of choking to death.</p> - -<p>“Ah, Lawrence!” said his father, “you are just in time. I -want you to hold the lantern for me.”</p> - -<p>So Lawrence took the lantern, and held it while his father disentangled -the halter, and got the horse up. Lawrence, who was -much interested all the time, held the lantern in the best possible -way for his father to see.</p> - -<p>“That’s right,” said his father;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span> “hold the lantern so that you -can see yourself, and then you may be sure that I can see.”</p> - -<p>That is the right kind of interest for boys to take in what their -father or mother are doing.</p> - -<p>That was, in fact, the kind of interest that Bruno took. He -was always on the watch for opportunities to do good, and when -he saw that he could not do any more good, he was extremely -careful not to make any trouble.</p> - -<div class="figright" id="illustration32" style="width: 450px;"> - -<img src="images/ill032.jpg" width="450" height="381" alt="" /> - -<p class="caption">Driving the sheep to pasture in the morning.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Bruno sits waiting for orders.</div> - -<p>He would stand or sit silently by, looking on and watching what<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span> -was going forward with great interest, ready to act the moment -that he was called upon, as you see in the opposite engraving. -They are driving some sheep to pasture very early in the morning. -It was dark when they first came out with the flock, and so -they brought a lantern; but the sun has risen now, and it is light. -Although it was very early when the men set out with the flock, -Bruno was eager to come with them. He has helped to drive the -sheep all the way. They have reached the pasture at last, and -there is now nothing more for him to do. So he is sitting down -to rest, and contemplating with great satisfaction, while he rests, -the accomplishment of the work which was to be done, and ready -to do any thing more that may be required without a moment’s -delay.</p> - -<p>In the distance, in the engraving, a river is seen, meandering -through a rich and beautiful country, with the beams of the morning -sun reflected from the surface of the water.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<div class="sidenote">A good conscience.</div> - -<p>The satisfaction which results from the faithful performance -of duty is a very solid and substantial pleasure. It endures long, -and has no alloy. There is something manly and noble in the -very nature of it, and he who makes it the end and aim of all his -efforts in his search for happiness is sure of a rich reward.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">They who are not faithful in duty can never be happy.</div> - -<p>Learn from the example of Bruno, then, to find your happiness -in the diligent and faithful performance of duty. “Duty first, -and pleasure afterward,” is the true rule for all. They who seek -pleasure first, or, rather, who look for their happiness in personal -and selfish gratifications, lead a very low and groveling life, and -never exemplify the true nobleness and dignity to which the human<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span> -soul should aspire. Nor do they ever attain to any real or -permanent happiness. They experience a continual feeling of -self-reproach and self-condemnation which mars all their enjoyments, -and adds a fresh ingredient of bitterness to all their sorrows. -In a word, they are always dissatisfied with themselves, -and he who is dissatisfied with himself can never be happy.</p> - -<p class="center">THE END.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> - -<img src="images/cover-back.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the back cover" /> - -<p class="caption">HARPER’S<br /> -STORY BOOKS</p> - -<p class="caption">BY<br /> -JACOB ABBOTT.</p> - -<p class="caption">TERMS.</p> - -<p class="caption">Each Number of <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story -Books</span> will contain 160 pages, in small -quarto form, very beautifully illustrated, -and printed on superfine calendered -paper.</p> - -<p class="caption">The Series may be obtained of Booksellers, -Periodical Agents, and Postmasters, -or from the Publishers, at -<span class="smcap">Three Dollars</span> a year, or <span class="smcap">Twenty-five -Cents a Number</span>.</p> - -<p class="caption">The two Periodicals, <span class="smcap">Harper’s New -Monthly Magazine</span> and <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story -Books</span>, will be supplied at <span class="smcap">Five -Dollars</span> a year, and will be published -on the first day of each Month.</p> - -<p class="caption">The Postage upon <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story -Books</span>, which must be paid quarterly -in advance, is <span class="smcap">Two Cents</span>.</p> - -<p class="caption">EACH NUMBER COMPLETE IN ITSELF.</p> - -<p class="caption">PRICE 25 C<sup>ts</sup></p> - -<p class="caption">HARPER & BROTHERS<br /> -FRANKLIN SQUARE, N. Y.</p> - -</div> - - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO *** - -***** This file should be named 51859-h.htm or 51859-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/8/5/51859/ - -Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive/American Libraries.) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/cover-back.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/cover-back.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bce5d2c..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/cover-back.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1f52238..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill001.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill001.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4eafbf0..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill001.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill002.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill002.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 78edbea..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill002.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill003.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill003.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c2f4971..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill003.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill004.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill004.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b183235..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill004.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill005.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill005.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0bff41e..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill005.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill006.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill006.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 539861d..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill006.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill007.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill007.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fb1815f..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill007.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill008.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill008.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cf1b795..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill008.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill009.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill009.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8768425..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill009.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill010.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill010.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 20e6dc4..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill010.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill011.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill011.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 08a1fbe..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill011.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill012.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill012.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 925f511..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill012.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill013.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill013.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e3220be..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill013.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill014.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill014.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fa08413..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill014.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill015.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill015.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 50140e4..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill015.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill016.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill016.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 35dff92..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill016.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill017.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill017.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a1c1db2..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill017.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill018.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill018.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4533427..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill018.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill019.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill019.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9357768..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill019.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill020.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill020.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ee95278..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill020.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill021.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill021.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3a192fc..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill021.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill022.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill022.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 860e460..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill022.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill023.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill023.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5ab2915..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill023.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill024.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill024.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3197cc8..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill024.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill025.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill025.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d5638b8..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill025.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill026.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill026.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bd0980e..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill026.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill027.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill027.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ad85cb9..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill027.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill028.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill028.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index da0d07c..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill028.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill029.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill029.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8c9d425..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill029.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill030.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill030.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c11d9f0..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill030.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill031.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill031.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3044919..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill031.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill032.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill032.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4a5fba6..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/ill032.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/titlepage.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/titlepage.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ee3421d..0000000 --- a/old/51859-h/images/titlepage.jpg +++ /dev/null |
